As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on ____________, 2002
Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Commission file number _______

LINGO MEDIA INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Ontario, Canada
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

151 Bloor Street West, Suite 890, Toronto,
Ontario, Canada M5S 1S4
(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b)
of the Act:
None

Please send copies of all communications to:

David M. Loev, Esq.
Vanderkam & Sanders
440 Louisiana, Suite 475
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 547-8900

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective. If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box: [ ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. [ ]




                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

======================== ================== ===================== ================== =======================
   Title of each Class                        Proposed Maximum    Proposed Maximum
     of Securities to     Amount to be       Offering Price per       Aggregate       Amount of Registration
      be Registered        Registered            Share (1)         Offering Price               Fee
                                                                         (1)
------------------------ ------------------ --------------------- ------------------ -----------------------

Common Stock, no par
value per share                  4,700,000         .08125            $ 381,875.00            $ 35.13
------------------------ ------------------ --------------------- ------------------ -----------------------
Shares of Common Stock           3,250,000         .08125            $  264,062.50           $ 24.29
underlying warrants
------------------------ ------------------ --------------------- ------------------ -----------------------
     Total                       7,950,000                           $  645,937.50           $ 59.42
======================== ================== ===================== ================== =======================

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933. The Company's average of the Company's bid and ask price on the TSX Venture Exchange was US$.08125 for purposes of this section.


THE COMPANY HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE COMPANY SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

Prospectus Summary........................................................   4
The Offering..............................................................   8
Summary Consolidated Financial Data.......................................   8
Risk Factors..............................................................   9
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors.....................  20
Selected Financial Data...................................................  22
Market Information........................................................  24
Description of Securities.................................................  24
Forward-Looking Statements................................................  25
Business Overview.........................................................  26
Capitalization and Indebtedness...........................................  26
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects..............................  39
Directors and Senior Management...........................................  47
Principal Shareholders....................................................  52
Related Party Transactions................................................  53
Plan of Distribution and Selling Stockholders.............................  59
Taxation..................................................................  63
Qualitative and Quanitative Disclosures and Market Risk...................  64
Memorandum and Articles of Association....................................  73
Validity of Securities....................................................  78
Experts...................................................................  78
Where You Can Find More Information.......................................  78
Financial Statements......................................................  79
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.................................  80
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities...................................  81
Exhibits and Financial  Statement Schedules...............................  83

You should rely only on the information  contained in this  prospectus.  We have

not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information found in greater detail elsewhere in this document. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire document carefully, especially the discussion of the risks of investing in our ordinary shares under "Risk Factors," before deciding to buy our ordinary shares. References in this document to "Lingo Media," the "Company," "we," "our" and "us" refer to Lingo Media Inc., an Ontario company, and its subsidiaries.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop after the completion of this offering or, if developed, that such market will be sustained. Upon meeting the eligibility requirements, we intend to apply for listing of our ordinary shares on the OTC Bulletin Board.

INVESTING IN OUR SHARES INVOLVES SUBSTANTIAL RISKS.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

Subject to Completion, Dated ________, 2002 4,700,000 Shares of Common Stock and 3,250,000 Shares of Common Stock Underlying Warrants


Item 3. Summary Information, Risk Factors, and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The Company
Introduction

Lingo Media is a provider of language learning products for the domestic and international markets, with a particular emphasis on China and Canada. The products include traditional media, i.e. books, audiocassettes, CD-ROMs, and supplemental products. Additionally, the Company is developing an online service for English language learning.

The Company's executive office is located at:
151 Bloor Street West, #890
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 1S4
Telephone: (416) 927-7000
Facsimile: (416) 927-1222
e-mail: iatique@lingomedia.com
website: www.lingomedia.com

The Company's registered office is located at:
151 Bloor Street West, Suite 890
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 1S4
Telephone: (416) 927-7000
Facsimile: (416) 927-1222

The contact person is:
Imran Atique, Secretary and Treasurer.

The Company's fiscal year ends December 31st.

The Company's common shares trade on the TSX Venture Exchange under the symbol "LMD.V".

The Company has an unlimited number of no-par common shares authorized. At December 31, 2001, the end of the Company's most recent fiscal year, there were 17,033,827 common shares issued and outstanding. At June 30, 2002, there were 20,733,827 shares issued and outstanding.

History and Development

Incorporation and Name Changes
The Company was incorporated under the name Alpha Publishing Inc. pursuant to the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) on April 22, 1996. The name was changed to Alpha Ventures Inc. on May 24, 1996. Pursuant to Articles of Continuance effective April 22, 1998, the Company was continued as an Ontario company under the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) under the name, Alpha Communications Corp. The name was changed to Lingo Media Inc. on July 4,2000.


The Company currently has four subsidiaries: Lingo Media Ltd "LML", Lingo Media International Inc. "LMII", EnglishLingo, Inc. "ELI" and Mail Box Kids Corporation "MBK".

LML was incorporated pursuant to the Business Corporations Act (Ontario) on November 21, 1994 under the name Alpha Corporation. Alpha Corporation changed its name to Lingo Media Ltd on August 25, 2000.

LMII was incorporated pursuant to the Companies Act of Barbados on September 11, 1996 under the name International Alpha Ventures Inc. On May 13, 1997, wholly-owned subsidiary's name was changed to International Alpha Media, Inc. and then was changed to Lingo Media International Inc. on September 20, 2000.

ELI was incorporated under the laws of Delaware on April 6, 1999. On June 9, 1999, its articles were amended to increase its authorized capital and to include certain provisions with respect to the liability and indemnification of directors. On May 18, 2000 its name was changed from Yangtze OnLine, Inc. to EnglishLingo, Inc. ELI is 100% owned by the Company.

MBK was incorporated under the laws of Delaware on November 10, 1998. On December 22, 1998, the articles of the company were amended to increase the authorized capital and to include certain provisions with respect to the liability and indemnification of directors. MBK is owned 57.5% by the Company. The only asset of MBK which was a children software program was transferred to LMII and this company has been inactive for last two years.

The Company's material subsidiaries as of June 30, 2002 were as follows: Lingo Media Ltd., EnglishLingo, Inc., Lingo Media International, Inc. and Mail Box Kids Corporation.


Lingo Media's strengths and opportunities lie in its approach to the development of original language learning materials--including English as a Second/Foreign Language (ESL/EFL) and Language Arts for English speakers. By utilizing low-cost illustration, design and layout in China, combined with manufacturing capabilities in the country of sale, the Company can develop product quickly and cost-effectively in response to market opportunities. In China, the Company pre-sells its programs to educational ministries through co-publishing with local publishers, while retaining full copyright ownership and distribution rights for all other markets. In Canada, the Company has received Ontario Ministry of Education approval in September 2001 for one of its elementary school publishing programs.

Additionally, Lingo Media has embarked on a major initiative to take English language learning online. With EnglishNIHAO.com, our web undertaking, we plan to use Lingo Media's EFL experience, relationships, and content to develop a comprehensive English language online service in China.






                                  THE OFFERING

Common Stock Outstanding........................... 20,733,287 Shares


Use of Proceeds.................................... The Company will receive no proceeds from the resale of shares
                                                    of common stock, but will receive proceeds from the exercise
                                                    of warrants.

Limited Market..................................... Prior to this offering, there has been a limited public market
                                                    for our shares of common stock on the TSX Venture Exchange
                                                    under the stock symbol LMD.  We provide no assurance that
                                                    there will be a market in the United States in the future for
                                                    our common stock.  In the event a market develops for our
                                                    common stock, it will likely be sporadic and volatile.

Risk Factors The securities offered hereby involve a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors".

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following summary financial data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this document. Our financial statements are reported in Canadian dollars and presented in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles or U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2000 and December 31, 2001. Information regarding financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2002 has also been provided.

When we refer to "Canadian dollars" and "$" in this document, we are referring to Canada dollars, the legal currency of Canada. When we refer to "U.S. dollars," and "US$" in this document, we are referring to United States dollars, the legal currency of the United States.


                                                                                                    Quarter Ended
                                     13 Months Ended Year Ended December 31,                          March 31,
                          1997          1998          1999           2000          2001               2001          2002

STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue                 $1,316,085    $1,926,786       $732,127      $527,051      $333,691        $64,500      $419,166
Cost of sales              751,490     1,608,956        475,957       371,668        42,138              -       285,103
Gross profit (loss)        564,595       317,830        256,170       155,383       291,553         64,500       134,063
General and                544,335       458,408        472,671       661,170       406,961        139,622       109,298
administrative
expenses
Operating income          (43,819)     (307,557)      (420,421)     (649,997)     (253,832)      (114,482)      (53,970)
(loss)
Gain on sale of                  -             -              -             -       197,719              -             -
subsidiary
Gain on issuance of              -             -        143,962             -             -              -      (67,500)
shares of subsidiary
Net income (loss)            8,090     (307,557)      (276,459)     (774,997)      (44,706)      (114,482)           396
Net income (loss)
per ordinary share:
Basic and diluted           $(.00)        $(.03)         $(.03)       $ (.05)        $(.00)         $(.01)        $(.00)
Weighted average        8,729,597    10,615,499     10,783,827    14,567,994    16,095,471     15,893,827    17,046,025
number of common
shares outstanding

                                       13 Months Ended As of December 31,                             March 31,
                            1997          1998          1999           2000          2001          2001           2002

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

Cash                       $45,610             -              -       $44,207        $7,473         $4,601      $460,398
Working capital            197,912      (401,445)      (791,646)      (78,085)      (85,471)       (39,219)       274,390
Total assets             1,325,883     1,238,140      1,182,633     1,749,181     1,883,377      1,607,659     2,415,083
Short-term                 288,200       428,884        561,302       195,700       411,096         50,700       502,925
borrowings and
current portion of
long term debt
Long term debt             198,575       143,650         92,950        47,250        54,480         29,575             -
Shareholders' equity       352,719       352,362         75,903     1,142,778     1,211,572      1,028,296     1,562,009

Risk Factors

The Company is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. If any of the following risks occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition would likely suffer. In any such events, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment in our shares of common stock.

General Economic Conditions
From time to time, the markets in which the Company sells its products experience weak economic conditions that may negatively affect the Company's sales. Any general economic, business or industry conditions that cause customers to reduce or delay their investments in educational publications and products may have a negative effect on the Company's strength and profitability. The Company may experience some seasonal trends in the sale of its publications. For example, sales of published materials experience seasonal fluctuations with higher sales in the third calendar quarter and first calendar quarter.


Government Support of Educational Curriculum Development The Company produces a broad range of educational publications including materials geared to young children and persons learning English as a foreign language ("EFL"). Recent funding cuts by both federal and provincial governments in Canada to all forms of educational institutions have presented a major hurdle to the Canadian publishing industry over the last several years. In an effort to meet deficit-reduction targets, both levels of government in Canada have significantly cut funding for, amongst other things, textbook purchases. Any further change in curriculum development and selection policies by governmental bodies responsible for those activities, both in Canada and in other countries, may have a negative effect on the Company's strength and profitability.

Market Risk
The specialty publishing business is a form of promotion and advertising. There can be no assurances that the Company's specialty publishing clients will continue to use their promotional and advertising expenditures on such forms of promotion and advertising or will not increase their utilization of other forms of advertising and promotion such as billboards, newspapers and radio/television commercials.

Maintenance of High Quality Editorial Content A key component of the continued success of the traditional publishing activities of the Company will be the ability of the Company to maintain high quality editorial content. The Company must continue to develop new and innovative materials to sustain its educational publishing activities in order to ensure the continued viability of the traditional publishing aspects of its business. Although the Company continues to retain leading educators to develop content for its educational publications, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain the current high levels of editorial content for future publications.

Management of Growth
As the Company endeavors to increase its sales and develop new lines of business, it will be subject to a number of risks associated with the management of such growth. These risks include increased responsibilities for existing personnel, the need to hire additional qualified personnel and, in general, higher levels of operating expenses. In order to manage current operations and any future growth effectively, the Company will need to continue to implement and improve its operational, financial and management information systems and to hire, train, motivate, manage and retain qualified employees. In particular, as the Company proceeds with anticipated development of on-line and traditional educational services for the Chinese market, it will need to ensure that adequate mechanisms are in place to address potential growth from the largely untapped Chinese marketplace and to ensure that the Company has hired, trained and retained employees that are familiar with that marketplace. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to manage such growth effectively, that its management, personnel or systems will be adequate to support the Company's operations or that the Company will be able to achieve the increased levels of revenue commensurate with the increased levels of operating expenses associated with this growth.


History of Losses
The Company has had a history of losses and there is no assurance that it can reach profitability in the future. The Company will require significant additional funding to meet its business objectives. Capital will need to be available to help expand not only the production capacity of the corporation's vendors but also to improve market penetration and sales through an increasing distribution network.

In the United States, reporting standards for auditors require the addition of an explanatory paragraph when the financial statements are affected by conditions and events that cast doubt on the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, such as those described in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The auditors' report to the shareholders dated May 3, 2002, is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards which do not permit a reference to such events and conditions in the auditors' report when these are adequately disclosed in the financial statements.

We May Need Additional Capital In The Future And It May Not Be Available On Acceptable Terms

As of March 31, 2002, we had revenues of CDN$419,166, cash of CDN$460,398, accounts receivable of CDN$545,671, and current liabilities of CDN$853,074. We will not receive any proceeds from the resale of the shares registered in this offering, but may receive proceeds from the exercise of warrants. We believe that our current cash on hand along with our accounts receivable and recurring sales, will satisfy our working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. After that, we may need to raise additional funds in order to finance our operations. The Company presumes that corporate growth will be funded both out of positive cash flow and from the sale of equity and/or debt to help generate needed capital. Insuring that capital is available to increase production, sales and marketing capacity and to provide support materials and training in the market place is essential to success. We cannot assure you that financing will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be forced to curtail or cease our operations. Even if we are able to continue our operations, the failure to obtain financing could have a substantial adverse effect on our business and financial results.


Growth of Multimedia Products
The traditional media platform is being increasingly challenged by the growing body of multimedia products. Multimedia products serve as ancillary tools to traditional publishing mediums such as print but can also serve as stand-alone interactive tools replacing traditional publishing mediums. Although the Company is continuing its own publishing activities using multimedia interactive mediums, the continued growth of multimedia products may detract from the viability of traditional publishing activities.

Exchange Rate Fluctuations
The Company does transact some business involving currencies other than the Canadian currency in both purchasing and selling goods and services. The Company is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that may have an adverse effect on the Company's businesses.

Competition
The Canadian publishing industry is large and diverse with many competing participants. While the Company's particular area of concentration in educational books does not face the level of competition as other areas of the publishing industry, the Company does face competition within the Canadian marketplace from other competitors that have larger and substantially greater resources than the Company. In addition, other publishing companies may expand their range of activities to directly compete in these segments. Competition to provide educational print services in Canada is largely based on price, product innovation and quality, timeliness of product delivery and ability to service the specialized needs of customers. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete effectively with its publishing competitors. In addition, although the Company is unaware of any specific competitor competing in on-line educational services marketplace in China, the Company faces considerable competition from traditional educational publishing companies and from educational software providers in China both of which offer the same or similar services as are available from the Company's traditional publishing operations and will be available via the Company's on-line educational services. In addition, it is anticipated that as the world's largest market becomes more open to foreign involvement, in the Chinese marketplace in general and in educational programs in particular, the level of competition will further intensify.

Technological Changes
Both the traditional publishing industry and the on-line services industry continue to experience technological change. The publishing industry continues to evolve from traditional mechanical format printing to full digital printing. The inability of the Company to keep pace with the new technologies and standards in the print industry could render its products and services non-competitive. The Company's future success will depend on its ability to address the increasingly sophisticated needs of its customers by producing and marketing enhancements to its products and services that respond to technological changes or customer requirements. The Company may be required to invest significant capital in additional technology in order to remain competitive. In addition, the provision of on-line services is characterized by continuing improvements in technology that results in the frequent introduction of new products, short product life cycles and continual improvement in product price/performance characteristics. A failure on the part of the Company to effectively manage a product transition will directly affect the demand for the Company's products and the profitability of the Company's operations.


Shareholder Control
Approximately 15% of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Company including options and warrants which are exercisable within 60 days are held by officers and directors of the Company. As a result, the shareholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions.

Dependence on Key Personnel
The Company's future success is dependent on the success and ability of its key management and product development teams. The Company has obtained keyman insurance on its senior executive in the amount of CDN$1,000,000. The loss of key personnel or the inability to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, consultants or advisors, particularly with respect to the Company's intended expansion into on-line educational services in China, could adversely affect the Company's business. The Company faces competition for such personnel from other companies and organizations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in hiring or retaining qualified personnel. The inability of the Company to retain and attract the necessary personnel or the loss of services of any of its key personnel could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Broker-Dealers May Be Discouraged From Effecting Transactions In the Company's Common Shares Because They Are Considered Penny Stocks And Are Subject To The Penny Stock Rules Rules 15g-1 through 15g-9 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, impose sales practice and disclosure requirements on NASD broker-dealers who make a market in "a penny stock". A penny stock generally includes any non-NASDAQ equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share. Our shares are quoted on the CDNX, and the price of our shares ranged from $0.04 (low) to $0.35 (high) during the period from January 1, 2001 to June 30, 2002. The closing price of our shares on June 30, 2002 was $0.13. The additional sales practice and disclosure requirements imposed upon broker-dealers may discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in the Company's shares, which could severely limit the market liquidity of the shares and impede the sale of the Company's shares in the secondary market.


Under the penny stock regulations, a broker-dealer selling penny stock to anyone other than an established customer or "accredited investor" (generally, an individual with net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or an annual income exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with his or her spouse) must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and must receive the purchaser's written consent to the transaction prior to sale, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt.

In addition, the penny stock regulations require the broker-dealer to deliver, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the US Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the penny stock market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt. A broker-dealer is also required to disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, a broker-dealer is required to send monthly statements disclosing recent price information with respect to the penny stock held in a customer's account and information with respect to the limited market in penny stocks.

Forward-Looking Statements In This Filing May Not Be Accurate Included in this Form F-1 Registration Statement are various forward-looking statements that can be identified by the use of forward looking terminology such as "may", "will", "expect", "anticipate", "estimate", "continue", "believe", or other similar words. We have made forward-looking statements with respect to the following, among others:

- the Company's goals and strategies;

- the Company's ability to obtain licenses/permits to operate in China;

- the importance and expected growth of English as a Foreign Language in China;

- the Company's revenues;

- the Company's potential profitability; and

- the Company's need for external capital.

These statements are forward-looking and reflect our current expectations. They are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to, changes in the economic and political environments in China, changes in technology and changes in the Internet marketplace. In light of the many risks and uncertainties surrounding China and the Internet marketplace, prospective purchasers of our shares should keep in mind that we cannot guarantee that the forward-looking statements described in this Form F-1 will transpire.


There Is Uncertainty As To the Company's Shareholders' Ability To Enforce Civil Liabilities In Canada And China The preponderance of our assets are located outside the United States and are held through companies incorporated under the laws of Canada, Barbados, and arrangements established in China. Our current operations are conducted in China. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States. All or a substantial portion of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for shareholders to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of Canada, Barbados or China, respectively, would recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, or be competent to hear original actions brought in Canada, Barbados or China, respectively, against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

The Company's Customer Base Is Concentrated And The Loss Of One Or More Of the Customers Could Cause the Company's Business To Suffer Significantly We have derived and believe that we will continue to derive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of large customers, such as Loblaws, Investors Group, and Co-operators which accounted for almost all of our revenues in 1997 and 1998. In 1999, Corning, together with Cadbury, accounted for almost all of our revenues. In the future, we expect to derive an increasing portion of our revenues from Peoples Education Press; Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, Renzhen Group, China International Publishing Group, and the provincial Ministries of Education across Canada. The loss, cancellation or deferral of any large contract by any of our large customers would have a material adverse effect on our revenues, and consequently our profits.

Risks Associated with Doing Business in China

Market Acceptance
Although the Company has secured a commitment from People Education Press in Beijing for EFL materials, there can be no assurance that the educational system in China will continue to accept the educational publications produced by the Company. In addition, although the use of the Internet in China is growing, the success of the Company's on-line educational services in that country will depend in large part on the widespread continued adoption of the Internet for general and educational use. In the event of failure to achieve or maintain such market acceptance, there could be a material adverse impact on the development of such on-line educational services on the Internet that in turn could have a negative impact on the Company.


Government Regulation
The Company's planned on-line educational services in China may be subject to various laws and regulations relating to Internet usage and access. The regulatory environment related to such usage and access may evolve to address issues such as privacy, content, copyrights, distribution and characteristics and quality of products and services. The enactment of further regulatory mechanisms laws or regulations may impede the development and implementation of such services on the Internet and, in turn, could decrease the demand for the products and services that the Company provides as well as increase the Company's costs of doing business. The extent and applicability of existing laws to the Internet in China in respect of issues such as content ownership, privacy, rights of publicity, language requirements and content restrictions are uncertain and could expose the Company to significant liabilities. In addition, the extent and application of any new laws and regulations to the Internet could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Little or No Relevant Experience in China The Company has limited experience in the provision of traditional educational publishing and on-line services in China. Although the Company has retained the services of Canadian and Chinese educators to assist the Company with these endeavors, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to attract and retain qualified personnel with relevant experience for the continued management and development of this area of its business.

Integration of Business
The investment by the Company in the operations of EnglishLingo, Inc. may be accompanied by risks commonly encountered as businesses diversify into new areas of operation. Such risks include, among other things, the difficulty of assimilating the operations and personnel of the new areas of operation, the potential disruption of the Company's ongoing business, the distraction of management from the business of the Company, the inability of management to maximize the financial and strategic position of the Company, the maintenance of uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies and the impairment of relationships with employees and clients as a result of any integration of new management personnel. The failure to successfully integrate the new business operations of the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, revenues, operating results and financial condition.

Dependence on the Web Infrastructure
The success of EnglishLingo, Inc. will depend to a significant degree upon the development and maintenance of the Web infrastructure and reliable Web access and services. The Web has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience significant growth in the numbers of users and amount of traffic. There can be no assurance that the Web infrastructure will continue to be able to support the demands placed on it by this continued growth or that such growth will not adversely affect the performance or reliability of the Web. Furthermore, from time to time, the Web has experienced a variety of outages and other delays because of damage to portions of its infrastructures. These outages and delays could adversely affect the level of Web usage and the levels of traffic and the processing of online sales. In addition, the Web could lose its viability due to delays in the development or adoption of new standard and protocols to handle increased levels of activity. If the necessary standards, protocols or complementary products, services or facilities are not developed, or if the Web does not become a viable marketplace, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.


Continuation Of Existing Strategic Alliances The Company has developed strategic alliances in the form of Master Agreements to Develop, Publish, Sell Products And Product Agreements with People Education Press "PEP", Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press "FLTRP", Renzhen Group "RG" and China International Publishing Group "CIPG". The Company has also formed a marketing alliance with Clever Software Group Co., Ltd., a leading educational software company in China. The termination of these alliances may have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operation and financial conditions in the traditional educational publishing and web learning services sectors if the Company were unable to develop suitable substitute arrangements.

The Growth Of The Company's Business Is Dependent On Government Budgetary Policy, Particularly The Allocation Of Funds To Sustain The Growth Of The English Language Learning And Training Programs In China The Company's customers in China, excluding Clever Software Group Co. Ltd and Renzhen Group, are directly or indirectly owned or controlled by the state government of China. Accordingly, their business strategies, capital expenditure budgets and spending plans are largely decided in accordance with government policies, which, in turn, are determined on a centralized basis at the highest level by the State Planning Commission of the PRC. As a result, the growth of our business is heavily dependent on government policies for English language learning and training. Despite the high priority currently accorded by the government to this area, and a high level of funding allocated by the government to this sector, insufficient government allocation of funds to sustain its growth in the future could reduce the demand for our products and services and have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow our business.

Political And Economic Policies Of The Chinese Government Could Affect Our Industry In General And Our Competitive Position In Particular Since the establishment of the PRC in 1949, the Communist Party has been the governing political party in China. The highest bodies of leadership are the Politburo of the Communist Party, the Central Committee and the National People's Congress. The State Council, which is the highest institution of government administration, reports to the National People's Congress and has under its supervision various commissions, agencies and ministries, including Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Co-operation "MOFTEC". Since the late 1970s, the Chinese government has been reforming the Chinese economic system. Although the Company believes that economic reform and the macroeconomic measures adopted by the Chinese government have had and will continue to have a positive effect on the economic development in China, there can be no assurance that the economic reform strategy will not from time to time be modified or revised. Such modifications or revisions, if any, could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China and investment in the English language learning and training sectors in China. Such developments could reduce, perhaps significantly, the demand for our products and services. There is no guarantee that the Chinese government will not impose other economic or regulatory controls that would have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, changes in political, economic and social conditions in China, adjustments in policies of the Chinese government or changes in laws and regulations could adversely affect our industry in general and our competitive position in particular.


The Markets In Which the Company Sells its Services And Products Are Highly Competitive And We May Not Be Able To Compete Effectively The educational publishing market in China is rapidly changing. Competitors to the Company's strategic co-publishing partners in the market mainly include provincial educational publishing companies such as Jiangsu Educational Press and Shanghai Press. In addition, there are many large multinational educational publishing companies with substantial, existing publishing operations in Asian markets including China that have significantly greater financial, technological, marketing and human resources. Should additional multinational educational publishing companies decide to enter the English language learning and training market in China, this could hurt the Company's future profitability and erode its market share.

Our competitors, some of whom have greater financial, technical and human resources than us, may be able to respond more quickly to new and emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of new products or services. It is possible that competition in the form of new competitors or alliances, joint ventures or consolidation among existing competitors may decrease our market share. Increased competition could result in fewer customer engagements, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any one of which could materially and adversely affect our profits and overall financial condition.

Economic Risks Associated With Doing Business The Chinese economy has experienced uneven growth across geographic and economic sectors and has recently been slowing. There can be no assurance that the economic slow down will not continue. The China economy is also experiencing deflation which may continue in the future. The current economic situation may adversely affect our profitability over time as expenditures for English as a Foreign Language product may decrease due to the results of slowing domestic demand and deflation. In addition, the Chinese government may implement changes in fiscal policy that could increase our costs of operating our business in China or slow demand for our products. We cannot predict what effects changes in Chinese government policies may have on our business or results of operations.


Inflation And Currency Matters
In recent years, the Chinese economy has experienced periods of rapid growth as well as relatively high rates of inflation, which in turn has resulted in the periodic adoption by the Chinese government of various corrective measures designed to regulate growth and contain inflation. Since 1993, the Chinese government has implemented an economic program designed to control inflation, which has resulted in the tightening of working capital available to Chinese business enterprises. The recent Asian financial crisis has resulted in a general reduction in domestic production and sales, and a general tightening of credit, throughout China.

Restrictions On Currency Exchange May Limit Our Ability To Distribute Profits, If Any, Or To Use Revenues From Our Chinese business Effectively, Which May Adversely Affect Our Ability To Meet Our Obligations Outside Of China Substantially all of the revenues and operating expenses of our Chinese business are denominated in Renminbi or RMB. The Renminbi is currently freely convertible under the "current account", which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not under the "capital account", which includes foreign direct investment.

Currently, Chinese publishing companies which are a party to co-publishing agreements with foreign publishers, such as our Master Agreements with PEP, FLTRP, RG and CIPG may purchase foreign exchange for settlement of "current account transactions", including payment of dividends, without the approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant Chinese governmental authorities will not limit or eliminate the Company's ability or the Company's Co-Publishing partners' ability to purchase and retain foreign currencies in the future.

Since a significant amount of our future revenues will be in the form of US dollars linked to the pegged exchange rate of Renminbi, any future restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to utilize revenue generated in Renminbi to fund our business activities outside China.

Foreign exchange transactions are still subject to limitations and require government approval. This could affect the ability of our existing or future Chinese partners to obtain foreign exchange. Effective December 1, 1998, all foreign exchange transactions involving the Renminbi must take place through authorized banks in China at the prevailing exchange rates quoted by the People's Bank of China.


We May Suffer Currency Exchange Losses If The Renminbi Depreciates Relative To The United States Dollar Our reporting currency is the Canadian Dollar. However, substantially all revenues from China activities are denominated in US dollars linked to the pegged exchanged rate of the Renminbi. Our assets and revenues are expressed in our Canadian Dollar. Financial statements will decline in value if the Renminbi depreciates relative to the Canadian and United States Dollar. Any such depreciation could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Very limited hedging transactions are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by Chinese exchange control regulations that restrict our and our Chinese partners' ability to convert Renminbi into United States Dollars.

Item 4. Information With Respect To The Registrant And The Offering.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

Directors

Table No. 1 lists as of June 30, 2002 the names of the Directors of the Company. The business address for all Directors is care-of the Company.

                                   Table No. 1
                                    Directors

=================================================================
Name                         Age     Date First Elected/Appointed
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Richard J.G. Boxer (1)(2)     53                    November 1996
Richard H. Epstein (2)        39                        July 2001
Chen Geng (2)                 32                        July 2001
Michael P. Kraft (2)          39                    November 1996
Scott Remborg (1)(2)          53                        July 2000
-----------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Member of Audit Committee.
(2) Resident/Citizen of Ontario, Canada.

Senior Management

Table No. 2 lists, as of June 30, 2002, the names of the Senior Management of the Company. The Senior Management serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.


                                   Table No. 2
                                Senior Management
==========================================================================
                                                            Date of First
Name                         Position                Age    Appointment
------                      ----------              -----  ---------------
Michael P. Kraft(1)         President/CEO            39     April 1996
Imran Atique                Secretary/Treasurer      25     September 2001
Khurram R. Qureshi(2)       Chief Financial Officer  39     April 1998
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) He spends 80% of his time on the affairs of the Company. Address: c/o Lingo Media Inc. 151 Bloor Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 1S4

(2) He spends 20% of his time on the affairs of the Company. Address: c/o Lingo Media Inc. 151 Bloor Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 1S4

Michael P. Kraft's business functions, as President/CEO of the Company, include strategic planning, business development, product development, financing and banking, and reporting to the Board of Directors.

Imran Atique's business functions, as Secretary and Treasurer of the Company, include assisting the Chief Financial Officer and the President in all financial matters and assisting the Board of Directors in carrying out their duties.

Khurram R. Qureshi's business functions, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, include financial administration, project management, accounting, providing support to the President/CEO in financing issues.

Advisors No Disclosure Necessary.

Auditors
The Company's auditors for its financial statements for each of the preceding three years was KPMG LLP, Chartered Accountants, 4100 Yonge Street #200, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M2P 2H3.

Selected Financial Data The Company's financial statements are stated in Canadian Dollars (CDN$) and are prepared in accordance with Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), the application of which, in the case of the Company, conforms in all material respects for the periods presented with US GAAP, except as discussed in footnotes to the financial statements.

The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in the Registration Statement.

The Company has not declared any dividends since incorporation and does not anticipate that it will do so in the foreseeable future. The present policy of the Company is to retain future earnings for use in its operations and the expansion of its business.


The following table is derived from the financial statements of the Company, which have been prepared in accordance with Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), the application of which, in the case of the Company, conforms in all material respects for the periods presented with US GAAP, except as disclosed in footnotes to the financial statements.

Selected Financial Data
(CDN$)

                                                                                                         Quarter Ended
                                   Thirteen Months Ended Year Ended December 31,                           March 31,
                          1997          1998          1999           2000           2001               2001          2002

STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue                 $1,316,085    $1,926,786       $732,127       $527,051      $333,691        $64,500      $419,166
Cost of sales              751,490     1,608,956        475,957        371,668        42,138              -       285,103
Gross profit (loss)        564,595       317,830        256,170        155,383       291,553         64,500       134,063
General and                544,335       458,408        472,671        661,170       406,961        139,622       109,298
administrative
expenses
Operating income          (43,819)     (307,557)      (420,421)      (649,997)     (253,832)      (114,482)       (53,790)
(loss)
Gain on sale of                  -             -              -              -       197,719              -             -
subsidiary
Gain on issuance of              -             -        143,962              -             -              -       (67,500)
shares of subsidiary
Net income (loss)            8,090     (307,557)      (276,459)      (774,997)      (44,706)      (114,482)           396
Net income (loss)
per ordinary share:
Basic and diluted           $(.00)        $(.03)         $(.03)        $ (.05)        $(.00)         $(.01)        $(.00)
Weighted average        8,729,597    10,615,499     10,783,827     14,567,994    16,095,471     15,893,827    17,046,025
number of common
shares outstanding
Cash                       $45,610            -              -        $44,207        $7,473         $4,601      $460,398
Working capital            197,912     (401,445)      (791,646)       (78,085)      (85,471)       (39,219)      274,390
Total assets             1,325,883    1,238,140      1,182,633      1,749,181     1,883,377      1,607,659     2,415,083
US GAAP net profit                                    (467,000)    (1,103,000)     (219,000)      (150,000)       24,000
(loss)
US GAAP basic loss                                       (0.04)         (0.08)        (0.01)         (0.01)        (0.00)
per share
US GAAP equity                                        (511,000)        228,000       123,000         77,000      453,000
US GAAP Total Assets                                   657,000         899,000       919,000        729,000    1,494,000

(1) a)Under US GAAP SFAS 123, companies are encouraged but not required to include in compensation the fair value of stock options granted to employees. On a pro-forma basis, the expensing of such "costs" would have increased reported loss by $271,881; $1,127,018 and $499,894 or Fiscal 2001, Fiscal 2000 and Fiscal 1999, respectively; the effects on pro-forma disclosure of applying SFAS 123 are not likely to be representative of the effects on pro-forma disclosures in future years. The weighted average estimated fair value at date of grant, as defined by SFAS 123, for options granted in Fiscal 2000 was $0.45 (1999 - $0.18).

b) Under US GAAP, development costs are expensed as incurred: 2001 - $168,184; 2000 - $348,689; and 1999 - $144,874.

c) Under US GAAP, development costs amortized under Canadian GAAP would be reversed to calculate Loss per Share: 2001 - $43,910; 2000 - $74,500; and 1999 - $82,916.

d) Under US GAAP, software development costs are expensed as incurred:
2001 - $ nil; 2000 - $30,957; and 1999 - $93,227.

e) Under US GAAP, compensation expense based on the fair market value of stock options granted in exchange for services from consultants is recorded: 2001 - $59,983; 2000 - $22,500; and 1999 - $35,500.

f) On 5/28/2001, the Company sold its investment in AlphaCom Corporation and recorded a gain on sale of discontinued operations of $197,720.


MARKET INFORMATION

The Company's common shares began trading on the Alberta Stock Exchange in Calgary, Alberta, Canada under its former name Alpha Ventures Inc. The Alberta Stock Exchange was absorbed by the Canadian Venture Exchange, which was absorbed by the TSX Venture Exchange. The Company's listing was automatically transferred from the Alberta Stock Exchange to the TSX Venture Exchange "TSX VEN" as a Tier 2 company. The current stock symbol on the TSX VEN is "LMD".

The table below lists the volume of trading and high, low and closing sales prices on the TSX Venture Exchange (Alberta Stock Exchange) for the Company's common shares for: the last thirteen fiscal quarters; and the last five fiscal years.

                              TSX Venture Exchange
                         Common Shares Trading Activity
=============================================================================
                                   - Sales -
    Period                                       Canadian Dollars
     Ended                Volume          High      Low         Closing
Quarterly
6/30/2002                 23,500          0.13      0.10         0.13
3/31/2002                176,000          0.15      0.04         0.10
12/31/2001             1,614,236          0.12      0.04         0.12
9/30/2001                174,776          0.18      0.07         0.07
6/30/2001                206,700          0.20      0.10         0.11
3/31/2001                122,600          0.35      0.15         0.20
12/30/2000               502,950          0.50      0.18         0.40
9/30/2000                292,100          0.60      0.30         0.45
6/30/2000                590,900          1.00      0.35         0.50
3/31/2000              7,359,200          1.40      0.10         0.90
12/31/1999               249,400          0.25      0.05         0.25
9/30/1999                 40,400          0.07      0.07         0.07
6/30/1999                196,000          0.10      0.10         0.10
3/31/1999                 69,999          0.17      0.09         0.17

Yearly
12/31/2001             2,118,312          0.35      0.04         0.12
12/31/2000             8,745,150          1.40      0.10         0.40
12/31/1999               554,800          0.25      0.05         0.25
12/31/1998             1,094,300          0.45      0.10         0.19
12/31/1997             1,178,200          0.55      0.23         0.34

Description of Securities

Common Share Description

Registrar/Common Shares Outstanding/Shareholders The Company's common shares are issued in registered form and the following information is taken from the records of Computershare Trust Company of Canada (located in Calgary, Alberta, Canada), the registrar and transfer agent for the common shares.


On July 15, 2002, the shareholders' list for the Company's common shares showed 25 registered shareholders and 20,733,827 shares issued and outstanding. Six of these shareholders were U.S. residents, owning 812,700 shares representing approximately four percent of the issued and outstanding common shares.

Common Share Description
All of the authorized common shares of the Company are of the same class and, once issued, rank equally as to dividends, voting powers, and participation in assets. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be acted upon by the shareholders. Holders of common shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors, in its discretion, out of funds legally available therefore.

Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of common stock are entitled to receive pro rata the assets of Company, if any, remaining after payments of all debts and liabilities. No shares have been issued subject to call or assessment. There are no pre-emptive or conversion rights and no provisions for redemption or purchase for cancellation, surrender, or sinking or purchase funds.

Provisions as to the modification, amendment or variation of such shareholder rights or provisions are contained in the Business Corporations Act (Ontario). Unless the Business Corporations Act or the Company's Articles or Memorandum otherwise provide, any action to be taken by a resolution of the members may be taken by an ordinary resolution or by a vote of a majority or more of the shares represented at the shareholders' meeting.

There are no restrictions on the repurchase or redemption of common shares of the Company while there is any arrearage in the payment of dividends or sinking fund installments.

Preference Share Description
The Company has not issued any preference shares. The unlimited number of no-par preference shares designated in the Company's certificate of incorporation is "blank check" preference shares, which authorizes the board of directors to authorize and issue one or more series of preference shares with the designations, rights and preferences as determined, from time to time, by the board of directors. The board of directors is authorized to make such designations without shareholder approval.

Share Purchase Warrants
As of June 30, 2002, there were warrants outstanding to purchase 3,275,000 shares of our common stock.


Authorized/Issued Capital. As of June 30, 2002 and December 31, 2001, the authorized capital of the Company was an unlimited number of common shares without par value and there were 20,733,827 and 17,033,827 common shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements relate to analyses and other information which are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. When our management makes assumptions for such forecasts, it makes them in light of the information it currently has available.

Many of the forward-looking statements are identified by their use of terms and phrases such as "anticipate", "believe", "could", "estimate", expect", "intend", "should", "may", "plan", "potential", "predict", "project", "will" and similar terms and phrases and may include references to assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including the risks described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our views only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update these statements or publicly to release the result of any revisions to these statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Such forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among others, our current intent, belief or expectations regarding the following:

- The Company's goals and strategies;
- The Company's ability to obtain licenses/permits to operate in China; - The importance and expected growth of English as a Foreign Language in China; - The Company's revenues; - The Company's potential profitability; and - The Company's need for external capital.

Capitalization and Indebtedness

The following table sets forth the capitalization and indebtedness of the Company as of March 31, 2002.

                         Capitalization and Indebtedness
                                 March 31, 2002

Long-Term Portion of Long-Term Debt                                        $0
Long-Term Loans Payable                                                    $0

Shareholders' equity:
  Common Shares, no par value;
  Unlimited Number of shares authorized,
    20,733,827 shares issued and outstanding                       $3,077,391

Deferred Stock Based Compensation                                     ($6,458)

Retained Earnings (deficit)                                       ($1,508,924)
Net Stockholders' Equity                                           $1,562,009
TOTAL CAPITALIZATION                                               $1,562,009
Stock Options Outstanding                                           2,020,000
Warrants Outstanding:                                               3,275,000


BUSINESS OVERVIEW

Background

Lingo Media is a provider of language learning products to domestic and international markets, with a particular emphasis on China and Canada. The products include traditional media, such as books, audio, CD-ROM, and supplemental products. Additionally, the Company is developing an online service for English language learning.

Lingo Media's strengths and opportunities lie in its approach to the development of original language learning materials-including English as a Second/Foreign Language (ESL/EFL) and Language Arts for English speakers. In China, the Company pre-sells its program to educational ministries through co-publishing with local publishers, while retaining full copyright ownership and distribution rights for all other markets. In Canada, the Company has received Ontario Ministry of Education approval for one of its elementary programs.

Additionally, Lingo Media through its subsidiary EnglishLingo, Inc. intends to launch EnglishNIHAO.com which plans include the presentation of online language exercises, quizzes, course modules and innovative contests. It is anticipated that some of the materials and services will be offered free while others will be provided on a paid subscription basis. The Company plans to leverage the valuable publishing and distribution relationships it has established in China. Consequently, Lingo Media is working with a local strategic partner, Clever Software Group Co., Ltd., and plans to launch the online service in the first quarter of 2003.


Business Focus

Publishing Activities

CHINA

Lingo Media has spent four years developing English as a Foreign Language (EFL), products, programs, and relationships in the Chinese market. Learning to communicate in English is seen as a top priority for Chinese school students and young adult learners. Along with learning how to use a PC, English skills are perceived as a key determinant of their future levels of prosperity. The Company's EFL book, audio and CD-based programs are unique in that they have a special focus on the spoken language. In addition to developing learning materials, considerable resources have been expended on the development of relationships with leading Chinese publishers, both in the education and trade sectors, as well as in extensive marketing and pre-selling of Lingo Media's programs.

The Company is capitalizing on its co-development approach in the Chinese market. Lingo Media sees its relationships with leading Chinese publishers; its Canadian and Chinese author teams; and its original custom-developed content as key factors in opening up the Chinese educational market. The Company has secured long-term publishing contracts for the Kindergarten to Grade 12 (K-12) and higher educational markets, which it anticipates will generate ongoing revenue streams from the sale of its programs.

People's Education Press "PEP":
People's Education Press, a division of China's State Ministry of Education, publishes 80% of educational materials for the K-12 market throughout China, for all subjects, including English. PEP has a readership of more than 150 million students. Lingo Media has four programs in development with PEP. Three series target the elementary market of 100 million students: PEP Primary English (for grades 3 to 6 as Chinese students must now begin learning English in Grade 3); Starting Line (Grades 1-6); and Beginning English for Young Learners (Grades 1-2). The Junior Reading Comprehension series is for junior middle school students. Initial levels of all four programs were launched in September 2001. All series include textbooks, activity books, audiocassettes, teacher resource books, and supplementary materials.

Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press "FLTRP":
In April 2000, Lingo Media secured a publishing agreement to co-develop, publish and sell Subject-Based English with FLTRP, China's leading university and reference publisher. This series is required in order to meet the education curriculum mandated by the State Ministry of Education in China that all 3rd and 4th year university students take intensive English studies specifically related to their majors. The project calls for the development of multiple volumes for each of the six subject areas on an ongoing basis through the summer of 2003, with the first levels launching in September 2002.

Guangzhou Renzhen English Production Group "Renzhen Group":
Lingo Media completed a co-publishing agreement for two language-learning programs with Renzhen Group in December 2000. Renzhen Group is one of China's leading privately owned language learning publishers of book and audiocassette packages focusing on wholesaling to bookstores and newsstands throughout China, as well as on its growing mail order business. The two programs include English In Business Communications -- a series of six self-study books and 12 audiocassettes providing specialized English training; and The Out Loud Program:
Rhymes, Rhythms and Patterns for Language Learning -- a set of student books and audiocassette packages with 3 levels. Renzhen Group will be providing its internal pre-production resources including illustration, design, and layout in China giving Lingo Media a competitive front-end cost advantage with its plans to export this program into international educational markets.


China International Publishing Group (CIPG):
Foreign Languages Press is a subsidiary of China's largest publishing group, China International Publishing Group. CIPG develops and distributes books to Chinese retail bookstores, in addition to producing selected texts and supplemental books for the educational market. Lingo Media signed a contract with CIPG in June of 1998 to co-publish an English for Special Purposes Series and has recently released the English for Hosts book and audiocassette package.

CANADA

Lingo Media adapted The Out Loud Program: Rhymes, Rhythms and Patterns for Language Learning and created a school edition in the summer of 2001 for the primary school market.

The Company has successfully entered the Ontario education market. The Ontario Ministry of Education has approved and listed The Out Loud Program: Rhymes, Rhythms and Patterns for Language Learning as part of their early reading strategy intended to enhance the reading ability of primary school children. The Out Loud Program which now includes student textbooks, teacher's source books, poster cards and audiocassettes was launched in Ontario in November 2001. Marketing began on a Canada-wide basis in January 2002 and The Out Loud Program was launched in the United States at the International Reading Association Annual Conference in April 2002 in San Francisco.

E-Learning Activities:

Lingo Media has a strategic relationship in place with one of China's leading educational software companies, Clever Software Group Co., Ltd., for the launch of an English language-learning portal. Now at 26.5 million, the number of Internet users in China is growing at a furious pace; it has doubled every 6 months over the past 2 years. This makes electronic delivery of Lingo Media's content over the web a natural extension. In Clever Software, the Company has identified a strategic partner not only for development of the online service, but also for marketing of the service. Clever will play a key role in generating traffic to the site. With 22 district sales offices, and staff of 1,200, Clever has established an enviable relationship with students and educators throughout China. Lingo Media's business model with the Clever partnership is based on a combination of subscription and e-commerce revenues.


Business Strengths

o Management team from the West and China

EDUCATIONAL PUBLISHING
China:

o Existing commitments in China for:

o Beginning English for Young Learners program for grades 1 and 2 students

o Subject- Based English program for 3rd and 4th year university students

o English In Business Communications series for the bookstores, newsstands and mail order

o The Out Loud Program: Rhymes, Rhythms and Patterns for Language Learning for the supplemental education market through bookstores and mail order

o PEP Primary English and Starting Line programs for grade 3 to 6 and grade 1 to 6 students

o Reading Practice series for grade 7 to 10 students

o China is the largest market in the world for English language training--in excess of 200 million learners

o Product and marketing risk are reduced as publishing agreements are in place

o Royalty- based co-publishing revenue

o No inventory and low overhead costs

o Language learning content is being expanded into CD-ROM format

Canada:

o Ontario Ministry of Education has approved and listed Levels 1 to 3 of The Out Loud Program: Rhymes, Rhythms and Patterns for Language Learning for purchase by Ontario schools

o Expansion plan in place for other provinces in Canada and for other international educational markets

E-LEARNING
China:
o Use of Lingo Media's EFL experience, relationships and content.

o Relationship with Clever Software Group Co., Ltd.


Business Philosophy

Lingo Media specializes in the publishing of materials for language learning.

lin'go - probably from the French Provincial for "tongue"; originally from Latin. Strange or incomprehensible language or speech: as a foreign language or the special vocabulary of a specific field of interest.

lin'go me'di.a - a company whose goal is to make the English language accessible to precisely targeted and researched markets through the development of unique books, tapes, CDs, videos, and online content. With its international partners in research, distribution and marketing and teams of writers and educators, Lingo Media is equipped to profit from the coming growth in English language learning. There are two distinct markets: English as a Second Language (ESL) is the study of English in a country where the native tongue is English, whereas English as a Foreign Language (EFL) is the study of the English language in a country where the native tongue is not English. English for Special Purposes (ESP) is an extension of English language learning.

Over the past decade, English has become the international language; it's the lingua franca of the Internet, the international tongue for professionals ranging from banking to air transportation, and the language of technology and science. As the world shrinks, trade, commerce and communication are increasingly global. Country after country is now recognizing that the future will belong to those who are proficient in the English language. The Company is on the cusp of huge growth in English language acquisition; not by people wanting to emigrate but by people wanting the competitive advantage of English language skills in their home country.

The Lingo Media Approach

To gain maximum penetration and acceptance in a country, materials must reflect the culture of the learners. Yet, all too often, English as a Foreign Language
(EFL) materials are merely repackaged English as a Second Language (ESL)
materials originally intended for an emigrant market. At Lingo Media, we team top North American writers and educators with their counterparts in our target countries and work with local publishers and educational organizations to ensure that we are creating the right kinds of materials - materials that will be the backbone of an EFL curriculum.
What makes learning English more accessible to an audience? Two simple concepts that are easy to see but challenging to implement: quality and relevance. Our core philosophy is to develop English language learning materials that are customized to the market we are trying to reach. Our approach involves:


Researching and understanding the market The whole process begins with relationship building and communication. We talk with key organizations; associations and ministries in a country to better understand needs and concerns. We look for the right niche for the Company, and then seek local partners/stakeholders to develop/produce a customized program. Moreover, we search for individuals in market countries who can manage the Company's affairs. These individuals become our links to that country's community and culture.

Creating bilateral author teams
Once we have Lingo Media liaisons in place, we establish a team of writers from North America with writers from the target country. This team's goal is to ensure that materials serve the intended market and meet the highest educational standards.

Developing original culturally relevant material We've found the multiple-perspective approach of dual-country author teams adds immensely to the quality and relevance of the programs we publish. Moreover, our people in the field within the target country are constantly measuring the development of the program; does the material serve the intended audience? Is everything on track?

Comprehensive product development
Because we know that a language-learning program needs to serve a number of different groups, we consider the requirements of all of the ultimate users:
administrators, teachers and students. Each group will have its own perspective, which we integrate into an approach that works for all.

Collaborative partnerships
We know that when clients are involved with the process of developing programs, they are much more likely to be pleased with the results. In fact, because our partners are so involved with every stage of program development from content creation through distribution, we think of our clients as strategic team members.

Understanding the Market
The challenges of understanding the culture, mores, needs and infrastructure of China are more than offset by the potential to capture the largest English language learning and training market in the world.

China Statistics:
--------------------------------------------------------------
Population                            1.3 billion (4)
Internet users (2001)                 26.5 million (1)
Projected Internet users by mid 2003  33 million (Source: BDA)
P.C. users                            14 million (Company estimate)
Students in primary/secondary grades  198 million (4)
Students learning English (mandatory) 115 million (3)
Total English Learners                165 million (Company estimate)
Teachers                              11.4 million (2)
Homes with TV                         330 million (Company estimate)
Bookstores                             13,573 (4)


(1) Source: SemiAnnual Survey Report On Internet Development In China
(2001.7)(CNNIC")
(2) Source: "China" New Star Publishers 1999)
(3) Source: People's Education Press)
(4) Source: China National Statistics Bureau)
(5) Source: BDA

Historically, the importance of education has been a high priority in China, where children take care of their parents later in life, and by extension where parents do everything they can to contribute to their children's prosperity. As parents are now able to have only one child, resources are channeled even more intensively to ensure that child's success. Next to learning how to use a PC, learning how to speak English is considered critical for future prosperity. However, because it is only in recent years that English has been taught at all, enormous resources will be required to meet these educational needs. The market is vast and diverse, encompassing EFL and ESP studies for children, adolescents and adults.

China

We selected China as our first country of exploration because, with some 115 million students currently learning English in schools, it is the largest EFL market in the world. In China, Lingo Media has forged links and established partnerships with Chinese government organizations and private businesses in order to help us maximize our market penetration.

Bilateral Authoring Teams
September 2000 marked the launch of the Company's first pilot program in China:
Let's Learn English! Beginning English for Young Learners. The program was developed by an international team of educational writers: Jack Booth, David Booth, Linda Booth and Larry Swartz (the award winning Canadian authors of the elementary language arts text Impressions), together with Meng Yanjun, Zhang Lingdi, and Lin Li from the Beijing Educational Commission.

Relevant Material
Our teams ensure that program material is relevant and culturally appropriate, as well as educationally sound. Beginning English for Young Learners for example, was specifically created for China, and addresses the need to focus on spoken English.


Collaborative Partnerships
Throughout the preparation and production of Beginning English for Young Learners, we benefited from a close practical relationship with our local partner. The Beijing Educational Commission assembled a Chinese author team to work with the Canadian authors. Such a relationship enhanced the quality of the materials produced, and ensured the success of the program.

Comprehensive Product Development
Before we even started developing a program such as Beginning English for Young Learners, we spent time forging relationships with select government authorities and educational publishing experts. We needed to understand their perspective on English language learning and their criteria when developing a curriculum. By asking the right questions, and listening to the answers, we were ready by July 1999 to begin delivering a solution. Now that the pilot program has launched in Beijing, we're listening again. Our plan is for this program to be implemented nationally. That means our relationship will continue with Beijing Educational Commission and the Company's distribution partner, Peoples Education Press as we collect and assess relevant feedback.

Products

Programs for Children:

Series:                           Beginning English For Young Learners
Type of Program:                  English as a Foreign Language (EFL)
                                  English as a Second Language (ESL)
Description:                      A series of student books, audiocassettes,
                                  teacher resource books and ancillary
                                  materials. The program promotes oral language
                                  use through partner-based activities suited
                                  for both large and small groups. It enhances
                                  listening, speaking and emerging literacy
                                  skills, using an activity-based approach.
Components:                       Student Books:  4
                                  Audiocassettes:  8
                                  Teacher Resource Books:  2

Target Audience:                  Elementary Schools: Grade 1 and 2
Author Teams:                     Canada:
                                  David Booth, Jack Booth,
                                  Linda Booth, Larry Swartz

                                  China: Meng Yanjun, Zhang Lingdi, Lin Li

Publisher:                        Lingo Media
                                  China School Edition: Co-Publisher:
                                  People's Education Press


Series:                           PEP Primary English
Type of Program:                  English as a Foreign Language (EFL)
                                  English as a Second Language (ESL)
Description:                      A series of student books, audiocassettes,
                                  teacher resource books and ancillary
                                  materials. The program employs a variety of
                                  learning strategies to promote interactive,
                                  two-way communication as students explore the
                                  content through task-based activities.
Components:                       Student Books:  8
                                  Audiocassettes:  8
                                  Teacher Resource Books:  8
                                  Ancillary Materials:  in development
Target Audience:                  Elementary Schools: Grade 3-6
Author Teams:                     Canada:
                                  David Booth, Jack Booth,
                                  Linda Booth, Larry Swartz

                                  China: Gong Yafu, Wu Yuexin

Publisher:                        Lingo Media

                                  China School Edition:
                                  People's - Education Press

Series:                           Starting Line
Type of Program:                  English as a Foreign Language (EFL)
                                  English as a Second Language (ESL)
Description:                      A series of student books, audiocassettes,
                                  teacher resource books and ancillary
                                  materials. The program employs interactive,
                                  two-way communication to help and encourage
                                  students to build word power in listening,
                                  speaking, reading, and writing as they
                                  participate in task-based activities designed
                                  for use in multi-level classrooms.
Components:                       Student Books:  12
                                  Audiocassettes:  12
                                  Teacher Resource Books:  12
                                  Ancillary Materials:  in development
Target Audience:                  Elementary Schools: Grade 1-6
Author Teams:                     Canada:
                                  David Booth, Jack Booth,
                                  Linda Booth, Larry Swartz

                                  China: Gong Yafu, Li Jinchun
Publisher:                        Lingo Media
                                  China School Edition:
                                  People's Education Press


Series:                           The Out Loud Program: Rhymes, Rhythms and
                                  Patterns for Language Learning
Type of Program:                  Language Arts
                                  English as a Second Language (ESL)
                                  English as a Foreign Language (EFL)
Description:                      A series of student books, audiocassettes,
                                  teacher resource books and ancillary
                                  materials. The program is based on the
                                  principle that becoming fluent in a language
                                  depends largely on the participants being
                                  involved in authentic, interactive discourse
                                  using the language. As young learners
                                  experience the sounds of the English language
                                  found in these fascinating and inviting
                                  materials, they are immediately working with
                                  the language, participating in its structures
                                  and vocabulary from the inside out. This
                                  program presents teachers with hundreds of
                                  helpful models of the English language to
                                  explore with students.
Components:                       School Edition
                                  Student Books: 6
                                  Audiocassettes: 6
                                  Teacher Resource Books: 6
                                  Poster Sets(20): 6

                                  Trade Edition
                                  Student Books: 3
                                  Audiocassettes: 3
Target Audience:                  Elementary 3/: Grades K-2
Author Team:                      Canada:
                                  Larry Swartz, David Booth,
                                  Jack Booth, Linda Booth


Publisher:                        Lingo Media


                                  Canada School Edition:
                                  Publisher -
                                  Lingo Media

                                  China Trade Edition:
                                  Co-Publisher -
                                  Renzhen Group


Program for Juveniles

Series:                           Junior Reading Comprehension
Type of Program:                  English as a Foreign Language (ESP)
                                  English as a Second Language (EFL)
Description:                      A series of student books to supplement the
                                  widely used PEP textbooks for grades 7-9.
                                  These supplemental books provide a wide range
                                  of reading selections and follow-up
                                  activities, language games, puzzles, and other
                                  sources for developing comprehension.
Components:                       Student Books: 6

Target Audience:                  Junior Middle Schools: Grades 7-9
Author Team:                      Canada:
                                  David Booth, Jack Booth,
                                  Linda Booth, Larry Swartz


Publisher:                        Lingo Media

                                  China School Edition:
                                  Co-Publisher -
                                  People's Education Press


Programs for Higher Education

Series:                           Subject-Based English
Type of Program:                  English for Special Purposes (ESP)
Description:                      A series of student text books,
                                  audiocassettes, and teacher resource books.
                                  The first set of six subjects includes Law,
                                  Mathematics, Physics, Geological Prospecting
                                  and Mining, Biology, and Transportation. This
                                  program is required in order to meet the
                                  curriculum mandated by the Chinese State
                                  Ministry of Education stating that all third
                                  and fourth year students not majoring in
                                  English must take English courses related to
                                  their subject area.

Components:                       Student textbooks:  6
                                  Audiocassettes:  12
                                  Teacher Resource Books:  6
Target Audience:                  Third and fourth year university students
                                  majoring in subjects other than English
Author Teams:                     Canada:
                                  William Marshall, Brigid Fitzgerald

 China:
 Bu Yukun


Publisher:                        Lingo Media

                                  China School Edition:
                                  Co-Publisher -
                                  Foreign Languages Teaching and Research Press

Programs for Professionals

Series:                           English in Business Communications
Type of Program:                  English for Special Purposes (ESP)
Description:                      A series of self-study books and
                                  audiocassettes for adult English learners
                                  focused on specific English language needs for
                                  a variety of professions and occupations. The
                                  series is designed to develop and enhance
                                  listening comprehension, vocabulary
                                  development and pronunciation. Subject areas
                                  include Insurance, Marketing, Meetings,
                                  Negotiations, Banking, Presentations and
                                  English for Hosts.
Components:                       Self-Study Books:  6
                                  Audiocassettes: 12
Target Audience:                  Self-Study Adult Market
Author Team:                      William Marshall, Bridgid Fitzgerald
Publisher:                        Lingo Media
                                  China Trade Editions:
                                  Co-Publishers:


English for Hosts
- Foreign Languages Press

English in Insurance
- Renzhen Group

English in Marketing
- Renzhen Group

English in Meetings
- Renzhen Group

English in Negotiations
- Renzhen Group

English in Banking
- Renzhen Group

English in Presentations
- Renzhen Group

United States vs. Foreign Sales/Assets
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, $21,068, $482,991 and $649,067 of sales revenue were generated in Canada.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, $nil, $nil and $nil of sales revenue were generated in the United States.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, $nil, $nil and $83,060 of sales revenue were generated in the United Kingdom and Australia/New Zealand.

At December 31, 2001, December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, substantially all of the Company's assets were located in Canada.

Dependency upon Patents/Licenses/Contracts/Processes The Company has no dependency on Patents and Licenses but the Company is dependent on the contracts in China with various Chinese Publishers.

Seasonality
The Company may experience some seasonal trends in the sale of its publications. For example, sales of educational published materials experience seasonal fluctuations with higher sales in the Spring (second calendar quarter) and Fall (fourth calendar quarter).

Research and Development, Trademarks, Licenses, and Etc.

Research and Development
During the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, the Company expended $168,184, $379,646 and $238,101 on research and development, under the categories of "development costs" and "software development costs". These expenditures were primarily directed at developing products for the China market.


Trademarks
The Company owns the trademarks: Lingo Media, EnglishLingo and EnglishNihao.

Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company's executive offices are located in rented premises of approximately 1,674 sq. ft. at 151 Bloor Street West, #890, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 1S4. The Company began occupying these facilities, through its subsidiary Lingo Media Ltd. in November 1994.

The Company is outsourcing its manufacturing, warehousing and distribution services.

Employees
As of June 30, 2002, the Company had five active employees, including the executives. As of December 31, 2001, December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999, there were four, six, and four employees (including the executives), respectively. None of the Company's employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements.


OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following discussion for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001, December 31, 2000, and December 31, 1999, and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001 should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and the notes thereto.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Readers should carefully review the risk factors described herein and in other documents the Company files from time to time with the SEC.

Overview
The Company is a provider of language learning products to international markets, with a particular emphasis on China and more recently in Canada. The products include traditional media, such as books, audio, and CD-ROM, with the recent addition of the Internet as a medium for accessing its products and services.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates and assumptions.

For discussion of critical accounting policies please refer to our financial statements which are attached as an exhibit to this registration statement.

Results of Operations

Quarter Ended March 31, 2002 vs. Quarter Ended March 31,2001

Revenues for the three months ending March 31, 2002 were $419,166 compared to $64,500 in the same period last year, a 549% increase. The increase in revenues is principally due to the launch of three of the company publishing programs in China and the launch of an elementary school publishing program in Canada.

Cost of sales for the three months ended March 31, 2002 were $285,103 as compared to nil during the same period ended March 31, 2001. This difference in cost of sales was due to the difference in the nature of revenue in the respective periods. Revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2001 was from royalty income as opposed to revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2002 which was from direct publishing and co-publishing. There were no direct costs attributable to the royalty income earned in the first three months of 2001.


Selling, general and administrative costs consist of costs incurred at the corporate level including executive compensation, consulting fees, administration, and travel and business development. Such expenses were $109,298 for the three months ended March 31, 2002 as compared to $139,622 for the three months ended March 31, 2001, a decrease of 22%. This decrease was due to management's efforts to decrease costs.

Amortization of capital assets and deferred assets increased by 177% from $23,032 for the three months ended March 31, 2001 to $63,904 for the three months ended March 31, 2002. The increase was due to increased amortization of deferred costs.

The Company reported a net loss from continuing operations of $53,970, ($0.00) per share for the three months ended March 31, 2002 compared to a loss of $114,482 ($0.01) per share for the three months ended March 31, 2001. Net profit after the $67,500 gain on issuance of shares of subsidiary was $13,530 or ($0.00) per share, compared to net loss of $114,482 or ($0.01) reported in the same period last year.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2001 vs. Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2000 and Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999 The Company was a specialty publisher and distributor of books, audios, CDs and other complementary multimedia products. The Company's efforts were focused in two main areas: custom trade publishing, through both the development of proprietary content to produce original branded books and the re-purposing of existing books for promotional purposes; and original educational publishing through the development of products and programs in the educational publishing market in China and Canada. Currently, the Company is only focusing its efforts on educational publishing both in China and Canada.

Revenues
The Company generated revenue from developing proprietary content and customizing it for sale through specific distribution channels. Canadian revenue has declined from $732,127 in 1999 to $527,051 for the year ended December 31, 2000 to $333,691 for the year ended December 31, 2001, as the Company was reluctant to pursue any sales that would not generate sufficient gross margins. The Canadian marketplace for specialty book publishing became more competitive and the Company faced increasing pressure on its margins. Nevertheless, the Company was successful in selling custom branded books and existing promotional books to such notable companies as Cadbury, Loblaws, Sony and Co-Operators Insurance.

Cost of Sales
The Company's cost of sales consists of those of costs incurred during pre-production, manuscript development and printing. These costs were reduced from $475,957 in 1999 to $371,688 in 2000 and to $42,138 for the year ended December 31, 2001, reflecting the Company's strategy of focusing on business that was more profitable, which corresponded with the decrease in revenues for custom publishing. The increase in gross margin in 2001 to 87% from 29% in 2000 reflected the Company's strategy of focusing on business that was more profitable compared to the margin earned from one sale, Sears during the year ended December 31, 2000. Gross margin in 1999 was 35% which also reflected the Company's strategy of focusing on business that was more profitable. Until December 31, 2000, the Company's revenues were derived from trade publishing projects. Each project had its own gross margin which was different from the other projects, therefore there is fluctuation in the total gross margin during the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, and 2001.


Expenses

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative costs consist of those costs incurred at the corporate level including executive compensation, consulting fees, administration, travel, and business development. The expenses increased from $505,313 in 1999 to $661,770 in 2000 and then decreased to $406,961 in 2001. The decrease in general and administrative costs was due to management's efforts to decrease costs. The Company took a number of steps to reduce its administrative expenses; but, incurred professional fees in creating legal agreements with the Chinese Publishers, the public distribution of shares in the Company's US subsidiary AlphaCom Corporation in April 1999, and completion of various China co-publishing agreements during the year 2000.

Amortization and Depreciation. The Company amortizes the pre-operating development/software-development costs over a five -year period. Total amortization/depreciation expenses, including such pre-operating cost amortization, were $84,774 in 2001, $87,112 in 2000 and $89,785 in 1999.

Interest on Long-Term Debt and Other Interest/Bank Charges. Interest on long-term debt decreased from $44,688 in 1999 to $12,509 in 2000 and increased to $48,952 in 2001. The increase in 1999 reflected a greater level of borrowing; the decrease in 2000 reflected the retirement of the "shareholder loan" in 2000 and the reduction in bank indebtedness in 2000; and the increase in 2001 was due to project financing secured in August 2001.

Other Interest/Bank Charges rose from $36,805 in 1999 to $44,589 in 2000 and then declined to $4,698 in 2001. The increase related to costs of borrowing more funds and lending fees paid for project financing and the decrease resulted from the decrease in borrowed funds.


Gain on Sale of Subsidiary and Gain on Sale of Shares.

The Company recorded a gain on the sale of a subsidiary of $197,719 for the year ended December 31, 2001 resulting from the sale of its majority-owned subsidiary, AlphaCom Corporation. There were no similar transactions during fiscal 2000 or fiscal 1999.

The Company had a gain in April 1999 of $143,962 when it sold 1% of the outstanding shares of AlphaCom Corporation to the public. The Company recorded a gain of $48,750 on the issuance of shares by English Lingo, Inc. a subsidiary of the Company, during fiscal 2001. AlphaCom Corporation was a marketing and distribution company

Income Taxes. The Company follows the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants recommendations on accounting for income taxes using the assets and liabilities method. Future income taxes (previously referred to as deferred taxes) are measured using income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effects of changes in the tax rates are recognized in the income in the period they are enacted. These tax benefits are $125,000 at the end of 1999. The income tax asset was expensed in Fiscal 2000 as the Company did not anticipate that it would generate profit levels that exceeded the tax losses. The Company recognized a tax expense of $37,343 during the year ended December 31, 2001.

Loss for the Year
The Company reported a consolidated net loss of ($44,706) or ($0.00) for the year ended December 31, 2001 compared to a net loss of ($774,997) or ($0.05) per share for Fiscal 2000 compared to a loss of ($276,459) or ($0.03) per share for Fiscal 1999.

The weighted average number of shares increased to 16,095,471 in 2001 from 14,567,994 in 2000, from 10,783,827 in 1999. The increase in 2000 was the result of the March/April 2000 private placement of 5,000,000 units and the result in 2001 was due to a private placement of 1,000,000 units in November 2001.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of March 31, 2002, we had revenues of CDN$419,166, cash of CDN$460,398, accounts receivable of CDN$545,671, and current liabilities of CDN$853,074. We will not receive any proceeds from the resale of the shares registered in this offering, but may receive proceeds from the exercise of warrants. We believe that our current cash on hand along with our accounts receivable and recurring sales, will satisfy our working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. After that, we may need to raise additional funds in order to finance our operations.

As of June 30, 2002 we did not have any principal commitments to raise capital for the Company. Although we have no material commitments for capital expenditures, we expect our capital requirements to increase significantly over the next several years as we increase sales and administration infrastructure. Our future liquidity and capital funding requirements will depend on numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the cost and timing of the expansion of our sales and marketing efforts.


We currently do not maintain any lines of credit nor do we have any agreements for additional sources of financing.

In the future, we may be required to seek additional capital by selling debt or equity securities, curtailing operations, selling assets, or otherwise be required to bring cash flows in balance when it approaches a condition of cash insufficiency. The sale of additional equity securities, if accomplished, may result in dilution to our shareholders. We cannot assure you, however, that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Development Costs
Development costs associated with pre-operating expenses of Alpha Media(TM), Alpha Publishing(TM) and Alpha Brand Name Books(TM) have been capitalized. In addition, the Company has capitalized pre-operating costs relating to establishing a business base in the United States and the development of business in China. Under Canadian GAAP, pre-operating costs are capitalized until the commencement of commercial operations and then amortized on a straight-line basis, over five years. The recoverability of any unamortized development costs is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Under United States GAAP, these costs are expensed as incurred.

Software Development Costs
Under Canadian GAAP, the Company has deferred software development costs incurred in connection with a computer software program to be used by children in educational writing and literacy. Software development costs are deferred once technological feasibility for a product is established. The deferred software development costs are being amortized over a maximum of three years, beginning in 2001. The carrying value is assessed on a periodic basis to determine if a write-down is required. Under United States GAAP, the software development costs would be expensed as incurred.

Bank Indebtedness
The Company had available a line of credit of up to $250,000, bearing interest at Canadian prime rate plus 1% annually. The line of credit was secured by a general security agreement; until June 2000, the line of credit was also secured by a personal guarantee by a relative of a director, the father of Michael Kraft. The $145,000 outstanding at December 31, 2000 was repaid in full in March 2001.


Quarter Ended March 31, 2002
The Company had working capital of $274,390 as of March 31, 2002. The Company had cash of $460,398 and accounts receivable of $545,671 as of March 31, 2002.

Cash Provided By Operating Activities for the three months Ended March 31, 2002 totaled $66,576 largely attributable to changes in accounts payable of $143,920; work in process of $100,380 and accounts receivable of $(208,831).

Cash Provided by Investing Activities for the three months ended March 31, 2002 was $0.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities for the three months ended March 31, 2002 was $386,349, including the issuance of capital stock of $349,000 and an increase in long-term debt of $37,349.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2001

The Company had a working capital deficit of $85,471 at December 31, 2001 along with cash of $7,473 and accounts receivable of $336,840.

Cash Used in Operating Activities for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2001 totaled ($354,676), including the ($44,706) Net Loss. Significant adjustments included: ($197,719) from gain on sale of subsidiary; $43,910 amortization of "development costs", $67,099 in short-term investments; ($193,173) in accounts receivable; ($50,329) work in progress; ($33,087) accounts payable and accrued liabilities; and ($50,250) in customer deposits.

Cash Used in Investing Activities for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2001 was ($18,184), representing: ($168,184) in development costs and $150,000 from the proceeds on sale of subsidiary.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2001 was $336,126 including ($145,000) for repayment of bank indebtedness; $566,713 increase in long-term debt; ($199,087) repayment of long-term debt; and $113,500 from the issuance of capital stock.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2000 A private placement of 5,000,000 units was completed in March/April 2000, raising net proceeds of $1.8 million. Each unit consisted of a common share, one-half of an "A warrant" entitling the holder to purchase an additional common share at $0.50 until September 30, 2000 extended to December 15, 2000, and one-half of an "B warrant" entitling the holder to purchase an additional common share at $1.00 until September 30, 2001. The "A Warrants" and "B Warrants" expired unexercised.

These funds were used to help pay for increased "development costs", "software development costs", the repayment of debt, and increased "selling/general/administrative costs". These costs rose during 2000 because of increased activity related to developing and preparing to market new products in China.


Cash Used in Operating Activities for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2000 totaled ($866,637), including the ($774,997) Net Loss. Significant adjustments included: $12,612 amortization of capital assets; $74,500 amortization of "development costs", $125,000 in future income taxes, and ($303,752) in net changes in non-cash working capital items, including a ($110,396) increase in accounts receivable related to Sears Custom Publishing project.

Cash Used in Investing Activities for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2000 was ($425,951), representing: ($30,957) in software development costs; ($46,305) purchase of capital assets; and ($348,689) in development costs.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2000 was $1,316,510 including: the aforementioned $1.8 million private placement; ($420,362) repayment of long-term debt; and ($105,000) repayment of bank indebtedness.

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999
During Fiscal 1999 and at December 31, 1999,  the Company raised  $175,493 (net)
from a series of  borrowings:  the Company  increased  its  credit  line bank

indebtedness by $75,000 to $250,000; and the Company initiated a shareholder loan, of $93,775 with Michael P. Kraft & Associates Inc., a company owned by Michael P. Kraft, President/CEO/Director of the Company.

These funds were used to help pay for increased "development costs", "software development costs", and increased "selling/ general/administrative costs". These costs rose during 1999 because of increased activity related to developing and preparing to market new products in China.

Cash Provided by Operating Activities for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999 totaled $71,109, including the ($276,459) Net Loss. Significant adjustments included: $82,916 amortization of pre-operating costs; $6,869 amortization of capital assets; and $257,783 in net changes in non-cash working capital items, including a $142,375 increase in accounts payable/accrued liabilities, a $110,296 reduction in accounts receivable, and ($96,916) customer deposit related to IMG and Loblaws projects.

Cash Used in Investing Activities for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 1999 was ($246,602), representing: ($144,874) of deferred development costs; ($93,227) of deferred software development costs; and ($8,501) purchase of capital assets.

Cash Provided by Financing Activities for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999 was $195,778, including bank indebtedness of $108,716, increase in long-term debt of $137,762 and repayment of long-term debt of $(50,700).


Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"):

Development Costs/Software-Development Costs/Options to Consultants Under US GAAP, development costs and software development costs are expensed as incurred.

Prior to January 1, 2002, the Company did not recognize compensation expense under Canadian GAAP when stock or stock options were issued to consultants. Under United States GAAP, the Company has always recorded compensation expense based on the fair value of stock or stock options granted in exchange for services from consultants.

Stock-based compensation disclosure
The Company measures compensation expense relating to employee stock option plans for United States GAAP purposes using the intrinsic value method specified by APB Opinion No. 25, which in the Company's circumstances would not be materially different from compensation expense as determined under Canadian GAAP.

Statement of comprehensive income
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130"). SFAS 130 establishes standards for the reporting and disclosure of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements. Components of comprehensive income or loss include net income or loss and all other changes in other non-owner changes in equity, such as the change in the cumulative translation adjustment and the unrealized gain or loss for the year on "available-for-sale" securities. For all periods presented, comprehensive income is the same as net income.

Calculation of Loss For the Year
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") as applied in Canada. In the following respects, GAAP as applied in the United States differs from that applied in Canada.

If United States GAAP were employed, the loss in each year would be adjusted as follows:

                                                 2001        2000         1999
                                                ------      ------       ------
Loss for the year, Canadian GAAP              ($44,706)   ($774,997)  ($276,459)
Impact of US GAAP and adjustments:
Development costs
                                              (168,184)    (348,689)   (144,874)
Amortization of development costs               43,910       74,500      82,916
Software development costs
                                                     -      (30,957)    (93,227)
Amortization of Software Development Costs      10,349            -           -
Compensation expense                          ($59,983)    ($22,500)   ($35,500)
Loss for the year, US GAAP                   ($218,614) ($1,102,643)  ($467,144)


Calculation of earnings per share:
Under both US and Canadian GAAP, basic earnings per share are computed by dividing the net income for the year available to common shareholders, as measured by the respective accounting principles (numerator), by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during that year (denominator). Basic earnings per share exclude the dilutive effect of potential common shares.

Diluted earnings per share under Canadian GAAP and US GAAP give effect to all potential common shares outstanding during the year. Potential common shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method.

The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share under U.S. GAAP as required by SFAS 128:

                                                           2001        2000           1999
                                                           ====        ====           ====

numerator for basic and diluted loss per share
Loss - US GAAP                                        $(218,614)  ($1,102,643)    ($467,144)
==============                                        ==========  ============    ==========
Denominator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Weighted average common shares                        16,095,471    14,567,994    10,783,827
==============================                        ==========    ==========    ==========
Basic and diluted loss per share - US GAAP                ($0.01)       ($0.08)       ($0.04)
==========================================            ==========       =======       =======

                         Directors and Senior Management
================================================================================
                                                          Date of
                                                            First
                                   Election or
Name                 Position                Age      Appointment
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Michael P. Kraft     President/CEO/Director   39    November 1996
Khurram R. Qureshi   Chief Financial Officer  38       April 1997
Richard J.G. Boxer   Director                 53    November 1996
Richard H. Epstein   Director                 38        July 2001
Chen Geng            Director                 31        July 2001
Scott Remborg        Director                 52        July 2000
Imran Atique         Secretary/Treasurer      25   September 2001

Michael P. Kraft has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company since its inception in April 1996. Since June 1999, Mr. Kraft has served as Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Director of EnglishLingo, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company. Since December 2000, Mr. Kraft has also served as the President of EnglishLingo, Inc. Since 1994, Mr. Kraft has served as President, Chief Executive Officer, Director and co-founder of Lingo Media Ltd. (formerly Alpha Corporation), a subsidiary of the Company that pre-sells or licenses book, audio and other complementary multi-media products through traditional and alternative distribution channels in Canada and international markets. From 1990 to early 1993, Mr. Kraft was Vice-President of Madison Marketing Limited, a specialty book publisher. He received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from York University in Toronto in 1985. Also, he has been a Director of Canadian Shield Resources Inc. since 1996. Also, he had been President, CEO and Secretary of AlphaCom Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company that was sold in May 2001.


Khurram R. Qureshi, Chief Financial Officer of the Company since June 1997, and brings to Lingo Media Inc. over thirteen years of experience in the field of finance and accounting, including experience working for several public companies. Mr. Qureshi graduated from York University (Toronto), with a Bachelors Degree in Administrative Studies and qualified as a Chartered Accountant in 1990. From 1987 to 1996, he gained valuable experience while working with Kraft, Berger, Grill, Schwartz, Cohen & March LLP. Mr. Qureshi also has served as Chief Financial Officer of other private and public companies. In addition, Mr. Qureshi served as Chief Financial Officer of AlphaCom Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company that was sold in May 2001.

Richard J.G. Boxer has served as Director of the Company since April 1996. Mr. Boxer serves as the President of Buckingham Capital Corporation, a private merchant banking company, which provides capital and financial advice to both private and public corporations. He is on the board of a number of private companies. Mr. Boxer received an M.B.A. from York University in 1976 and received his Chartered Accountant designation in 1973.

Richard H. Epstein has served as a Director of the Company since July 2001. Mr. Epstein is a partner in Gowling Lafleur Henderson LLP. Called to the Bar in 1992, his practice includes restructuring, corporate finance, and mergers and acquisitions. Since 1999, Mr. Epstein has been providing advice to the Company on various matters. He received his BSc from McGill University in 1986 and his LLB from Osgoode Hall Law School in 1990.

Chen Geng has served as a Director of the Company since July 2001. Since June 1999, Mr. Geng has served as a Director of EnglishLingo, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company. From June 1999 through March 2001, Mr. Geng served as Vice President for EnglishLingo, Inc. Mr. Geng was Managing Director - Greater China Region of Lingo Media from June 1999 to June 2001. Prior to joining Lingo Media, he was a Chinese Trade Commissioner promoting bilateral trade and investment between China and Canada. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Chen was the Consul for Economic and Commercial Development at the Chinese Consulate in Toronto, and held a senior post at the Canada Desk in the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation (MOFTEC) from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Chen received his BA from Beijing Foreign Studies University in 1992.


Scott Remborg has served as a Director of the Company since July 2001. Mr. Remborg has served as Chairman of the Board of EnglishLingo, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company since June 1999. Mr. Remborg served as the President of EnglishLingo, Inc. from June 1999 through December 2000. Mr. Remborg served as a Consultant to EnglishLingo, Inc. from July 1999 to December 2000. He is the General Manager, E-business at Air Canada since mid-January 2001. From 1994 to 1998, Mr. Remborg was senior Vice-President, Internet of MediaLinx Interactive, Inc. of Toronto a new media company that developed and implemented the Sympatico Internet portal on behalf of Bell Canada and Stetnor Alliance. Prior to that, he was Vice-President, Business Development for Ivation Datasystems Inc. of Toronto, a software and consulting company developing software solutions for the government markets.

Imran Atique has served as Secretary and Treasurer of the Company since September 2001 and began as a consultant in August 2000. He brings six years accounting experience to Lingo Media. Mr. Atique received his Bachelor's of Commerce (Honours) from St. Mary's University (Halifax) in 1999 and is currently enrolled in the MBA program at York University (Toronto) and the Certified Management Accountants (CMA) program with the Society of Management Accounts of Ontario

The Directors have served in their respective capacities since their election and/or appointment and will serve until the next Annual General Meeting or until a successor is duly elected, unless the office is vacated in accordance with the Articles/By-Laws of the Company.

The Senior Management serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors with management service contracts but without term of office, except as disclosed herein.

Despite the Company's Executive Officers spending material portions of their time on businesses other than the Company, the Company believes that they devote sufficient time to the Company to properly carry out their duties.

No Director and/or Executive Officer has been the subject of any order, judgment, or decree of any governmental agency or administrator or of any court or competent jurisdiction, revoking or suspending for cause any license, permit or other authority of such person or of any corporation of which he is a Director and/or Executive Officer, to engage in the securities business or in the sale of a particular security or temporarily or permanently restraining or enjoining any such person or any corporation of which he is an officer or director from engaging in or continuing any conduct, practice, or employment in connection with the purchase or sale of securities, or convicting such person of any felony or misdemeanor involving a security or any aspect of the securities business or of theft or of any felony.


There are no arrangements or understandings between any two or more Directors or Executive Officers, pursuant to which he was selected as a Director or Executive Officer. There are no family relationships between any two or more Directors or Executive Officers.

Compensation Summary

The table below sets forth information concerning the compensation paid, during each of the last three fiscal years (as applicable), to the Company's chief executive officer and other executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries who received total remuneration, determined on the basis of base salary and bonuses in excess of $100,000 during the last three fiscal years ended December 31 (the "Named Executive Officers").

Summary Compensation Table

                                 Annual Compensation                            Long Term Compensation
    Name and                                        Other Annual
    Principal                                       Compensation
    position        Year    Salary (1)   Bonus         (1)(2)                    Awards                  Payouts
                                                                                          Restricted
                                                                     Securities Under     Shares or
                                                                      Options/SARS        Restricted      LTIP(4)        All Other
                                                                      (3)Granted          Share Units    Payouts      Compensation

Michael P.          2001    100,000         -         12,146.40            500,000               -            -              5,000
Kraft(5)            2000     73,000         -          11,52.73                nil               -            -          50,000(6)
                    1999     36,000         -            12,000                nil               -            -                nil

(1) Paid by Lingo Media Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
(2) These amounts include automobile allowance.
(3) Stock appreciation rights.
(4) Long term incentive plans.
(5) Mr. Kraft's salary of $100,000 per year was paid by Lingo Media Ltd. to his holding company, Michael P. Kraft & Associates Inc.
(6) Represents success fees.

Management Agreement. Michael Kraft provides his services pursuant to a Management Agreement dated May 1,1998 (and most recently amended on June 30, 2000) between Michael P. Kraft Associates Inc. ("MPK Inc.") pursuant to which Lingo Media Ltd. (formerly Alpha Corporation), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, engaged MPK Inc. to provide administration and management services. Pursuant to the June 2000 amendment, Lingo Media Ltd. is to pay MPK Inc. $10,000 per month beginning July 2000 in addition to providing an allowance for a health plan and life insurance policy. MPK Inc. is to be reimbursed for all travel, entertainment and other expenses actually and properly incurred. The Management Agreement also provides for a reasonable automobile allowance and a success fee based on the aggregate amount arranged for project debt and equity financing. MPK Inc. is a private corporation controlled by Michael P. Kraft, President/CEO/Director of the Company.


Director Compensation. The Company has no formal plan for compensating its Directors for their service in their capacity as Directors. Directors are entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may award special remuneration to any Director undertaking any special services on behalf of the Company other than services ordinarily required of a Director. Other than indicated below no Director received any compensation for his services as a Director, including committee participation and/or special assignments.

Change of Control Remuneration. The Company has no plans or arrangements in respect of remuneration received or that may be received by Executive Officers of the Company in Fiscal 2001 to compensate such officers in the event of termination of employment (as a result of resignation, retirement, change of control) or a change of responsibilities following a change of control, where the value of such compensation exceeds US$60,000 per Executive Officer.

Other Compensation. No Executive Officer/Director received "other compensation" in excess of the lesser of US$25,000 or 10% of such officer's cash compensation, and all Executive Officers/Directors as a group did not receive other compensation which exceeded US$25,000 times the number of persons in the group or 10% of the compensation.

Bonus/Profit Sharing/Non-Cash Compensation. Except for the stock option program discussed herein, the Company has no material bonus or profit sharing plans pursuant to which cash or non-cash compensation is or may be paid to the Company's Directors or Executive Officers.

Pension/Retirement Benefits. No funds have been set aside or accrued by the Company to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for Directors or Executive Officers.

Board Practices

Board of Director Committees.
The Company only has an Audit Committee, which recommends to the Board of Directors the engagement of the independent auditors of the Company and reviews with the independent auditors the scope and results of the Company's audits, the Company's internal accounting controls, and the professional services furnished by the independent auditors to the Company. The Audit Committee met twice in Fiscal 2001 and twice during Fiscal 2002-to-date. The current members of the Audit Committee are: Richard J.G. Boxer and Scott Remborg.


Principal ShareholdersThe table below lists, as of June 30, 2002, Directors and Executive Officers who beneficially own the Company's voting securities and the amount of the Company's voting securities owned by the Directors and Executive Officers as a group. The table includes all persons/companies where the Company is aware that they have 5% or greater beneficial interest in the Company's securities.

Shareholdings of Directors and Executive Officers Shareholdings of 5% Shareholders

Title                                 Amount and Nature   Percent
 of                                      of Beneficial        of
Class    Name of Beneficial Owner            Ownership     Class
------------------------------------------------------------------
Common   Michael P. Kraft (1)                 2,214,997     10.5%
Common   Kraft Investments Corp.              1,781,597      8.6%
Common   Richard A. Sherman (2)               1,604,230      7.8%
Common   1077431 Ontario Limited              1,426,082      6.9%
Common   Richard J. G. Boxer (3)                571,166      2.7%
Common   Scott Remborg (4)                      163,666      *
Common   Chen Geng (5)                          116,666      *
Common   Khurram R. Qureshi (6)                  45,000      *
Common   Richard H. Epstein  (7)                 60,416      *
Common   Imran Atique (8)                        83,350      *

Directors/Officers as a group (7 persons) 3,255,261 14.9%
* Less than 1%.

(1) Includes options to purchase 433,400 shares exercisable within 60 days. 1,781,597 shares are held indirectly by Kraft Investments Corp. a private company controlled by Mr. Kraft. Excludes 1,378,998 shares owned by members of his family, where he disavows beneficial interest and does not have voting or disposition control.

(2) Includes 1,426,082 shares held by 1077431 Ontario Limited, a private company controlled by Mr. Sherman. Excludes 175,665 shares owned by members of his family, where he disavows beneficial interest and does not have voting or disposition control.

(3) Includes options to purchase 86,666 shares exercisable within 60 days and 34,500 shares are held indirectly by Buckingham Capital Corp., a private company controlled by Mr. Boxer.

(4) Includes options to purchase 146,666 shares exercisable within 60 days.

(5) Includes options to purchase 116,666 shares exercisable within 60 days.

(6) Includes options to purchase 45,000 share exercisable within 60 days.

(7) Includes options to purchase 16,666 shares exercisable within 60 days and warrants to purchase 18,750 shares exercisable within 60 days (8)Includes options to purchase 83,350 shares exercisable within 60 days.


# Based on 20,733,827 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2002 and stock options and warrants held by each beneficial holder exercisable within sixty days.

Related Party Transactions

Michael P. Kraft, President/CEO/Director Mr. Kraft is compensated indirectly through Michael P. Kraft & Associates, Inc., as discussed herein.

Richard A. Sherman. Richard Sherman was paid sales commissions and fees that totalled $0, $31,532 and $27,925 for Fiscal 2001, Fiscal 2000 and Fiscal 1999, respectively.

Funds Owed to Officers/Directors
Officers/Directors have lent the Company funds during the last several years to alleviate the corporate need for working capital; this has included interest/non-interest-bearing advances and promissory notes. Principal owed totalled:

Name 12/31/01 12/31/00 12/31/99
Michael P. Kraft(1) $41,805(2) $93,775 $0

(1) Loans made by Michael P. Kraft & Associates Inc. which is controlled by Michael P. Kraft.

(2) Includes $36,805 owed to LMK Capital Corporation which is a company owned by the wife of Michael P. Kraft.

Interest Payable to Officers/Directors
Officers/Directors have lent the Company funds during the last several years to alleviate the corporate need for working capital; this has included interest and non-interest-bearing advances and promissory notes. Interest payable totalled:

Name                                   12/31/2001    12/31/2000 12/31/1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael P. Kraft & Associates Inc.(1)    $7,374         $3,112

(1) Controlled by Michael P. Kraft.
=================================================================

In April 1996, Michael P. Kraft, our Chief Executive Officer and President, purchased 100,000 shares of our common stock in consideration for $10,000. In April 1996, Richard J.G. Boxer, our Director, purchased 200,000 shares of our common stock in consideration for $20,000.

In March 2001, Michael P. Kraft & Associates Inc., a company controlled by Michael P. Kraft, loaned the Company $25,000. As of the date of this filing, the Company owes Michael P. Kraft & Associates Inc. principal in the amount of $5,000.

In August 2001, LMK Capital Corporation, a company controlled by the wife of Michael P. Kraft, loaned the Company $48,500. As of the date of this filing, the Company owes LMK Capital Corporation principal in the amount of $36,805.


Other than as disclosed above, there have been no transactions since December 31,1997, or proposed transactions, which have materially affected or will materially affect the Company in which any director, executive officer, or beneficial holder of more than 10% of the outstanding common stock, or any of their respective relatives, spouses, associates or affiliates has had or will have any direct or material indirect interest. Management believes the transactions referenced above were on terms at least as favorable to the Company as the Company could have obtained from unaffiliated parties.

Stock Options

TSX Venture Exchange Rules and Policies
The terms and conditions of incentive options granted by the Company are done in accordance with the rules and policies of the TSX Venture Exchange ("TSX VEN"), including the number of common shares under option, the exercise price and expiration date of such options, and any amendments thereto.

Such "terms and conditions", including the pricing of the options, expiration and the eligibility of personnel for such stock options; are described below.

The TSX VEN policy in respect of incentive stock options provides that shareholder approval is not required if the aggregate number of common shares that may be reserved for issuance pursuant to incentive stock options does not exceed 10% of the issued common shares of the Company, 5% to any one individual and 2% to any consultant at the time of granting.

Shareholder approval of the grant of incentive stock options is required pursuant to the rules of the TSX VEN where the grant will result in the Company having options outstanding which, in aggregate, are exercisable to acquire over 10% (to a maximum of 20%) of the outstanding common shares of the Company.

In addition, disinterested shareholders (all shareholders excluding insiders and associates of insiders) approval is required pursuant to the rules of the TSX VEN where:

(a) grant of incentive stock options could result at any time in:

(i) the Company having options outstanding to insiders which, in aggregate, are exercisable to acquire over 20% of the outstanding common shares of the Company; or
(ii) the issuance to insiders, within a one year period, of common shares which, in aggregate, exceed 10% of the outstanding common shares of the Company; or
(iii) the issuance to any one insider and such insider's associates, within a one year period, of common shares which, in aggregate, exceed 5% of the outstanding common shares of the Company; or
(iv) the issuance to any consultant of common shares which, in aggregate, exceed 2% of the outstanding common shares of the Company; or

(b) the Company is proposing to decrease the exercise price of stock options held by any insiders.


Company Stock Option Plans

Initial Plan
Until November 13, 1996, the Company had a stock option plan (the "Initial Plan") whereby the directors could grant options to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company. The number of common shares subject to option and granted under the Initial Plan was limited to ten percent in the aggregate, and five percent with respect to any one optionee, of the number of issued and outstanding common shares of the Company then outstanding at prices and on other terms which corresponded with the rules of the Alberta Stock Exchange in regard to stock options. As of June 30,2002, there were no options outstanding under the Initial Plan.

1996 Plan

Effective November 13, 1996, a new stock option plan (the "1996 Plan") was adopted by the board of directors of the Company to encourage ownership of common shares by directors, senior officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. Options could be granted under the Subsequent Plan only to directors, senior officers, employees, consultants and personal holding corporations controlled by a director or senior officer of the Company and its subsidiaries as designated from time to time by the board of directors.

The number of shares that may be reserved for issuance under the Initial Plan and under the 1996 Plan is limited to 1,078,000 common shares, provided that the board has the right, from to time, to increase such number subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company and to obtaining all necessary regulatory approval. The maximum number of common shares that could be reserved for issuance to any one person under the 1996 Plan is 5% of the common shares outstanding at the time of the grant (calculated on a non-diluted basis) less the number of shares reserved for issuance to such person under any option to purchase common shares granted as a compensation or incentive mechanism. Any shares subject to an option granted under the 1996 Plan that for any reason were cancelled or terminated prior to exercise will be available for a subsequent grant under the 1996 Plan.

The option price of any common shares cannot be less than the closing price of the shares on the day immediately preceding the day upon which the option is granted. Options granted under the 1996 Plan were exercisable during a period not exceeding five years, subject to earlier termination upon the termination of the optionee's employment, upon the optionee ceasing to be an employee, senior officer, director or consultant of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, as applicable, or upon the optionee retiring, becoming permanently disabled or dying. The options are non-transferable. The 1996 Plan contains provisions for adjustment in the number of shares issuable there under in the event of a subdivision, consolidation, reclassification or change of the common shares, a merger or other relevant changes in the Company's capitalization. The board of directors may from time to time amend or revise the terms of the 1996 Plan or may terminate the 1996 Plan at any time.


The 1996 Plan provides that the Company may provide financial assistance in respect of options granted under the 1996 Plan by means of loans to optionees. No loans were granted by the Company pursuant to the 1996 Plan.

As of June 30, 2002, there are 610,000 reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the 1996 Plan.

2000 Plan

A new stock option plan was adopted by the board of directors of the Company on May 30, 2000 to encourage ownership of common shares by directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company. In accordance with the rules of the Canadian Venture Exchange, (the predecessor of the TSX VEN) this plan was approved by shareholders on July 4, 2000 at the Company's Annual Meeting. At that time, the number of shares reserved for issuance under this plan was limited to 2,384,074 common shares less the number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the Initial Plan and under the 1996 Plan. By approval of the shareholders at the Company's Annual and Special Meeting held on June 28, 2002, this plan was amended (this new stock option plan, as amended being hereinafter called the "2000 Plan") to increase the number of options to purchase common shares that may be granted under the plan from 2,384,074 to 4,416,765 common shares.

The rules of the TSX VEN require that the number of shares reserved for issuance under a stock option plan be set at a fixed number. Te amount of common shares from time to time reserved under the 2000 Plan is not necessarily reflective of the number of options that are outstanding at any given time because options that are exercised do not replenish the number reserved, but are merely an indication of the number of potential shares in respect of which a listing fee has been paid to the TSX VEN upon the Company's common shares that are listed on the TSX VEN.

Options may be granted under the 2000 Plan only to directors, officers, employees, consultants and personal holding corporations controlled by a director of officer of the Company as designated from time to time by the board of directors.

The number of shares which may be reserved for issuance under the 2000 Plan is currently limited to 4,146,765 common shares less the number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the Initial Plan (currently nil shares) and under the 1996 Plan (currently 610,000 shares), provided the number of shares reserved for issuance under stock options granted at any time under the 2000 Plan do not exceed 10% of the Company's then issued and outstanding shares. In addition, the board has the right, from time to time, to increase such number subject to the approval of the relevant exchange on which the shares are listed and the approval of the shareholders of the Company. The maximum number of common shares which may be reserved for issuance to any one person under the 2000 Plan is 5% of the common shares outstanding at the time of the grant less the number of shares reserved for issuance to such person under any option to purchase common shares granted as a compensation or incentive mechanism. Any shares subject to an option granted under the Initial Plan, the 1996 Plan or the 2000 Plan, which for any reason is cancelled/terminated prior to exercise, will be available for a subsequent grant under the 2000 Plan.


The option price of any common shares cannot be less than the closing price of the shares on the day immediately preceding the day upon which the option is granted less any permitted discount. Options granted under the 2000 Plan may be exercised during a period not exceeding five years, subject to earlier termination upon the termination of the optionee's employment, upon the optionee ceasing to be an employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or of its subsidiaries, as applicable, or upon the optionee retiring, be coming permanently disabled or dying.

Options granted to optionees vest over an 18-month period with no greater than 16.67% of any options granted to an optionee vesting in any three-month period or such longer period as the board may determine. The options under the 2000 Plan will be non-transferable. The 2000 Plan contains provisions for adjustment in the number of shares issuable thereunder in the event of a subdivision, consolidation, reclassification or change of the common shares, a merger of other relevant changes in the Company's capitalization. The board of directors may from time to time amend or revise the terms of the 2000 Plan or may terminate the 2000 Plan at any time.

The 2000 Plan provides that the Company may provide financial assistance in respect of options granted under the 2000 Plan by means of loans to optionees. Under the terms of the 2000 Plan, the Company may, but is not obligated to, loan to an optionee the funds required to exercise any particular option. The 2000 Plan provides that any such loan will be for a term not exceeding ten years and will be non-interest bearing. Any such loan will be repayable at maturity or upon the death of the optionee or earlier in certain other circumstances. Any loans made under the 2000 Plan are to be secured by a pledge of the shares acquired upon the exercise of the option exercised being funded to a trustee for such purposes. In the event that any loan amount is not fully repaid when due the trustee holding the pledged shares is entitled to realize on the shares being held by it as security for the loan. Loans made under the 2000 Plan are made on a full recourse basis. The 2000 Plan provides that any shares acquired pursuant to loans made under the 2000 Plan may be sold by the optionee from time to time provided that an amount equal to the aggregate option exercise price or the balance of the loan is applied in repayment of the loan. Any financial assistance so provided under the 2000 Plan will be subject to and made in accordance with all applicable laws and regulatory policies at the time of making the loan.


As of June 30, 2002, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,363,340 common shares are outstanding under the 2000 Plan.

The names and titles of the Directors/Executive Officers of the Company to whom outstanding stock options have been granted and the number of common shares subject to such options are set forth in the Table below as of June 30, 2002, as well as the number of options granted to Directors and all employees as a group.

                            Stock Options Outstanding

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Number of Shares of CDN$
                                      Common     Exer.       Grant       Expir'n
Name                                   Stock     Price       Date        Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael P. Kraft                      100,000    $0.20      1/28/98     1/28/03
Michael P. Kraft                      500,000    $0.12      6/07/01     6/07/06
Richard J.G. Boxer                     20,000    $0.20      1/28/98     1/28/03
Richard J.G. Boxer                     50,000    $0.45      5/16/00     5/16/05
Richard J.G. Boxer                     50,000    $0.10     11/01/01    11/01/06
Scott Remborg                         130,000    $0.50      9/30/00     9/13/05
Scott Remborg                          50,000    $0.10     11/01/01    11/01/06
Chen Geng                             100,000    $0,20      5/25/99     5/25/04
Chen Geng                              50,000    $0.10     11/01/01    11/01/06
Khurram R. Qureshi                     25,000    $0.22      5/12/98     5/12/03
Khurram R. Qureshi                     20,000    $0.22      5/20/98     5/20/03
Richard H. Epstein                     50,000    $0.10     11/01/01    11/01/06
Imran Atique                          100,000    $0.22     02/15/01    02/15/06

Total Officers/Directors            1,245,000

Legal/Arbitration Proceedings
The Directors and the management of the Company know of no material, active or pending, legal proceedings against them; nor is the Company involved as a plaintiff in any material proceeding or pending litigation.

The Directors and the management of the Company know of no active or pending proceedings against anyone that might materially adversely affect an interest of the Company.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

This prospectus relates to the resale of 4,700,000 shares of common stock by the selling stockholders as well as the resale of 3,275,000 shares of common stock underlying warrants. The table below sets forth information with respect to the resale of shares of common stock and the resale of shares of common stock underlying warrants by the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the resale of common stock by the selling stockholders for shares currently outstanding. However, we may receive proceeds from the exercise of the warrants.


                                     Resale of Common Stock by Selling Stockholders
                                                                Amount Offered
                                    Shares Beneficially      (Assuming all Shares     Shares Beneficially     Percentage (if
     Stockholder                    Owned Before Resale       Immediately Sold)       Owned After Resale     greater than 1%)
    -------------                  ---------------------     ---------------------   ----------------------  ----------------

Richard J. G. Boxer
155 Dawlish Ave.,
Toronto, Ontario M4N 1H6                     571,166(1)          350,000(2)             221,166(3)                2.7%
Chebucto Services (International)
Ltd., Sunstead, 9 Farringdon
Close, Paradise Heights, St. James,
Barbados                                   1,500,000(4)        1,500,000(4)                   0                   7.1%

Richard H.
Epstein
534 Roselawn Ave.,
Toronto, Ontario M5N 1J8                      60,416(5)           43,750(6)              16,666(7)

Fred
Grespan
64 Fairfield Ave.,
Kitchener, Ontario N2H 6C1                 1,443,750(8)        1,443,750(8)                   0                   6.8%

Paul E.
Grespan
230 Old Chicopee Drive,
Kitchener, Ontario N2A 4W6                 1,575,000(9)        1,575,000(9)                   0                   7.4%

Robert B.
Raphael
1750 Steeles Ave West
Unit #2
Concord, Ontario
L4K 2L7                                   1,181,250(10)       1,181,250(10)                   0                   5.6%

Sander Sigal
65 Lawrie Road
Thornhill, Ontario L4J 3N6                1,575,000(11)       1,575,000(11)                   0                   7.4%

Ann Singer
14 Kainona Ave.
Toronto, Ontario M3H 3HM                    306,250(11)         306,250(11)                   0                   1.5%

(1) Includes 150,000 shares underlying warrants and options exercisable within 60 days to purchase 86,666 shares.
(2) Includes 200,000 shares and 150,000 shares underlying warrants.
(3) Includes 150,000 shares underlying options exercisable within 60 days and 71,166 shares of common stock.
(4) Includes 500,000 shares underlying warrants.


(5) Includes 18,750 shares underlying warrants and options exercisable within 60 days to purchase 16,666 shares.
(6) Includes 18,750 shares underlying warrants.
(7) Includes 16,666 shares underlying options exercisable within 60 days.
(8) Includes 618,750 shares underlying warrants.
(9) Includes 675,000 shares underlying warrants.
(10) Includes 506,250 shares underlying warrants.
(11) Includes 675,000 shares underlying warrants.
(12) Includes 131,250 shares underlying warrants.

The 4,700,000 shares offered by the selling stockholders as well as the resale of 3,275,000 shares of common stock underlying the warrants may be sold by one or more of the following methods, without limitation, with the exception of the shares and shares underlying warrants being registered for Richard J.G. Boxer and Richard H. Epstein which are subject to resale pursuant to Rule 144 as discussed below:

- ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchases; and

- face-to-face transactions between sellers and purchasers without a broker-dealer. In effecting sales, brokers or dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate.

Such brokers or dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders in amounts to be negotiated. Such brokers and dealers and any other participating brokers or dealers may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act, in connection with such sales. The selling stockholder or dealer effecting a transaction in the registered securities, whether or not participating in a distribution, is required to deliver a prospectus. As a result of such shares being registered under the Securities Act, holders who subsequently resell such shares to the public may be deemed to be underwriters with respect to such shares of common stock for purposes of the Securities Act with the result that they may be subject to certain statutory liabilities if the registration statement to which this prospectus relates is defective by virtue of containing a material misstatement of omitting to disclose a statement of material fact. We have not agreed to indemnify any of the selling stockholders regarding such liability.

The shares and shares underlying warrants owned by Richard J.G. Boxer and Richard H. Epstein are subject to the resale provisions of Rule 144 as they are Directors of the Company and are treated as affiliates pursuant to Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after this registration statement is declared effective by the SEC, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, including a person who may be deemed an affiliate, is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of Common Stock that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then-outstanding shares of our Common Stock (approximately 207,338 shares after giving effect to this Offering) and the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 of the Securities Act are subject to certain restrictions relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. A person who is not our affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares for at least two years, would be entitled to sell such shares immediately following this Offering without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice or other requirements of Rule 144 of the Securities Act. However, the transfer agent may require an opinion of counsel that a proposed sale of shares comes within the terms of Rule 144 of the Securities Act prior to effecting a transfer of such shares.


Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rates prevailing at the consolidated balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at the approximate rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses are included in loss for the year.

Integrated foreign operations of subsidiaries are translated into Canadian dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the consolidated balance sheet date for monetary items and at exchange rates prevailing at the transaction dates for non-monetary items. Revenue and expenses are translated at exchange rates prevailing during the year. Exchange gains and losses are included in loss during the year.

The Company is exposed to foreign currency risk through its activities outside of Canada. Unfavorable changes in the exchange rate may affect the operating results of the Company. The Company is also exposed to foreign exchange risk as a substantial amount of its revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars and Chinese Rminibi ("RMB").

The Company does not actively use derivative instruments to reduce its exposure to foreign currency risk.

Exchange Rates
In this Registration Statement, unless otherwise specified, all dollar amounts are expressed in Canadian Dollars (CDN$). The Government of Canada permits a floating exchange rate to determine the value of the Canadian Dollar against the U.S. Dollar (US$).


The table sets forth the rate of exchange for the Canadian Dollar at the end of the five most recent fiscal periods ended December 31st, the average rates for the period, and the range of high and low rates for the period. The data for the nine-month periods ended March 31, 2001 and March 31, 2001 is also provided. The data for each month during the previous ten months is also provided. The exchange rate was 1.5994 on March 31, 2002 and 1.5110 on June 30, 2002.

For purposes of this table, the rate of exchange means the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The table sets forth the number of Canadian Dollars required under that formula to buy one U.S. Dollar. The average rate means the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period.

                           U.S. Dollar/Canadian Dollar

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Average     High     Low    Close
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
June 2002                          1.53     1.55     1.51    1.51
May 2002                           1.55     1.57     1.53    1.53
April 2002                         1.58     1.60     1.56    1.57
March 2002                         1.59     1.60     1.58    1.59
February 2002                      1.60     1.61     1.59    1.60
January 2002                       1.60     1.61     1.59    1.59

Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/2001       1.55     1.60     1.49    1.59
Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/2000       1.50     1.56     1.44    1.50
Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/1999       1.49     1.53     1.44    1.44
Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/1998       1.49     1.57     1.41    1.54
Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/1997       1.39     1.44     1.34    1.43
Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/1996       1.36     1.38     1.33    1.37
=================================================================

Exchange Controls
Except as discussed herein, the Company is unaware of any Canadian federal or provincial laws, decrees, or regulations that restrict the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls, or that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-Canadian holders of the common shares. The Company is unaware of any limitations on the right of non-Canadian owners to hold or vote the common shares imposed by Canadian federal or provincial law or by the charter or other constituent documents of the Company.

Taxation

A brief description of provisions of the tax treaty between Canada and the United States is included below, together with a brief outline of certain taxes, including withholding provisions, to which United States security holders are subject under existing laws and regulations of Canada. The consequences, if any, of provincial, state and local taxes are not considered.


The following information is general and security holders should seek the advice of their own tax advisors, tax counsel or accountants with respect to the applicability or effect on their own individual circumstances of the matters referred to herein and of any provincial, state or local taxes.

Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Consequences The discussion under this heading summarizes the principal Canadian federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of common stock of the Company for a shareholder of the Company who is not a resident of Canada but is a resident of the United States and who will acquire and hold shares of common stock of the Company as capital property for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the "Canadian Tax Act"). This summary does not apply to a shareholder who carries on business in Canada through a "permanent establishment" situated in Canada or performs independent personal services in Canada through a fixed base in Canada if the shareholder's holding in the Company is effectively connected with such permanent establishment or fixed base. This summary is based on the provisions of the Canadian Tax Act and the regulations thereunder and on an understanding of the administrative practices of Canada Customs and Revenue Agency, and takes into account all specific proposals to amend the Canadian Tax Act or regulations made by the Minister of Finance of Canada as of the date hereof. It has been assumed that there will be no other relevant amendment of any governing law although no assurance can be given in this respect. This discussion is general only and is not a substitute for independent advice from a shareholder's own Canadian and U.S. tax advisors.

The provisions of the Canadian Tax Act are subject to income tax treaties to which Canada is a party, including the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended (the "Convention").

Dividends on Common Shares and Other Income. Under the Canadian Tax Act, a non-resident of Canada is generally subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25 percent on dividends paid or deemed to have been paid to him or her by a corporation resident in Canada. The Convention limits the rate to 15 percent if the shareholder is a resident of the United States and the dividends are beneficially owned by and paid to such shareholder, and to 5 percent if the shareholder is also a corporation that beneficially owns at least 10 percent of the voting stock of the payor-corporation.

The amount of a stock dividend (for tax purposes) would generally be equal to the amount by which the paid up or stated capital of the Company had increased because of the payment of such dividend. The Company will furnish additional tax information to shareholders in the event of such a dividend. Interest paid or deemed to be paid on the Company's debt securities held by non-Canadian residents may also be subject to Canadian withholding tax, depending upon the terms and provisions of such securities and any applicable tax treaty.


The Convention generally exempts from Canadian income tax dividends paid to a religious, scientific, literary, educational or charitable organization or to an organization constituted and operated exclusively to administer a pension, retirement or employee benefit fund or plan, if the organization is a resident of the United States and is exempt from income tax under the laws of the United States.

Dispositions of Common Shares. Under the Canadian Tax Act, a taxpayer's capital gain or capital loss from a disposition of a share of common stock of the Company is the amount, if any, by which his or her proceeds of disposition exceed (or are exceeded by, respectively) the aggregate of his or her adjusted cost base of the share and reasonable expenses of disposition. One-half of a capital gain (the "taxable capital gain") is included in income, and one-half of a capital loss in a year (the "allowable capital loss") is deductible from taxable capital gains realized in the same year. The amount by which a shareholder's allowable capital loss exceeds the taxable capital gain in a year may be deducted from a taxable capital gain realized by the shareholder in the three previous or any subsequent year, subject to certain restrictions in the case of a corporate shareholder and subject to adjustment when the capital gains inclusion rate in the year of disposition differs from the inclusion rate in the year the deduction is claimed.

If a share of common stock of the Company is disposed of to the Company other than in the open market in the manner in which shares would normally be purchased by the public, the proceeds of disposition will, in general terms, be considered as limited to the paid-up capital of the share and the balance of the price paid will be deemed to be a dividend. In the case of a shareholder that is a corporation, the amount of any capital loss otherwise determined may be reduced, in certain circumstances, by the amount of dividends previously received in respect of the shares disposed of, unless the corporation owned the shares for at least 365 days prior to sustaining the loss and (together with corporations, persons and other entities, with whom the corporation was not dealing at arm's length) did not own more than five percent of the shares of any class of the corporation from which the dividend was received. These loss limitation rules may also apply where a corporation is a member of a partnership or a beneficiary of a trust that owned the shares disposed of.

Under the Canadian Tax Act, a non-resident of Canada is subject to Canadian tax on taxable capital gains, and may deduct allowable capital losses, realized on a disposition of "taxable Canadian property." Shares of common stock of the Company will constitute taxable Canadian property of a shareholder at a particular time if the shareholder used the shares in carrying on business in Canada, or if at any time in the five years immediately preceding the disposition 25 percent or more of the issued shares of any class or series in the capital stock of the Company belonged to one or more persons in a group comprising the shareholder and persons with whom the shareholder did not deal at arm's length and in certain other circumstances.


The Convention relieves United States residents from liability for Canadian tax on capital gains derived on a disposition of shares unless (a) the value of the shares is derived principally from "real property" in Canada, including the right to explore for or exploit natural resources and rights to amounts computed by reference to production, (b) the shareholder was resident in Canada for 120 months during any period of 20 consecutive years preceding, and at any time during the 10 years immediately preceding, the disposition and the shares were owned by him when he or she ceased to be resident in Canada, or (c) the shares formed part of the business property of a "permanent establishment" that the holder has or had in Canada within the 12 months preceding the disposition.

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations The following discussion is based upon the sections of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury Regulations, published Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings, published administrative positions of the IRS and court decisions that are currently applicable, any or all of which could be materially and adversely changed, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. This discussion does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any recently proposed legislation that, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time. The following discussion is for general information only and it is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of shares of the Company and no opinion or representation with respect to the United States Federal income tax consequences to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Accordingly, holders and prospective holders of shares of the Company should consult their own tax advisors about the Federal; state, local and foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of shares of the Company.

U.S. Holders. As used herein, a "U.S. Holder" includes a holder of shares of the Company who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, any entity that is taxable as a corporation for U.S. tax purposes and any other person or entity whose ownership of shares of the Company is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. A U.S. Holder does not include persons subject to special provisions of Federal income tax law, such as tax exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, broker-dealers, nonresident alien individuals or foreign corporations whose ownership of shares of the Company is not effectively connected with conduct of trade or business in the United States, shareholders who acquired their stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation and shareholders who hold their stock as ordinary assets and not as capital assets.


Distributions on Shares of the Company. U.S. Holders receiving dividend distributions (including constructive dividends) with respect to shares of the Company are required to include in gross income for United States Federal income tax purposes the gross amount of such distributions to the extent that the Company has current or accumulated earnings and profits as defined under U.S. Federal tax law, without reduction for any Canadian income tax withheld from such distributions. Such Canadian tax withheld may be credited, subject to certain limitations, against the U.S. Holder's United States Federal income tax liability or, alternatively, may be deducted in computing the U.S. Holder's United States Federal taxable income by those who itemize deductions. (See discussion that is more detailed at "Foreign Tax Credit" below). To the extent that distributions exceed current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, they will be treated first as a return of capital up to the U.S. Holder's adjusted basis in the shares and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of the shares. Preferential tax rates for net capital gains are applicable to a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust. There are currently no preferential tax rates for long-term capital gains for a U.S. Holder that is a corporation.

Dividends paid on the shares of the Company will not generally be eligible for the dividends received deduction provided to corporations receiving dividends from certain United States corporations. A U.S. Holder that is a corporation may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to a 70% deduction of the United States source portion of dividends received from the Company (unless the Company qualifies as a "foreign personal holding company" or a "passive foreign investment company", as defined below) if such U.S. Holder owns shares representing at least 10% of the voting power and value of the Company. The availability of this deduction is subject to several complex limitations that are beyond the scope of this discussion.

In the case of foreign currency received as a dividend that is not converted by the recipient into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in the foreign currency equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Generally, any gain or loss recognized upon a subsequent sale or other disposition of the foreign currency, including the exchange for U.S. dollars, will be ordinary income or loss. However, for tax years after 1997, an individual whose realized foreign exchange gain does not exceed U.S. $200 will not recognize that gain, to the extent that there are not expenses associated with the transaction that meet the requirement for deductibility as a trade or business expense (other than travel expenses in connection with a business trip or as an expense for the production of income).


Foreign Tax Credit. A U.S. Holder who pays (or has withheld from distributions) Canadian income tax with respect to the ownership of shares of the Company may be entitled, at the option of the U.S. Holder, to either a deduction or a tax credit for such foreign tax paid or withheld. Generally, it will be more advantageous to claim a credit because a credit reduces United States Federal income taxes on a dollar-for-dollar basis, while a deduction merely reduces the taxpayer's income subject to tax. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and applies to all foreign taxes paid by (or withheld from) the U.S. Holder during that year. There are significant and complex limitations that apply to the credit, among which is the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of the U.S. Holder's United States Federal income tax liability that the U.S. Holder's foreign source income bears to his or its worldwide taxable income. In the determination of the application of this limitation, the various items of income and deduction must be classified into foreign and domestic sources. Complex rules govern this classification process. There are further limitations on the foreign tax credit for certain types of income such as "passive income", "high withholding tax interest", "financial services income", "shipping income", and certain other classifications of income. The availability of the foreign tax credit and the application of the limitations on the credit are fact specific and holders and prospective holders of shares of the Company should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances.

In the case of certain U.S. Holders that are corporations (other than corporations subject to Subchapter S of the Code), owning 10% or more of the Company's Common Shares, a portion of the qualifying Canadian income tax paid by the Company will also be available as a foreign tax credit, subject to certain conditions and limitations, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, at the election of the U.S. Holder.

Disposition of Shares of the Company. A U.S. Holder will recognize a gain or loss upon the sale of shares of the Company equal to the difference, if any, between (i) the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received, and (ii) the shareholder's tax basis in the shares of the Company. This gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss if the shares are a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. Holder, and will be a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss depending upon the holding period of the U.S. Holder. Gains and losses are netted and combined according to special rules in arriving at the overall capital gain or loss for a particular tax year. Deductions for net capital losses are subject to significant limitations. Corporate capital losses (other than losses of corporations electing under Subchapter S or the Code) are deductible to the extent of capital gains. Non-corporate taxpayers may deduct net capital losses, whether short-term or long-term, up to U.S. $3,000 a year (U.S. $1,500 in the case of a married individual filing separately). For U.S. Holders that are individuals, any unused portion of such net capital loss may be carried over to be used in later tax years until such net capital loss is thereby exhausted. For U.S. Holders that are corporations (other than corporations subject to Subchapter S of the Code), an unused net capital loss may be carried back three years from the loss year and carried forward five years from the loss year to be offset against capital gains until such net capital loss is thereby exhausted.


Other Considerations
In the following circumstances, the above sections of this discussion may not describe the United States Federal income tax consequences resulting from the holding and disposition of shares of the Company:

Foreign Personal Holding Company. If at any time during a taxable year more than 50% of the total combined voting power or the total value of the Company's outstanding shares is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States and 60% (50% in subsequent years) or more of the Company's gross income for such year was derived from certain passive sources (e.g., from dividends received from its subsidiaries), the Company would be treated as a "foreign personal holding company". In that event, U.S. Holders that hold shares of the Company (on the earlier of the last day of the Company's tax year or the last date on which the Company was a foreign personal holding company) would be required to include in gross income for such year their allowable portions of such passive income to the extent the Company does not actually distribute such income.

Foreign Investment Company. If 50% or more of the combined voting power or total value of the Company's outstanding shares are held, directly or indirectly, by citizens or residents of the United States, United States domestic partnerships or corporations, or estates or trusts other than foreign estates or trusts (as defined by the Code Section 7701 (a)(31)), and the Company is found to be engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities, commodities, or any interest, it is possible that the Company might be treated as a "foreign investment company" as defined in Section 1246 of the Code, causing all or part of any gain realized by a U.S. Holder selling or exchanging shares of the Company to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain.

Passive Foreign Investment Company. As a foreign corporation with U.S. Holders, the Company will be treated as a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC"), as defined in Section 1297 of the Code, if 75% or more of its gross income in a taxable year is passive income, or the average percentage of the Company's assets (by value) during the taxable year which produce passive income or which are held for production of same is at least 50%. Passive income is generally defined to include gross income in the nature of dividends, interest, royalties, rents and annuities; excess of gains over losses from certain transactions in any commodities not arising inter alia from a PFIC whose business is actively involved in such commodities; certain foreign currency gains; and other similar types of income. Foreign mining companies that are in the exploration stage may have little or no income from operations and/or may hold substantial cash and short-term securities that pay interest and dividends while awaiting expenditure in connection with the business. Given the complexities of determining what expenditures may be deductible and of how assets held for production of active income should be valued, the Company, based on advice from its professional advisers, cannot conclude whether it is a PFIC.


It is not the intention of the Company to be considered a PFIC and the Company does not consider this to be a material risk. In the event that it were to become classified as a PFIC, the following should be taken into consideration. U.S. Holders owning shares of a PFIC are subject to a special tax and to an interest charge based on the value of deferral of U.S. tax attributable to undistributed earnings of a PFIC for the period during which the shares of the PFIC are owned. This special tax would apply to any gain realized on the disposition of shares of a PFIC. In addition, the gain is subject to U.S. federal income tax as ordinary income, taxed at top marginal rates, rather than as capital gain income. The special tax would also be payable on receipt of excess distributions (any distributions received in the current year that are in excess of 125% of the average distributions received during the 3 preceding years or, if shorter, the shareholder's holding period). If, however, the U.S. Holder makes a timely election to treat a PFIC as a qualified electing fund ("QEF") with respect to such shareholder's interest and the Company provides an annual information statement, the above-described rules generally will not apply. The Company will provide such an information statement upon request from a U.S. Holder for current and prior taxable years. Instead, the electing U.S. Holder would include annually in his gross income his pro rata share of the PFIC's ordinary earnings and any net capital gain regardless of whether such income or gain was actually distributed. A U.S. Holder of a PFIC treated as a QEF can, however, further elect to defer the payment of United States Federal income tax on such income and gain inclusions, with tax payments ultimately requiring payment of an interest factor. In addition, with a timely QEF election, the electing U.S. Holder will obtain capital gain treatment on the gain realized on disposition of such U.S. Holder's interest in the PFIC. Special rules apply to U.S. Holders who own their interests in a PFIC through intermediate entities or persons.

Effective for tax years of U.S. Holders beginning after December 31, 1997, U.S. Holders who hold, actually or constructively, marketable stock of a foreign corporation that qualifies as a PFIC may elect to mark such stock to the market (a "mark-to-market election"). If such an election is made, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the special taxation rules of PFIC described above for the taxable years for which the mark-to-market election is made. A U.S. Holder who makes such an election will include in income for the taxable year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of the Company as of the close of such tax year over such U.S. Holder's adjusted basis in such shares. In addition, the U.S. Holder is allowed a deduction for the lesser of (i) the excess, if any, of such U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the shares over the fair market value of such shares as of the close of the tax year, or (ii) the excess, if any of (A) the mark-to-market gains for the shares in the Company included by such U.S. Holder for prior tax years, including any amount which would have been included for any prior year but for Section 1291 interest on tax deferral rules discussed above with respect to a U.S. Holder, who has not made a timely QEF election during the year in which he holds (or is deemed to have held) shares in the Company and the Company is a PFIC ("Non-Electing U.S. Holder"), over (B) the mark-to-market losses for shares that were allowed as deductions for prior tax years. A U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the shares of the Company will be increased or decreased to reflect the amount included or deducted as a result of mark-to-market election. A mark-to-market election will apply to the tax year for which the election is made and to all later tax years, unless the PFIC stock ceases to be marketable or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.


The IRS has issued proposed regulations that, subject to certain exceptions, would treat as taxable certain transfers of PFIC stock by a Non-Electing U.S. Holder that are generally not otherwise taxed, such as gifts, exchanges pursuant to corporate reorganizations, and transfers at death. Generally, in such cases, the basis of the Company's shares in the hands of the transferee and the basis of any property received in the exchange for those shares would be increased by the amount of gain recognized. A U.S. Holder who has made a timely QEF election (as discussed herein) will not be taxed on certain transfers of PFIC stock, such as gifts, exchanges pursuant to corporate reorganizations, and transfers at death. The transferee's basis in this case will depend on the manner of the transfer. The specific tax effect to the U.S. Holder and the transferee may vary based on the manner in which the shares of the Company are transferred. Each U.S. Holder should consult a tax advisor with respect to how the PFIC rules affect their tax situation.

The PFIC and QEF election rules are complex. U.S. Holders should consult a tax advisor regarding the availability and procedure for making the QEF election as well as the applicable method for recognizing gains or earnings and profits under the foregoing rules.


Controlled Foreign Corporation. If more than 50% of the voting power of all classes of stock or the total value of the stock of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by citizens or residents of the United States, United States domestic partnerships and corporations or estates or trusts other than foreign estates or trusts, each of whom own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company ("United States shareholder"), the Company could be treated as a "controlled foreign corporation" under Subpart F of the Code. This classification would effect many complex results including the required inclusion by such United States shareholders in income of their pro rata share of "Subpart F income" (as specially defined by the Code) of the Company. Subpart F requires current inclusions in the income of United States shareholders to the extent of a controlled foreign corporation's accumulated earnings invested in "excess passive" assets (as defined by the Code). In addition, under Section 1248 of the Code, a gain from the sale or exchange of shares by a U.S. Holder who is or was a United States shareholder at any time during the five year period ending with the sale or exchange is treated as ordinary dividend income to the extent of earnings and profits of the Company attributable to the stock sold or exchanged. Because of the complexity of Subpart F, and because it is not clear that Subpart F would apply to the U.S. Holders of shares of the Company, a more detailed review of these rules is outside of the scope of this discussion.

If the Company is both a PFIC and controlled foreign corporation. the company will generally not be treated as a PFIC with respect to United States shareholders of the controlled foreign corporation. This rule generally will be effective for taxable years of the Company ending with or within such taxable years of United States shareholders.

The foregoing summary is a general discussion of the material United States Federal income tax considerations to U.S. holders of shares of the Company under current law. It does not discuss all the tax consequences that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as tax-exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, broker-dealers, non-resident alien individuals or foreign corporations whose ownership of shares of the Company is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, shareholders who acquired their stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, shareholders who hold their stock as ordinary assets and not capital assets and any other non-U.S. holders. In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to state, local or foreign tax consequences. This discussion is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder or prospective holder of shares of the Company and no opinion or representation with respect to the United States Federal income tax consequences to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Holders and prospective holders should therefore consult with their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.


Summary
Management believes this discussion covers all material tax consequences. Nevertheless, this is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any holder of common shares of the Company and no opinion or representation with respect to the U.S. income tax consequences to any such holder or prospective holder is made. Holders and prospective holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to their particular circumstances.


Memorandum and Articles of Association

Objects and Purposes
The Company's corporation number as assigned by the Ontario Ministry of Consumer and Commercial Relations is 4020-1165. The Company's Articles of Incorporation do not contain the Company's purpose or its objectives, as neither is required under the laws of Ontario.

Disclosure of Interest of Directors
No director of the Company is permitted to vote on any resolution to approve a material contract or transaction in which such director has a material interest.

Subject to the Articles of Incorporation and any unanimous shareholder agreement, the board may fix their remuneration.

Borrowing Powers of Directors, ByLaws The board of directors may from time to time:

(i) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;
(ii) issue, reissue, sell or pledge debt obligations of the Corporation;
(iii) subject to the Act, give a guarantee on behalf of the Corporation to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and
(iv) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any property of the Corporation, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any debt obligations of the Corporation.

Delegation of Power to Borrow, Bylaws
The board may by resolution delegate all or any of the powers conferred on them by paragraphs (i) and (iii) of section 3.10 hereof, to any one or more of the directors, the Managing Director, the executive committee, the Chairman of the Board (if any), the President, any Vice-President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or the General Manager.


Director Qualification and Retirement
Neither the Articles of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of the Company discuss the retirement or non-retirement of directors under an age limit requirement, and there is no number of shares required for director qualification.

Description of Rights, Preferences and Restrictions Attaching to Each Class of Shares

a) Class/Number of Shares. The Company's Articles of Incorporation provide that: the Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares, namely an unlimited number of Preferred Shares without nominal or par value ("Preferred Shares") and an unlimited number of Common Shares ("Common Shares").

b) Common Shares. The holders of Common Shares shall be entitled:

1) to vote at all meetings of shareholders, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares are entitled to vote, and on every poll taken at every such meeting, or adjourned meeting, every holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Common Share held; and

2) subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, to receive the remaining property of the Corporation upon a dissolution; and

3) subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, to receive all other dividends declared by the Corporation.

c) Preferred Shares. The Preferred Shares as a class shall carry and be subject to the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

1) Directors' Rights to Issue in One or More Series. The Preferred Shares may at any time or from time to time be issued in one or more series, each series to consist of such number of shares as may before the issue thereof be determined by the Directors by resolution; the Directors of the Company may (subject as hereinafter provided) by resolution fix, from time to time before the issued thereof, the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of such series including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing (1) the issue price, (2) the rate, amount or method of calculation of dividends and whether the same are subject to change of dividends and whether the same are subject to change or adjustment, (3) whether such dividends shall be cumulative, non-cumulative or partly cumulative, (4) the dates, manner and currencies of payments of dividends and the dates from which dividends shall accrue, (5) the redemption and/or purchase prices and terms and conditions of redemption and/or purchase, with or without provision for sinking or similar funds, (6) conversion and/or exchange and/or classification rights, (7) the voting rights if any, and/or (8) other provisions, the whole subject to the following provisions, and to the issue of Certificate(s) of Amendment setting forth such designations, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the shares of each series.


2) Ranking of Preferred Shares. The Preferred Shares shall be entitled to preference over the Common Shares of the Corporation and over any other shares ranking junior to the Preferred Shares with respect to payment of dividends and distribution of assets in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs and may also be given such other preferences not inconsistent with paragraphs (1) and (2) hereof over the Common Shares of the Corporation and over any other shares ranking junior to the Preferred Shares as may be determined in the case of each series of Preferred Shares authorized to be issued.

3) Amendment with Approval of Holders of Preferred Shares. The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares as a class may be repealed, altered, modified, amended or amplified by Certificate(s) of Amendment, but in each case with the approval of the holders of Preferred Shares (only as a class but not as individual series) given as hereinafter specified.

4) Approval of Holders of Preferred Shares. Subject to the Provisions of the Business Corporations Act, any consent or approval given by the holders of Preferred Shares as a class shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if it shall have been given in writing by the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66(2)/(3)%) of the outstanding Preferred Shares or by a resolution passed at a meeting of holders of Preferred Shares duly called and held upon not less than fifteen days' notice at which the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares are present or are represented by proxy and carried by the affirmative vote of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent of the votes cast at such meetings, in addition to any other consent or approval required by the Business Corporation Act. If at any such meeting the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares are not present or represented by proxy within one-half hour after the time appointed for such meeting, then the meeting shall be adjourned to such date not less than fifteen days thereafter and to such time and place as may be designated by the Chairman, and not less than ten days' written notice shall be given of such adjourned meeting. At such adjourned meeting the holders of the Preferred Shares present or represented by proxy may transact the business for which the meeting was originally convened and a resolution passed by the affirmative vote of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent of the votes cast at such meeting shall constitute the consent or approval of the holders of Preferred Shares. On every poll taken at every meeting, every holder of Preferred Shares shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each share held. Subject to the foregoing, the formalities to be observed in respect of the giving or waiving of notice of any such meeting and the conduct thereof shall be those from time to time prescribed in the Bylaws of the Corporation with respect to meetings of shareholders. Any consent or approval given by the holders of Preferred Shares or a series as a class shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if in the same manner as provided herein regarding holders of Preferred Shares as a class.


d) Dividend Rights. The Company's Bylaws provide that holders of common shares shall be entitled to receive dividends and the Company shall pay dividends thereon, as and when declared by the board of directors of the Company out of moneys properly applicable to the payment of dividends, in such amount and in such form as the board of directors may from time to time determine and all dividends which the directors may declare on the common shares shall be declared and paid in equal amounts per share on all common shares at the time outstanding, subject to the prior rights of any shares ranking senior to the common shares with respect to priority in the payment of dividends.

e) Voting Rights. Neither the Company's Bylaws nor its Articles of Incorporation provide for the election or re-election of directors at staggered intervals.

f) Redemption Provisions. The Company may purchase any of its issued common shares subject to the provisions of the Ontario Business Corporations Act.

g) Sinking Fund Provisions. Neither the Company's Articles of Incorporation nor its Bylaws contain sinking fund provisions.

h) Liability to Further Capital Calls by the Company. Neither the Company's Articles of Incorporation nor its Bylaws contain provisions allowing the Company to make further capital calls with respect to any shareholder of the Company.

i) Discriminatory Provisions Based on Substantial Ownership. Neither the Company's Articles of Incorporation nor its Bylaws contain provisions that discriminate against any existing or prospective holders of securities as a result of such shareholder owning a substantial number of shares.

j) Miscellaneous Provisions. Neither the Articles of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of the Company address the process by which the rights of holders of stock may be changed. The general provisions of the Ontario Business Corporations Act apply to this process, and require shareholder meetings and independent voting for such changes.


A meeting of shareholders may be called at any time by resolution or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President and the Secretary shall cause notice of a meeting of shareholders to be given when directed so to do by resolution of the board or by the Chairman or the Board or the President.

The board shall call an annual meeting of the shareholders not later than eighteen (18) months after the Corporation comes into existence and subsequently not later than fifteen (15) months after holding the last preceding annual meeting.

A special meeting of shareholders may be called at any time and may be held in conjunction with an annual meeting of shareholders.

Meeting of shareholders shall be held at the place within Canada determined by the board from time to time. Notwithstanding the above subsection, a meeting of shareholders may be held outside Canada if all the shareholders entitled to vote at that meeting so agree, and a shareholder who attends a meeting of shareholders held outside Canada is deemed to have so agreed except when he attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully held.

Neither the Articles of Incorporation nor the Bylaws of the Company discuss limitations on the rights to own securities or exercise voting rights thereon.

Although not expressly enumerated in the Articles, pursuant to Canadian regulations, shareholder ownership must be disclosed by any shareholder who owns more than 10% of the Company's common stock.

There is no provision of the Company's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws that would delay, defer or prevent a change in control of the Company, and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition, or corporate restructuring involving the Company (or any of its subsidiaries). The Company's Bylaws do not contain a provision indicating the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed. With respect to the matters discussed in this Item 10B, the law applicable to the Company is not significantly different from United States law. Neither the Articles of Incorporation nor Bylaws contain provisions governing changes in capital that are more stringent than the conditions required by law.

The Ontario Business Corporations Act contains provisions that require a "special resolution" for effecting certain corporate actions. Such a "special resolution" requires a three-quarters vote of shareholders rather than a simple majority for passage. The principle corporate actions for which the Company would require a "special resolution" include:a. Changing its name; b. Changing the place where its registered office is situated; c. Adding, changing or removing any restriction on the business or businesses that the corporation may carry on;d. Certain reorganizations of the corporation and alterations of share capital;e. Increasing or decreasing the number of directors or the minimum or maximum number of directors;f. Any amendment to its articles regarding constraining the issue or transfer of shares to persons who are not resident Canadians; and


g. Dissolution of the corporation.

Dividends and Paying Agents
The Company has not declared any dividends on its common shares for the last five years and does not anticipate that it will do so in the foreseeable future. The present policy of the Company is to retain future earnings for use in its operations and the expansion of its business.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned: the Company is unaware of any dividend restrictions; has no specific procedure for the setting of the date of dividend entitlement; but might expect to set a record date for stock ownership to determine entitlement; has no specific procedures for non-resident holders to claim dividends, but might expect to mail their dividends in the same manner as resident holders. The Company has not nominated any financial institutions to be the potential paying agents for dividends in the United States.

Validity of Securities

The validity of the shares will be passed upon for us by Vanderkam & Sanders, Houston, TX.

Experts

Our financial statements as of December 31, 2001, December 31, 2000and December 31, 1999 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001, included in this Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act in connection with the offering of our shares. This prospectus, which forms a part of our registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, certain items of which are contained in the exhibits and schedules of the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and shares offered, you should refer to the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits. With respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, you should refer to the exhibit for a more complete discussion of the matter. The registration statement and the exhibits thereto filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission may be inspected at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission listed below.


Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Under the Exchange Act, we will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including annual reports on Form 20-F and quarterly and other interim reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect such reports and other information we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, Room 1024, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information regarding the Washington D.C. Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 or by contacting the Securities and Exchange Commission over the internet at its website at http://www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and consent of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of shares. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports in English containing financial statements which will be audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent public accounting firm, prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company's financial statements are stated in Canadian Dollars (CDN$) and are prepared in accordance with Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), the application of which, in the case of the Company, conforms in all material respects for the periods presented with United States GAAP, except as discussed in footnotes to the financial statements.

The financial statements are attached hereto and found immediately following the text of this Registration Statement. The audit reports of KPMG LLP, Chartered Accountants, are included herein immediately preceding the financial statements and schedules.


Audited Financial Statements
A. Auditor's Report, dated May 3, 2002 Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000

Notes to Financial Statements

B. Auditor's Report, dated April 27, 2001

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2000 and December 31, 1999

Notes to Financial Statements

Unaudited Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2002 and March 31, 2001

Notes to Financial Statements

Item 5. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification For Securities Act Liabilities.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Our Bylaws contain provisions to (i) eliminate the personal liability of our directors and officers for monetary damages resulting from breaches of their fiduciary duty (other than breaches from their own willful neglect or default) provided that nothing shall relieve our directors and officers from the duty to act in accordance with the Business Corporations Act of Ontario and the regulations thereunder or from liability for any breach thereof and (ii) indemnify our directors and officers if he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company, and in the case of a criminal or administrative proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful. We believe that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. As a result of these provisions, the ability of the Company or a stockholder thereof to successfully prosecute an action against a director for a breach of his duty of care has been limited. However, the provision does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based upon a director's breach of his duty of care. The Securities and Exchange Commission has taken the position that the provisions will have no effect on claims arising under the federal securities laws.


ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Financings

The Company has financed its operations through borrowings and/or private issuance of common shares:

During May 1996, Lingo Media Ltd., formerly Alpha Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company issued 957,022 shares of common stock in consideration for forgiveness of debt in the amount of $95,702 owed to two individuals and one entity. The Company believes that these transactions were exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an Issuer not involving a public offering.

During August 1996, Lingo Media Ltd., formerly Alpha Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued 700,000 shares for $120,000 to eight individuals and two corporations. The Company believes that the transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an Issuer not involving a public offering.

During April 1996, the Company issued 1,200,000 shares to six individuals in consideration for $120,000, which included Michael P. Kraft, our chief executive officer, president and director, and Richard J.G. Boxer, a Company director. The Company believes that the transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an Issuer not involving a public offering.

During May 1997, a stock option was exercised by a former director for 70,000 shares resulting in proceeds to the Company of $14,000. The Company believes that the transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an Issuer not involving a public offering.


From March 2000 through April 2000 the Company issued 5,000,000 shares in consideration for net proceeds of $1,811,872 to various investors outside of the United States. The Company believes that the transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation S.

From February through March 2000, stock options were exercised by three individuals for 150,000 shares resulting in proceeds of $30,000. The Company believes that the transactions were exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an Issuer not involving a public offering.

During April 2001, a stock option was exercised by Michael Kraft, our chief executive officer, president and director, for 100,000 shares resulting in proceeds of $20,000. The Company believes that the transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an Issuer not involving a public offering.

During November 2001, 1,000,000 shares were issued in consideration for $100,000 to one entity. The Company believes that the transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an Issuer not involving a public offering.

During March 2002, 3,700,000 shares were sold in consideration for net proceeds of $365,000 to seven individual investors. The company believes that the transaction was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an Issuer not involving a public offering.


ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) EXHIBITS. The following is a list of exhibits to this registration statement:

Exhibit No.

1.1   Certificate of Incorporation
1.2   Bylaws
1.3   Amendment of Articles
5.1   Opinion of Vanderkam & Sanders - as to certain
      matters
10.1  Acquisition Agreements with Alpha Corporation,
      dated March 1, 1997
10.2  Acquisition Agreements for CSVL, dated March 5, 1998
10.3  Management Agreement with MPK Inc.
10.4  Amendment No. 1 to Management Agreement
10.5  Amendment No. 2 to Management Agreement
10.6  Stock Purchase Agreement of AlphaCom Corporation
10.7  Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement of AlphaCom Corporation
      People's Education Press:
10.8  Master Agreement to Develop, Publish and Sell Product
10.9  Product Agreement #1 - Communications: An Interactive EFL Program
      (Grade 1-6)
10.10  Product Agreement #2 - Junior Reading Training Series
10.11  Product Agreement #3 - Beginning English for Young Learners

Crazy English (Renzhen Group):

10.12  Master Agreement to Develop, Publish and Sell Product
10.13  Product Agreement #1 - English In Business Communications
10.14  Product Agreement #2 - The Out Loud Program

Escrow Agreements
10.15  Performance Escrow Agreement (Form C Escrow Agreement) between Alpha
       Ventures Inc. (now Lingo Media Inc.), Montreal Trust Company of Canada
       (Transfer Agent) and Kraft and Sherman Holding Companies (1077431 Ontario
       Limited and Kraft Investments Corp.) & Kraft and Sherman RRSP's 10.14
       Performance Escrow Agreement between Sherman Holding Company (1077431
       Ontario Limited), Montreal Trust Company of Canada (Transfer Agent) and
       Richard Sherman
10.16  Performance Escrow Agreement between Kraft Holding Company (Kraft
       Investments Corp.), Montreal Trust Company of Canada (Transfer Agent),
       and Michael P. Kraft & Associates Inc.
23.1   Consent of KPMG, LLP
23.2   Consent of Vanderkam & Sanders, See Exhibit 5.1


ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

The registrant hereby undertakes that it will:

1) File, during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement

a) Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)3) of the Securities Act;

b) Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

c) Include any additional or changed material information on the plan of distribution.

2) For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities offered, and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona fide offering.

3) File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

4) If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A. of Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f) at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3 (ss.239.33 of this chapter), a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or ss.210.3-19 of this chapter if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.

     5) Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the registrant

has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

6) In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


Part II-2

SIGNATURE PAGE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Toronto, Canada, on August 16, 2002.

By  /s/ Michael P. Kraft
-----------------------------
Name: Michael Kraft
Title: Chief Executive Officer
and Director

 By  /s/ Khurram R. Qureshi
 -----------------------------
 Name:  Khurram R.Qureshi
 Title: Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature                 Title                                 Date
----------               --------                             --------

/s/ Michael P. Kraft      President, Chief Executive
--------------------      Officer and Board Member          August 16, 2002
Michael P. Kraft

/s/ Khurram R. Qureshi    Chief Financial Officer           August 16, 2002
----------------------
Khurram R. Qureshi

/s/ Richard J. G. Boxer   Board Member                      August 16, 2002
-----------------------
Richard J. G. Boxer

/s/ Richard H. Epstein    Board Member                      August 16, 2002
----------------------
Richard H. Epstein

/s/ Chen Geng             Board Member                      August 16, 2002
-------------
Chen Geng

/s/ Scott Remborg         Board Member                      August 16, 2002
-----------------
Scott Remborg

/s/ Imran Atique          Secretary / Treasurer             August 16, 2002
----------------
Imran Atique


ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

1. Name of corporation:
Alpha Publishing Inc.

2. The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue:
See Schedule A attached.

3. Restrictions on share transfers (if any):
None

4. Number or minimum and maximum number of directors that the corporation may have:


Minimum - 3 Maximum - 9

5. If the corporation is restricted from carrying on a certain business, or restricted to carrying on a certain business, specify the restrictions:
Not applicable

6. Other rules or provisions (if any):
The corporation is a distributing corporation.

7.       Date:    1996              04               09
                  -------------------------------------
                  Year            Month             Day

Incorporators Names:    Address (including postal code)         Signature

Gregory R. Harris       Suite 500, 630 4th Ave. S.W.       /s/ Gregory R. Harris
                        Calgary, Alberta T2P 0J9


ALPHA COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITONS AND INTERPRETATION.............................................  1
1.01  Definitions.........................................................  1
1.02  Interpretation......................................................  3
1.03  Headlines and Table of Contents.....................................  3

ARTICLE TWO

GENERAL.................................................................... 3
2.01 Registered Office..................................................... 3
2.02 Corporate Seal ....................................................... 3
2.03 Financial Year........................................................ 3
2.04 Execution of Documents................................................ 3
2.05 Resolutions in Writing................................................ 4
2.06 Divisions ............................................................ 4

ARTICLE THREE

DIRECTORS.................................................................. 5
3.01 General............................................................... 5
3.02 Qualification......................................................... 5
3.03 Election.............................................................. 5
3.04 Fixing Number of Directors............................................ 5
3.05 Term of Office........................................................ 5
3.06 Ceasing to Hold Office................................................ 6
3.07 Resignation of a Director............................................. 6
3.08 Removal............................................................... 6
3.09 Vacancies............................................................. 6
3.10 Remuneration.......................................................... 7
3.11 Power to Borrow....................................................... 7
3.12 Delegation of Power to Borrow......................................... 7

ARTICLE FOUR

COMMITTEES................................................................. 7
4.01 Appointment........................................................... 7
4.02 Canadian Membership................................................... 7
4.03 Provisions Applicable................................................. 7

ARTICLE FIVE

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS...................................................... 8
5.01 Place of Meetings..................................................... 8
5.02 Calling of Meetings................................................... 8
5.03 Notice of Meetings.................................................... 9
5.04 Regular Meetings...................................................... 9
5.05 First Meeting of New Board............................................ 9
5.06 Participation by Telephone............................................ 9
5.07 Chairman.............................................................. 9
5.08 Quorum................................................................ 9
5.09 Voting................................................................ 9
5.10 Auditor............................................................... 9

ARTICLE SIX

STANDARD OF CARE OF DIRECTIONS AND OFFICERS.................................10
6.01   Standard of Care.....................................................10
6.02   Liability for Acts of Others.........................................10

ARTICLE SEVEN

FOR THE PROTECTIONS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
7.01   Indemnification by Corporation........................................11
7.02   Insurance.............................................................11
7.03   Directors' Expenses...................................................12
7.04   Performance of Services for Corporation...............................12

ARTICLE EIGHT

INTERREST OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN CONTRACTS.............................12
8.01   Disclosure of Interest................................................12
8.02   Time of Disclosure by Director........................................12
8.03   Time of Disclosure by Officer.........................................13
8.04   Time of Disclosure in Extraordinary Cases.............................13
8.05   Voting by Interested Director.........................................13
8.06   Nature of Disclosure..................................................13
8.07   Effect of Disclosure..................................................14
8.08   Confirmation by Shareholders..........................................14

ARTICLE NINE

OFFICERS.....................................................................14
9.01    Officers.............................................................14
9.02    Appointment of President or Chairman of the Board and Secretary......15
9.03    Remuneration and Removal of Officers.................................15
9.04    Duties of Officers may be Delegated..................................15
9.05    Chairman of the Board................................................15
9.06    President............................................................15
9.07    Managing Director....................................................15
9.08    General Manager......................................................15
9.09    Vice-President.......................................................15
9.10    Secretary............................................................15
9.11    Treasurer............................................................15
9.12    Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer..........................15
9.13    Delegation of Board Powers...........................................16
9.14    Vacancies............................................................16
9.15    Variation of Powers and Duties.......................................16
9.16    Chief Executive Officer..............................................16

ARTICLE TEN

MEETINGS OF
SHAREHOLDERS.................................................................17
10.01 Calling of Meetings ...................................................17
10.02 Annual Meeting.........................................................17
10.03 Special Meeting........................................................17
10.04 Place of Meetings......................................................17
10.05 Notice.................................................................17
10.06 Contents of Notice.....................................................17
10.07 Waiver of Notice.......................................................18
10.08 Notice of Adjourned Meetings...........................................18
10.09 Record Date for Notice.................................................18
10.10 Omission of Notice.....................................................18
10.11 List of Shareholders...................................................19
10.12 Shareholders Entitled to Vote..........................................19
10.13 Persons Entitled to be Present.........................................20
10.14 Proxies................................................................20
10.15 Revocation of Proxies..................................................20
10.16 Deposit of Proxies.....................................................20
10.17 Joint Shareholders.....................................................21
10.18 Chairman and Secretary.................................................21
10.19 Scrutinizers...........................................................21
10.20 Votes to Govern........................................................21
10.21 Show of IIands.........................................................21
10.22 Ballots................................................................21
10.23 Votes on Ballots.......................................................21
10.24 Adjournment............................................................22
10.25 Quorum.................................................................22
10.26 Only One Shareholder...................................................22

ARTICLE ELEVEN

SHARES AND
TRANSFERS....................................................................22
11.01 Issuance...............................................................22
11.02 Commissions............................................................22
11.03 Share Certificates.....................................................22
11.04 Transfer Agent.........................................................23
11.05 Transfer of Shares.....................................................23
11.06 Defaced, Destroyed, Stolen or Lost Certificates........................24
11.07 Joint Shareholders.....................................................24
11.08 Deceased Shareholders..................................................24

ARTICLE TWELVE

DIVIDENDS....................................................................24
12.01 Declaration of Dividends...............................................24
12.02 Joint Shareholders.....................................................24
12.03 Dividends from Funds Derived from Operations...........................25

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

RECORD DATES.................................................................25
13.01  Fixing Record Dates...................................................25
13.02  No Record Date Fixed..................................................25
13.03  Notice of Record Date.................................................25
13.04  Effect of Record Date.................................................26

ARTICLE FOURTEEN

CORPORATE RECORDS AND
INFORMATION..................................................................26
14.01 Keeping of Corporate Records...........................................26
14.02 Access to Corporate Records............................................27
14.03 Copies of Certain Corporate Records....................................27
14.04 Report to Shareholders.................................................27
14.05 No Discovery of Information............................................27
14.06 Conditions for Inspection..............................................27

ARTICLE FIFTEEN


NOTICES......................................................................28
15.01 Method of Giving.......................................................28
15.02 Shares Registered in More Than One Name................................28
15.03 Persons Becoming Entitled by Operation of Law..........................28
15.04 Deceased Shareholder...................................................28
15.05 Signature to Notice....................................................28
15.06 Proof of Service.......................................................29
15.07 Computation of Time....................................................29
15.08 Wavier of Notice.......................................................29

ARTICLE SIXTEEN
REPEAL OF BY-LAW NO. 1.......................................................29
16.01  Repeal................................................................29


BY-LAW NO.2

A by-law' relating generally to the

transaction of the business and affairs of
ALPHA COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

(herein called the "Corporation")

BE IT PASSED AND MADE as a by-law of the Corporation as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.01 Definitions

In this by-law, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith,

(i) "Act" means the Business Corporations Act of Ontario, as amended or re-enacted from time to time, and includes the regulations made pursuant thereto;

(ii) "affiliate means an affiliated body corporate. and one body corporate shall he deemed to be affiliated with another body corporate if, but only it~ one of them is the subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same body corporate or each of them is controlled by the same person:

(iii)"articles" means the original or restated articles of incorporation, articles of amendment, articles of amalgamation, articles of arrangement, articles of continuance, articles of dissolution, articles of reorganization. articles of revival, letters patent. supplementary letters patent, a special Act and any other instrument by which the Corporation is incorporated:

(iv) "auditor" means the auditor of the Corporation;

(v) "board" means the board of directors of the Corporation;

(vi) "by-law" means a by-law of the Corporation;

(vii)"Chairman of the Board", "President". "Vice-President. "Secretary".
"Treasurer", "Managing Director", "General Manager", "Assistant Secretary". "Assistant Treasurer" or any other officer means such officer of the Corporation:

(viii) "committee" means a committee appointed pursuant to section 4.01 of this by-law;

(ix) "director" means a director of the Corporation:

(x) "day" means a clear day and a period of days shall be deemed to commence the day following the e~ ent that began the period and shall be deemed to terminate at midnight of the last day of the period except that if the last day of the period fails on a Sunday or holiday the period shall terminate at midnight of the day next following that is not a Sunday or holiday;

(xi) "employee" means an employee of the Corporation;

(xii)"number of directors" means the number of directors set out in the articles or, where a minimum and maximum number of directors is set out in the articles, the number of directors as shall be determined from time to time by special resolution or, if the special resolution empowers the directors to determine the number, by resolution of the directors;


(xiii) "officer" means an officer of the Corporation;

(xiv)"person" includes an individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, unincorporated association, unincorporated syndicate, unincorporated organization trust, body corporate and a natural person in his capacity as trustee executor, administrator or other legal representative:

(xv) "resident Canadian" means an individual who is,

(A) a Canadian citizen ordinarily resident in Canada.

(B) a Canadian citizen not ordinarily resident in Canada who is a member of a class of persons prescribed by the Act for the purposes of the definition of "resident Canadian", or

(C) a permanent resident within the meaning of the Immigration Act of Canada and ordinarily resident in Canada. except a permanent resident who has been ordinarily resident in Canada for more than one year after the time at which he first became eligible to apply for Canadian citizenship;

(xvi) "shareholder" means a shareholder of the Corporation;

(xvii) "special resolution" means a resolution that is

(A) submitted to a special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation duly called for the purpose of considering the resolution and passed, with or without amendment, at such meeting by at least two-thirds of the votes cast, or

(B) consented to in writing by each shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at such a meeting or his attorney authorized in writing;

(xviii) "subsidiary" means in relation to another body corporate, a body corporate which

(A) is controlled by

(1) that other. or

(2) that other and one or more bodies corporate each of which is controlled by that other, or

(3) is a subsidiary of a body corporate that is that other's subsidiary:

(B) is a subsidiary of a body corporate that is that other's subsidiary;

1.02 Interpretation

In each by--law and resolution, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular and the masculine shall include the feminine. Wherever reference is made in this or any other by-law or in any' special resolution to any statute or section thereof such reference shall be deemed to extend and refer to any amendment to or re-enactment of such statute or section, as the case may be.

1.03 Headings and Table of Contents

The headings and table of contents in this by-law' are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of the provisions of this by-law.


ARTICLE TWO

GENERAL

2.01 Registered Office

The Corporation may by resolution of the directors change the location of its registered office within the municipality or geographic township specified in the articles.

2.02 Corporate Seal

The Corporation may have a corporate seal which shall be adopted and may he changed by resolution of the directors.

2.03 Financial Year

The directors may by resolution fix the financial year end of the Corporation and the directors may from time to time by resolution change the financial year end of the Corporation.

2.04 Execution of Documents

(a) Instruments in writing requiring execution by the C'orporation may he signed on behalf of the Corporation by

(i) the Chairman of the Board.

(ii) the President,

(iii)any two persons one of whom holds the office of Managing Director. Vice-President or director and the other of whom holds one of the said offices or the office of Secretary Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, or

(iv) any two directors

and all instruments in writing so signed shall be binding upon the Corporation without any further authorization or formality. The board may from time to time by resolution appoint any officer or officers or any other person or persons on behalf of the Corporation either to sign instruments in writing generally or to sign specific instruments in writing.

(h) The corporate seal of the Corporation (if any) may he affixed to instruments in writing signed as aforesaid by any person authorized to sign the same or at the direction of any such person.

(c) The term "instruments in writing" as used herein shall include deeds, contracts, mortgages, hypothecs, charges, conveyances, transfers and assignments of property real or personal, immovable or movable, agreements, releases, receipts and discharges for the payment of money or other obligations, cheques, promissory notes, drafts, acceptances, bills of exchange and orders for the payment of money, conveyances, transfers and assignments of shares instruments of proxy powers of attorney, stocks, bonds, debentures or other securities or any paper writings.

(d) Subject to the provisions of section 11.04 hereof~ the signature or signatures of an officer or director, person or persons appointed as aforesaid by resolution of the directors, may, if specifically authorized by resolution of the directors, be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced upon all instruments in writing executed or issued by or on be half of the Corporation and all instruments in writing on which the signature or signatures of any of the foregoing officers, directors or persons shall he so reproduced, by authorization by resolution of the directors shall be deemed to have been manually signed by such officers or persons whose signature or signatures is or are so reproduced and shall be as valid as if they had been signed manually and notwithstanding that the officers, directors or persons whose signature or signatures is or are so reproduced may have ceased to hold office at the date of the delivery or issue of such instruments in writing.


2.05 Resolutions in Writing

(a) A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of directors or a committee of directors, is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of directors or such committee of directors.

(b) A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on that resolution at a meeting of shareholders is as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the shareholders unless a written statement with respect to the subject matter of the resolution is submitted by a director or representations in writing are submitted by the auditor in accordance with the Act.

(c) Where the Corporation has only one shareholder, or only one holder of any class or series of shares, the shareholder present in person or by proxy constitutes a meeting.

2.06 Divisions

The board may cause the business and operations of the Corporation or any part thereof to be divided into one or more divisions upon such basis, including without limitation, types of business or operations. geographical territories, product lines or goods or services, as tile board may consider appropriate in each case. From time to time the hoard or any person authorized by the board may authorize, upon such basis as may be considered appropriate in each case:

(i) the further division of the business and operations of any such division into sub--units and the consolidation of the business and operations of any such divisions or sub--units:

(ii) the designation of any such division or sub-unit by and the carrying on of the business and operations of any such division or sub-unit under, a name other than the name of the Corporation; and

(iii)the appointment of officers for any such division or sub-unit, the determination of their powers and duties, and the removal of any such officer Sc) appointed without prejudice to such officer's rights under an\' employment contract or in law, provided that any such officer shall not, as such, be an officer of the Corporation.

ARTTCLE THREE

DIRECTORS

3.01 General

The directors shall manage or supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

(a) The following persons are disqualified from being a director:

(i) a person who is less than eighteen (18) years of age,

(ii) a person who is of unsound mind and has been so found by a court in Canada or elsewhere,

(iii) a person who is not an individual, and

(iv) a person who has the status of bankrupt.

(b) Unless the articles otherwise provide, a director is not required to hold shares issued by the Corporation.

(c) Unless the Corporation is a non-resident corporation, a majority of the directors shall he resident Canadians but where the Corporation has only one or two directors, that director or one of the two directors, as the case may be shall be a resident Canadian.


3.03 Election

Subject to the provisions of the Act the directors shall he elected at the first meeting of shareholders and at each succeeding annual meeting of the shareholders.

3.04 Fixing Number of Directors

If the articles provide for a minimum and maximum number of directors, the number of directors of the Corporation and the number of directors to he elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders shall he such number as shall be determined front time to time by special resolution or, if the special resolution empowers the directors to detemfine the number, by resolution of the directors.

3.05 Term of Office

Subject to the provisions of the articles, the tem of office of a director not elected for an expressly stated term shall commence at the close of the meeting of shareholders at which he is elected and shall terminate at the close of the first annual meeting of shareholders following his election. If an election of directors is not held at the proper time the incumbent directors continue in office until their successors are elected.

3.06 Ceasing to Hold Office

A director ceases to hold office when

(i) he dies or, subject to section 3.07 of this bylaw, he resigns;

(ii) he is removed from office in accordance with the provisions of the Act or the by-laws; or

(iii)he becomes disqualified from being a director under the Act or by-laws.

3.07 Resignation of a Director

A director may resign his office as a director by giving to the Corporation his written resignation, which resignation shall become effective at the later of

(i) the time at which such resignation is received by the Corporation, or

(ii) the time specified in the resignation.

3.08 Removal

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the shareholders may by resolution at an annual or special meeting of shareholders remove any director or directors from office and may by resolution at such meeting elect any person to fill the vacancy created by the removal of such director, failing which the vacancy created by the removal of such director may be filled by the directors.

3.09 Vacancies

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Act. a quorum of directors may filla vacancy among the directors, except a vacancy resulting from

(i) an increase in the number of directors or in the maximum number of directors, as the case may he. or

(ii) a failure to elect the number of directors required to he elected at any meeting of shareholders.

(b) A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired tern of his predecessor.


(c) If there is not a quorum of directors, or if there has been a failure to elect the number of directors required by the articles or by section 3,04 hereof the directors then in office shall forthwith call a special meeting of shareholders to fill the vacancy and. if they fail to call a meeting or if there are no directors then in office, the meeting may he called by an' shareholder.

(d) Subject to the articles or by--law's. where there is a vacancy or vacancies on the board. the remaining directors may exercise all the powers of the board so long as a quorum of the board remains in office,

3.10 Remuneration

Subject to the articles and the by-laws the directors may fix the remuneration of the directors, officers and employees of the Corporation.

3.11 Power to Borrow

Unless the articles or by-laws otherwise provide, the directors may without authorization of the shareholders from time to time

(i) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation:

(ii) issue, reissue, sell or pledge debt obligations of the Corporation;

(iii)subject to the Act, give a guarantee on behalf of the Corporation to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

(iv) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or ally property of the Corporation owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation of tile Corporation.

3.12 Delegation of Power to Borrow

Unless the articles or by-laws otherwise provide, the directors may by resolution delegate any or all of the powers referred to in section 3.11 of this by-law to a director, a committee or an officer,


ARTTCLE FOUR

COMMITTEES

4.01 Appointment

Subject to the Act, the articles or the by-laws, tile directors may appoint from their number one or more committees and may by resolution delegate to any such committee any of the powers of the directors.

4.02 Canadian Membership

Except as allowed by the Act, a majority of the members of any committee appointed by the directors shall be resident Canadians.

4.03 Provisions Applicable

The following provisions shall apply to any committee appointed by the directors:

(i) unless otherwise provided by resolution of the directors, each member of a committee shall continue to be a member thereof until the expiration of his term of office as a director:

(ii) the directors may from time to time by resolution specify which member of a committee shall he the chairman thereof and, subject to the provisions of section 4.01 of this by-law. may by resolution modify dissolve or reconstitute a committee and make such regulations with respect to and impose such restrictions upon the exercise of the powers of a committee as the directors think expedient:

(iii)the meetings and proceedings of a committee shall he governed by the provisions of tile by--laws of the Corporation for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the hoard so far as the same are applicable thereto and are not superseded by any regulations or restrictions made or imposed by the directors pursuant to tile foregoing provisions hereof;

(iv) subject to subsection (v) hereof no business shall be transacted at any meeting of a committee unless a majority of the members of such committee present are resident Canadians:

(v) business may be transacted at any meeting of a committee where a majority of resident Canadian directors is not present if

(A) a resident Canadian director who is unable to be present approves in writing or by telephone or other communications facilities the business transacted at the meeting: and

(B) a majority of resident Canadian directors would have been present had that director been present at the meeting:

(vi) the members of a committee as such shall be entitled to such remuneration for their services as members of a committee as may be fixed by resolution of tile directors, who are hereby authorized to fix such remuneration;

(vii)unless otherwise provided by resolution of the hoard, the Secretary of the Corporation shall he the secretary of any committee;

(viii) subject to the provisions of section 4.02 of this by-law, the directors shall fill vacancies in a committee by appointment from among their number: and


(ix) unless otherwise provided by resolution of tile board, meetings of a committee may be convened by the direction of any member thereof

ARTICLE FIVE

MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

5.01 Place of Meetings

Meetings of the board and of any committee may he held at any place within or outside Ontario. In any financial year of the Corporation. a majority of the meetings of the hoard and a majority of the meetings of any committee need not beheld within Canada.

5.02 Calling of Meetings

A meeting of the board maybe called at any time by the Chairman of the Board the President (if he is a director), a Vice-President (if he is a director) or any two of the directors and the Secretary' shall cause notice of a meeting of directors to be given when so directed h~' any such person or persons.

5.03 Notice of Meetings

(a) Notice of any' meeting of the hoard specifying the time and, except where the meeting is to he held as provided for in section 5.06 of the by-law, the place for the holding of such meeting shall be given in accordance with the terms of section 15.01 hereof to every director not less than two day's before the date of tile meeting.

(b) Notice of an adjourned meeting of the hoard is not required to be given if the time and place of the adjourned meeting is announced at the original meeting.

(c) Meetings of the board may beheld at any lime without formal notice if all the directors are present or if all the directors who are not present. in writing or by cable, telegram or any form of transmitted or recorded communication, waive notice or signi1~' their consent to the meeting being held without formal notice. Notice of any meeting or any irregularity' in any meeting or in the notice thereof may be waived by any director either before or after such meeting. Attendance of a director at a meeting of the hoard is a waiver of notice of the meeting. except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on tile grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

5.04 Regular Meetings

The hoard may by resolution fix a day or days in any month or months for the holding of regular meetings at a time and place specified in such resolution. , copy of any resolution of the board specifying the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the board shall be sent to each director at least two days before the first of such regular meetings and no other notice shall he required for any of such regular meetings.

5.05 First Meeting of New Board

For the first meeting of the board to be held immediately following tile election of directors at an annual or other meeting of tile shareholders or for a meeting of the board at which a director is appointed to fill a vacancy in the board, no notice need be given to the newly elected or appointed director or directors.


5.06 Participation by Telephone

If all the directors present at or participating in the meeting consent, a meeting of the board or of a committee may be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and a director participating in such a meeting by such means is deemed to be present in person at that meeting for the purposes of the Act and this by-law

5.07 Chairman

The chairman of any meeting of the board shall be the first mentioned of such of the following officers as have been appointed and who is a director and who is present at tile meeting: Chairman of the Board, Managing Director, President or a Vice-President. If no such officer is present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

5.08 Quorum

(a) Subject to the articles, the by--laws, and subsection 5.08(b) of this by--law, a majority of tile number of directors or minimum number of directors required by tile articles constitutes a quorum at any meeting of the board. but iii no case shall a quorum he less than two--fifths of the number of directors or minimum number of directors, as tile case may he.

(h) Where the Corporation has fewer than three directors, the director or both directors, as the case may be, must be present at any meeting of the board to constitute a quorum.

(c) Subject to subsection 5.08 (d) hereof directors, other than directors of a non-resident corporation, shall not transact business at a meeting of directors unless a quorum of the hoard is present and a majority of the directors present are resident Canadians.

(d) Directors may transact business at a meeting of directors where a majority of resident Canadian directors is not present if,

(e) a resident Canadian director who is unable to be present approves in writing or by telephone or other communications facilities tile business transacted at the meeting, and

(i) a majority of resident Canadian directors would have been present had that director been present at tile meeting.

5.09 Voting

All questions arising at any meeting of tile hoard shall he decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall not have, in addition to his original vote, a second or casting vote,

5.10 Auditor

The auditor shall be entitled to attend at the expense of the Corporation and be heard at meetings of the board on matters relating to his duties as auditor.


ARTICLE SIX

STANDARD OF CARE OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

6.01 Standard of Care

6.02 Every director amid officer ill exercising his powers and discharging his duties shah,

(i) act honestly and in good faith with a view to tile best interests of tile Corporation; and

(ii) exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

6.02 Liability for Acts of Others

Subject to tile provisions of section 6.01 of this by-law, no director or officer shall be liable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or officer or employee or for joining ill any receipts or acts for conformity or for any loss, damage, or expense happening to the Corporation through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to ally property acquired by order of the hoard for or on behalf of tile Corporation or for the insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the moneys of or belonging to the Corporation shall be placed out or invested or for any loss or damage arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency, or tortuous act of any person, firm or corporation with whom or which any money's, securities or effects of the Corporation shall he lodged or deposited or for any' loss occasioned by any' error of judgment or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in the execution of the duties of his respective office or trust or in relation thereto, unless the same are occasioned by his own willful neglect or default: provided that nothing herein shall relieve any director or officer from the duty to act ill accordance with the Act and the regulations there under or from liability for any branch thereof

ARTICILE SEVEN

FOR THE PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.01 Indemnification by Corporation

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer, a former director or officer or a person who acts or acted at the Corporation's request as a director or officer of a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was a shareholder or creditor, and his heirs and legal representatives, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an an1ount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of the Corporation or such body corporate, if

(i) he acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation: and

(ii) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation may from time to time enter into agreements pursuant to which the Corporation agrees to indemnify one or more persons in accordance with the provisions of this section.

(b) The Corporation shall, subject to the approval of the Ontario Court (General Division), indemnify a person referred to in subsection 7.01 (a) of this by-law in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or body corporate to procure a judgment ill its favor, to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or an officer of the Corporation or body corporate, against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action if he fulfils the conditions set out in clauses 7.0h(a)(i) and 7.Oi(a)(ii) of this by-law.


(c) Notwithstanding anything iii this Article, a person referred to in subsection 7.01 (a) of this by-law is entitled to indemnity from the Corporation in respect of all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of tile Corporation or body corporate, if the person seeking indemnity

(i) was substantially' successful on the merits in his defense of the action or proceeding, and

(ii) fulfills the conditions set out in clause 7.01(a)(i) of this by-law.

7.02 Insurance

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for tile benefit of any person referred to in subsection 7.0 1(a) of this by--law against any liability incurred by him

(i) in his capacity as a director or officer except where the liability relates to his failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Corporation, or

(ii) in his capacity as a director or officer of another body corporate where he acts or acted In that capacity at the Corporations request, except where the liability relates to his failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the body corporate.

7.03 Directors Expenses

The directors shall he reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board, committee or shareholders' meetings or otherwise in respect of the performance by them of their duties and no confirmation by the shareholders of any such reimbursement shall be required.

7.04 Performance of Services for Corporation

Subject to Article S of tins by-law, if any director or officer shall be employed by or shall perform services for the Corporation otherwise than as a director or officer or shall he a member of a firm or a shareholder, director or officer of a body corporate which is employed by or performs services for the Corporation, the fact of his being a director or officer shall not disentitle such director or officer or such firm or company, as the case may be, from receiving proper remuneration for such services.


ARTICLE EIGHT

INTEREST OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN CONTRACTS

8.01 Disclosure of Interest

A director or officer who,

(i) is a party lo a material contract or transaction or proposed material contract or transaction with the Corporation; or

(ii) is a director or an officer of, or has a material interest in. any person who is a party to a material contract or transaction or proposed material contract or transaction with the Corporation, shall disclose in writing to the Corporation or request to have entered in the minutes of meeting of directors the nature and extent of his interest.

8.02 Time of Disclosure by Director

The disclosure required by section 8.01 of this by-law shall he made, in the case of a director,

(i) at the meeting at which a proposed contract or transaction is first considered:

(ii) if the director was not then interested in a proposed contract or transaction, at the first meeting after he becomes so interested;

(iii)if the director becomes interested after a contract is made or a transaction is entered into, at the first meeting after lie becomes so interested: or

(iv) if a person who is interested in a contract or transaction later becomes a director, at the first meeting after he becomes a director,

8.03 Time of Disclosure by Officer

The disclosure required by section 8.01 of this by-law shall be made, in the case of an officer who is not a director,

(i) forthwith after he becomes aware that the contract or transaction or proposed contract or transaction is to he considered or has been considered at a meeting of directors:

(ii) if the officer becomes interested after a contract is made or a transaction is entered into, forthwith after he becomes so interested; or

(iii)if a person who is interested in a contract or transaction later becomes an officer, forthwith after he becomes an officer.

8.04 Time of Disclosure in Extraordinary Cases

Notwithstanding sections 8.02 and 8.03 of this by-law, where section 8.01 of this by-law applies to a director or officer in respect of a material contract or transaction or proposed material contractor transaction that, in the ordinary course of the Corporation's business, would not require approval by the directors or shareholders, the director or officer shall disclose in writing to the Corporation or request to have entered in the minutes of meetings of directors the nature and extent of his interest forthwith after the director or officer becomes aware of the contract or transaction or proposed contract or transaction,


8.05 Voting by Interested Director

A director referred to in section 8.01 of this by-law shall not vote on any resolution to approve the contract or transaction unless tile contract or transaction is,

(i) an arrangement by way of security for money lent to or obligations undertaken by him for the benefit of the Corporation or an affiliate;

(ii) one relating primarily to his remuneration as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or an affiliate:

(iii) one for indemnity or insurance pursuant to the provisions of the Act: or

(iv) one with an affiliate.

8.06 Nature of Disclosure

For the purposes of this Article, a general notice to the directors by a direct or officer disclosing that he is a director or officer of or has a material interest iii a person and is to be regarded as interested in any contract made or any transactional entered into with that personal is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to any' contract so made or transaction so entered into.

8.07 Effect of Disclosure

Where a material contract is made or a material transaction is entered into between the Corporation and a director or officer of tile Corporation, or between the Corporation and another person of which a director or officer of the Corporation is a director or officer or in which he has a material interest.

(i) the director or officer is not accountable to the Corporation or its shareholders for any profit or gain realized from the contract or transaction; and

(ii) the contract or transaction is neither void nor voidable, by reason only' of that relationship or by' reason only that the director is present at or is counted to determine the presence of a quorum at the meeting of directors that authorized the contract or transaction, if the director or officer disclosed his interest in accordance with sections 8.02. 8.03. 8.04 or 8.06 of this by-law. as the case may he, and the contract or transaction was reasonable and fair to the Corporation at the time it was so approved.

8.08 Confirmation by Shareholders

Notwithstanding anything in this Article, a director or officer, acting honestly and in good faith, is not accountable to the Corporation or to its shareholders for any profit or gain realized from any such contract or transaction by reason only of his holding the office of director or officer, and the contract or transaction, if it was reasonable and fair to the Corporation at the time it was approved, is not by reasonal only of the director's or officer's interest therein void or voidable, where.

(i) the com1tract or transaction is confirmed or approved by special resolution at a meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose: and

(ii) the nature and extent of the director's or officer's interest in the contract or transaction are disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling tile meeting or in the information circular required pursuant to the provisions of tile Act,


ARTICLE NINE

OFFICERS

9.01 Officers

Subject to the articles and the by-laws, the hoard shall, annually or as often as maybe required, by resolution appoint a President or Chairman of the Board and a Secretary. In addition, the board may from time to time by' resolution appoint such other officers as the board determines to be necessary or advisable in tile interests of tile Corporation, which officers shall, subject to the Act, have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the hoard, None of the said officers, other than the Chairman of the Board, need be a member of the hoard. Any two or more offices of tile Corporation may be held by the same person, except those of President and Vice-President. If the same person holds both the office of Secretary and the office of Treasurer, he may he known as Secretary-Treasurer.

9.02 Appointment of President or Chairman of the Board and Secretary

At the first meeting of the board after each annual meeting of shareholders, the hoard shall appoint a President or Chairman of the Board and a Secretary. In default of such appointment, the then incumbent shall hold office until his successor is appointed.

9.03 Remuneration and Removal of Officers

The remuneration of all officers shall he determined from time to time by the board. The fact that any officer is a director or shareholder shall not disqualify him from receiving such remuneration as may be so determined. All officers shall be subject to removal by resolution of the board at any time.

9.04 Duties of Officers may be Delegated

In ease of the absence or inability to act of the Chairman of the Board or the President. or any other officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the board may deem sufficient, the board may delegate the powers of such officer to any other officer or to any director for the time being.

9.05 Chairman of the Board

Time Chairman of the Board shall if present, preside at all meetings of directors and shareholders. 1-Ic shall sign all instruments which require his signature and shall perform all duties incident to his office, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board.

9.06 President

Time President shall sign all instruments which require his signature and shall perform all duties incident to his office, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board.


9.07 Managing Director

Subject to the Act, articles and by-laws, the directors may appoint from their number a Managing Director who is a resident Canadian, and may delegate to such Managing Director any of time powers of the directors. The Managing Director shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board.

9.08 General Manager

The General Manager shall have such authority to manage the business of the Corporation and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of time hoard.

9.09 Vice-President

During time President's absence or inability or refusal to act, the President's duties may be performed and his powers may he exercised by the Vice-President, or if there are more than one, by the Vice-Presidents in order of seniority or designation (as determined by the hoard), except that no Vice-President shall preside at a meeting of the hoard unless he is a director. A Vice-President shall also have such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to time he prescribed by resolution of time board.

9.10 Secretary

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to he given to shareholders, directors, auditors and members of any committee, He shall enter or cause to be entered in the books kept for that purpose minutes of all proceedings at meetings of directors and of shareholders. He shall he the custodian of the seal (if any) of the Corporation and of all books, papers, records, documents and other instruments belonging to the Corporation. The Secretary have such other authority and perform such other duties as may from tulle to time be prescribed by resolution of the board.

9.11 Treasurer

The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit the same in the name of the Corporation in such hank or hanks or with such depositary or depositaries as the board may by resolution direct, He shall at all reasonable times exhibit his books and accounts to any director upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours. He shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his signature and shall perform all duties incident to his office or that are properly required of him by resolution of the board. He may be required to give such bond for the faithful performance of his duties as the hoard in its uncontrolled discretion may require hut no director shall he liable for failure to require any bond or for the insufficiency of any bond or for any loss by reason of the failure of the Corporation to receive any indemnity thereby provided. Tile Treasurer shall also have such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board.

9.12 Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer

(a) During the Secretary's absence or inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Secretary shall perform all the duties of the Secretary. The Assistant Secretary' shall also have such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board.

(b) During the Treasurer's absence or inability or refusal to act, the Assistant Treasurer shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer, The Assistant Treasurer shall also have such other authority and perform such other duties as may from time to lime he prescribed by resolution of the board.


9.13 Delegation of Board Powers

In accordance with the by-laws and subject to the provisions of the Act, the hoard may from time to time by resolution delegate to any officer or officers power to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation.

9.14 Vacancies

If any office of the Corporation shall for any reason he or become vacant, the directors by resolution may appoint a person to fill such vacancy.

9.15 Variation of Powers and Duties

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the hoard may from time to time and subject to the provisions of the Act, add to or limit the powers and duties of an office or of an officer occupying any office.

9.16 Chief Executive Officer

(a) The hoard may by resolution designate any one of time officers (including the Chairman of time Board, if any) as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and may from time to time by resolution rescind any such designation and designate another officer as the Chief Executive Officer of time Corporation.

(b) The officer designated as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall exercise general supervision over the affairs of the Corporation.

ARTICLE TEN

MEETINGS OF SIIAREHOLDERS

10.01 Calling of Meetings

A meeting of shareholders may he called at any time by resolution of the board or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President, and time Secretary shall cause notice of a meeting of shareholders to be given when directed so to do by resolution of the board or by the Chairman of the Board or by the President.

10.02 Annual Meeting

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of shareholders not later than eighteen (18) months after the Corporation comes into existence and subsequently not later than fifteen (15) months after holding the last preceding annual meeting for the purpose of considering the financial statements and the auditor's report, electing directors and appointing auditors.

10.03 Special Meeting

Subject to the provisions of the Act, a special meeting of shareholders may be called at any time and may beheld in conjunction with an annual meeting of shareholders.


10.04 Place of Meetings

Subject to the articles, a meeting of shareholders shall beheld at such place in or outside Ontario as the directors determine or, in the absence of such a determination, at the place where the registered office of the Corporation is located.

10.05 Notice

Notice of the time and place of each meeting of shareholders shall be given not less than twenty-one (21) days and not more than fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting to each director, to the auditor and to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. A notice of a meeting is not required to he sent to shareholders with were not registered on the records of the Corporation or its transfer agent on time record date determined under subsection 10.09(a) of this by--law but failure to receive a notice does not deprive a shareholder of tile right to vote at the meeting.

10.06 Contents of Notice

The notice of a meeting of shareholders shall state time day, hour and place of the meeting, and shall state or be accompanied by a statement of

(i) the nature of any special business to be transacted at the meeting in sufficient detail to permit a shareholder to form a reasoned judgment thereon, and

(ii) the text of any special resolution or by-law to he submitted to the meeting.

For the purposes of this section "special business" includes all business transacted data special meeting of shareholders and all business transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders except consideration of the minutes of aim earlier meeting, the financial statements and auditor's report, election of directors and reappointment of the incumbent auditor,

10.07 Waiver of Notice

A shareholder and any other person entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders may in any manner and at any time waive notice of a meeting of shareholders, and attendance of any such person at a meeting of shareholders is a waiver of notice of time meeting, except where he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of army business on time grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called.

10.08 Notice of Adjourned Meetings

(a) If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at tile earliest meeting that is adjourned.

(b) If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall he given as for an original meeting.

10.09 Record Date for Notice

(a) The directors may by resolution fix in advance a time and date as the record date for time determination of the shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting of tile shareholders, which record date shall not precede by more than fifty (50) days or by less than twenty-one (21) days the date on which time meeting is to be held. Where no such record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of a meeting of time shareholders is fixed by the directors as aforesaid, such record date shall be.


(i) at the chose of business on the day immediately preceding time day on which notice of such meeting is given, or

(ii) if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held;

(b) If a record date is fixed pursuant to subsection (a) of this section, unless notice of the record date is waived in writing by every holder of a share of the class or series affected whose name is set out in the securities register at the close of business on the day the directors fix the record date, notice thereof shall he given, not less than seven days before the date so fixed, in accordance with section 13.03 hereof

10.10 Omission of Notice

Subject to tile provisions of the Act, the accidental omission to give notice of any meeting of shareholders to any person entitled thereto or the non-receipt of any notice by any such person shall not invalidate any resolution passed or any proceedings taken at any meeting of shareholders.

10.11 List of Shareholders

(a) The Corporation shall prepare a list of shareholders entitled to receive notice of a meeting. arranged in alphabetical order and showing tile number of shares held by each shareholder, which list shall he prepared.

(i) if a record date is fixed under subsection 10.09(a) of this by-haw not later than ten days after such record date; or

(ii) if no record date is fixed.

(A) at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given, or

(B) where no notice is given, on the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) A shareholder may examine the list of shareholders,

(i) during usual business hours at the registered office of the Corporation or at the place where its central securities register is maintained, and

(ii) at the meeting of shareholders for which the list was prepared.

10.12 Shareholders Entitled to Vote

(a) Where the Corporation fixes a record date under subsection 10.09(a) of this by-law, a person named in the list prepared under section 10,1! of this by-law is entitled to vote the shares shown opposite his name at the meeting to which the list relates, except to the extent that,

(i) the person has transferred any of his shares after the record date: and


(ii) the transferee of those shares,

(A) produces properly endorsed share certificates, or

(B) otherwise establishes that he owns the shares, and demands, not later than ten days before time meeting. or such shorter period before lime meeting as the by laws of the Corporation may provide that his name be included in the list before the meeting, in which case the transferee is entitled to vote such shares at the meeting.

(b) Where the Corporation does not fix a record date under subsection 10.09(a) of this by-law a person named in the list prepared under section 10.11 is entitled to vote the shares shown opposite his name at the meeting to which tile list relates, except to the extent that,

(i) the person has transferred any of his shares after the date on which tile 1t5t referred to in section 10.11 of this by--law is prepared, and

(ii) the transferee of those shares,

(A) produces properly endorsed share certificates, or

(B) otherwise establishes that he owns tile shares,

and demands not hater than ten day's before the meeting, or such shorter period before the meeting as the by-laws of the Corporation may provide. that his name he included in the list before the meeting to which case tile transferee is entitled to vote such shares at the meeting.

10.13 Persons Entitled to he Present

The only persons entitled to attend a meeting of shareholders shall be those entitled to vote thereat and the President, the Secretary, the directors, the scrutinizer or scrutinizers and the auditor and others who, although not entitled to vote, are entitled or required under an~ provision of the Act or the articles or the by-laws to be present at the meeting. Any other person may be admitted only on the invitation of the chairman of the meeting or with the consent of the meeting.

10.14 Proxies

(a) Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may by means of a proxy appoint a proxy holder, or one or more alternate proxy holders, who need not be shareholders, as his nominee to attend and act at the meeting in the manner. to the extent and with the authority conferred by time proxy.

(b) A proxy shall be executed by the shareholder or his attorney authorized in writing or, if tile shareholder is a body corporate, by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized and shall conform with the requirements of the Act.

10.15 Revocation of Proxies

A shareholder may revoke a proxy

(i) by depositing an instrument in writing executed by him or by his attorney authorized in writing.

(A) at the registered office of the Corporation at any time up to and including the last business day preceding the day of the meeting, or any adjournment thereof, at which the proxy is to be used, or


(B) with the chairman of the meeting on the day of the meeting or an adjournment thereof; or

(ii) in any other manner permitted by law,

10.16 Deposit of Proxies

The directors may by resolution fix a time not exceeding forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, preceding any meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders before which time proxies to he used at that meeting must be deposited with the Corporation or an agent thereof, and any period of time so fixed shall he specified in the notice calling the meeting.

10.17 Joint Shareholders

Where two (2) or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those holders present at a meeting of shareholders may' in the absence of tile others votes the shares, but if two (2) or more of those persons are present, in person or by proxy, they shall vote as one on the shares jointly held by them.

10.18 Chairman and Secretary

(a) The chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall he the first mentioned of such of tile following officers as have been appointed and who is present at the meeting: Chairman of the Board. President, Managing Director or. in the absence of the aforesaid officers, a Vice-President who is a director, If there is no such officer or if at a meeting none of them is present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting of the shareholders present shall choose a person from their number to be the chairman.

(b) The Secretary shall be time secretary of any meeting of shareholders, hut if the Secretary is absent. the chairman shall appoint some person who need not he a shareholder to act as secretary of the meeting.

10.19 Scrutineers

The chairman of any meeting of shareholders may appoint one or more persons to act as scrutineer or scrutineers at such meeting and in that capacity to report to the chairman such information as to attendance, representation, voting and other matters at the meeting as the chairman shall direct.

10.20 Votes to Govern

At all meetings of shareholders every question shall unless otherwise required by law, the articles, the by-laws or a unanimous shareholder agreement. be determined by the majority of the votes duly east on the question. In case of an equality of votes, the chairman presiding at the meeting shall not have a second or casting vote in addition to time vote or votes to which he may be entitled as a shareholder,

10.21 Show of Hands

At all meetings of shareholders, every question submitted to time meeting shall be decided by a show of hands unless a ballot thereon is required by the chairman or is demanded by a shareholder or proxy holder present and entitled to vote. Upon a show of hands every person present who is either a shareholder entitled to vote or the duly appointed proxy holder of such a shareholder shall have one vote. Before or after a vote by a show of hands has been taken upon any question, the chairman may require, or any shareholder or proxy holder present and entitled to vote may demand, a ballot thereon. Unless a ballot is demanded, an entry in the minutes of a meeting of shareholders to the effect that the chairman declared a motion to be carried is admissible in evidence as prima facie proof of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the motion.


10.22 Ballots

If a ballot is required by the chairman of time meeting or is duly demanded by any shareholder or proxy holder and the demand is not withdrawn, a ballot upon time question shall be taken in such manner and at such time as the chairman of the meeting shall direct.

10.23 Votes on Ballots

Unless the articles otherwise provide upon a ballot each shareholder who is present in person or represented by proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each share in respect of which he is entitled to vote at the meeting and the result of the ballot shall be the decision of the meeting

10.24 Adjournment

The chairman presiding at a meeting of shareholders may with the consent of the meeting and subject to such conditions as the meeting decides, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place and, subject to the provisions of the Act and subsection 10.08(b) of this by-law no notice of such adjournment or of time adjourned meeting need be given to time shareholders. Subject to the provisions of time. At any business may be brought before or dealt with at any adjourned meeting which might have been brought before or dealt with at the original meeting in accordance with the notice calling such meeting.

10.25 Quorum

At any meeting of shareholders, two (2) individuals present in person, each of whom is either a shareholder entitled to attend and vote at such meeting or time proxy holder of such a shareholder appointed by means of a valid proxy, shall be a quorum for the choice of a chairman (if required) and for the adjournment of the meeting. For all other purposes a quorum for any meeting of shareholders (unless a greater number of shareholders and/or a greater number of shares are required by the Act or by the articles or the by-laws) shall be two
(2) individuals present in person, each of whom is either a shareholder entitled to attend and vote at such meeting or the proxy holder of such a shareholder appointed by means of a valid proxy, holding or representing by proxy not less than 5% of the total number of the issued shares of the Corporation for the time being enjoying voting rights at such meeting.

10.26 Only One Shareholder

Where the Corporation has only one shareholder, or only one holder of any class or series of shares that shareholder present in person or by proxy constitutes a meeting.


ARTICLE ELEVEN

SHARES AND TRANSFERS

11.01 Issuance

Subject to the provisions of the Act and the articles, shares of tile Corporation may be issued at such time and to such persons and for such consideration as the directors may by resolution determine, but no share shall be issued until it is filly paid in money or in property or past service that is not less in value than the fair equivalent of the money that the Corporation would have received if time share had been issued for money.

11.02 Commissions

The directors may from time to time authorize the Corporation to pay a reasonable commission to any person in consideration of his purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Corporation from the Corporation or from any other person or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for any such shares.

11.03 Share Certificates

(a) Every shareholder is entitled at his option to a share certificate or to a non-transferable written acknowledgment of his right to obtain a share certificate from the Corporation stating time number and class of shares and the designation of any series of shares held by him.

(b) Share certificates and acknowledgements of a shareholder's right to a share certificate, respectively, shall (subject to compliance with the provisions of tile Act) be in such form as the directors may from time to time by resolution approve and, unless otherwise provided by' resolution of the hoard, such certificates amid acknowledgements shall be signed by

(i) the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice-President, and

(ii) the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary holding office at the time of signing,

and notwithstanding any change in the persons holding such offices between the time of actual signing and the issuance of any certificate or acknowledgement and notwithstanding that the Chairman of the Board, the President, Vice-President. Secretary' or Assistant Secretary signing may not have held office at the date of the issuance of such certificate or acknowledgment, any such certificate or acknowledgement so signed shall he valid and binding upon the Corporation.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 2.04 of this by-law the signature of the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice-President may be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced upon certificates and acknowledgements for shares of the Corporation, and certificates amid acknowledgements so signed shall be deemed to have been manually signed by the Chairman of the Board. the President or a Vice-President whose signature is so printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon and shall be as valid as if they had been signed manually. Where the Corporation has appointed a transfer agent pursuant to subsection 11.05(a) of this by-law the signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary may also be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced, and when countersigned by or on behalf of a transfer agent. share certificates and acknowledgements so signed shall be as valid as if they had been signed manually.


11.04 Transfer Agent

(a) For each class of securities and warrants issued by it. the Corporation may, from time to time, appoint or remove

(i) a trustee. transfer agent or other agent to keep the securities register and tile register of transfers and one or more persons or agents to keep branch registers; and

(ii) a registrar, trustee or agent to maintain a record of issued security certificates and warrants;

and the person or persons appointed pursuant to this subsection shall be referred to in this by-law as a "transfer agent".

(b) Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Act, the directors may by resolution provide for time transfer and tile registration of transfers of shares of tile Corporation in one or more places. A transfer agent shall keep all necessary books amid registers of tile Corporation for the registration and transfer of such shares of the Corporation. All share certificates issued by the Corporation for shares for which a transfer agent has been appointed as aforesaid shall be countersigned by or on behalf of the said transfer agent.

11.05 Transfer of Shares

Shares of the Corporation shall he transferable on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Act.

11.06 Defaced. Destroyed. Stolen or lost Certificates

Where the owner of a share or shares of the Corporation claims that time certificate for such share or shares has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, time Corporation shall issue a new share certificate in place of the original share certificate if such owner

(i) so requests before the Corporation has notice that shares represented by the original certificate have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser:

(ii) flies with the Corporation an indemnity bond sufficient in the Corporation's opinion to protect the Corporation and any transfer agent from any loss that it or any of them may suffer by complying with the request to issue a new share certificate: and

(iii)satisfies army other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

11.07 Joint Shareholders

If two (2) or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share or shares, the Corporation is not bound to issue more than one share certificate in respect thereof and delivery of a share certificate to one of such persons is sufficient delivery to all of them.

11.08 Deceased Shareholders

In the event of the death of a holder or of one of the joint holders of any share, the Corporation shall not be required to make any entry in the securities register or register of transfers in respect thereof or to make payment of any dividends thereon except upon production of all such documents as may be required by law and upon compliance with the reasonable requirements of the Corporation or any of its transfer agents.


ARTICLE TWELVE

DIVIDENDS

12.01 Declaration of Dividends

Subject to the provisions of the Act and the articles, the directors may from time to time declare and the Corporation may pay dividends to the shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in the Corporation. Dividends maybe paid in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares of the Corporation or options or rights to acquire filly paid shares of the Corporation.

12.02 Joint Shareholders

(a) In ease several persons are registered as joint holders of any share or shares of the Corporation, the cheque for any dividend payable to such joint holders shall, unless such joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of all such joint holders and if more than one address appears on the hooks of the Corporation in respect of such joint holding the cheque shall he mailed to the first address so appearing.

(b) In case several persons are registered as the joint holders of any share or shares of time Corporation any one of such persons may give effectual receipts for all dividends and payments on account of dividends on such shares and or payments in respect of time redemption of such shares

12.03 Dividends from Funds Derived from Operations

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Corporation may if

(i) for the time being it carries oil as its principal business the business of operating a producing mining, gas or oil property owned and controlled by it:

(ii) at least seventy-five per cent (75%) of its assets are of a wasting character; or

(iii)it was incorporated for the purpose of acquiring the assets or a substantial part of the assets of a body corporate and administering such assets for the purpose of converting them into cash and distributing the cash among the shareholders; declare and pay dividends out of the funds derived from its operations notwithstanding that the value of the net assets of the Corporation may be thereby reduced to less than its stated capital of all classes if the payment of the dividends does not reduce the value of its remaining assets to an amount insufficient to meet all the liabilities of the Corporation, exclusive of its stated capital of all classes.


ARTICLE TIIIRTEEN

RECORD DATES

13.01 Fixing Record Dates

For the purpose of determining shareholders

(i) entitled to receive payment of a dividend;

(ii) entitled to participate in a liquidation or distribution: or

(iii)for any other purpose except the right to receive notice of or to vote at a meeting,

the directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for such determination of shareholders. but such record date shall not precede by more than fifty (50) days the particular action to be taken.

13.02 No Record Date Fixed

If no record date is fixed pursuant to section 13.01 hereof~ time record date for the determination of shareholders for any purpose other than to establish a shareholder's right to receive notice of a meeting or to vote shall beat the close of business on the day on which the directors pass the resolution relating thereto.

13.03 Notice of Record Date

If a record date is fixed unless notice of the record date is waived in writing by every holder of a share of the class or series affected whose name is set out in the securities register at the close of business on the day the directors fix the record date, notice thereof shall he given not less than seven days before the date so fixed.

(i) by advertisement in a newspaper published or distributed in the place where the Corporation has its registered office and in each place in Canada where it has a transfer agent or where a transfer of its shares may be recorded: and

(ii) by written notice to each stock exchange in Canada on which the shares of the Corporation are listed for trading.

13.04 Effect of Record Date

In every case where a record date is fixed pursuant to section 13.01 hereof ill respect of tile payment of a dividend, the making of a liquidation distribution or the issue of warrants or other rights to subscribe for shares or other securities, only shareholders of record at the record date shall he entitled to receive such dividend, liquidation distribution, warrants or otller rights.


ARTICLE FOURTEEN

CORPORATE RECORDS AND INFORMATION

14.01 Keeping of Corporate Records

(a) The Corporation shall prepare and maintain, at its registered office or at such other place in Ontario designated by the directors:

(i) the articles and the by-laws and all amendments thereto.

(ii) minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders;

(iii)a register of directors in which are set out the names and residence addresses, while directors, including the street and number, if any, of all persons who are or have been directors with the several dates on which each became or ceased to be a director;

(iv) a securities register in which are recorded the securities issued by the Corporation in registered form, showing with respect to each class or series of securities

(A) the names, alphabetically arranged, of persons who,

(1) are or have been within six years registered as shareholders and the address including the street and number, if any, of every such person while a holder, and the number and class of shares registered in the name of such holder,

(2) are or have been within six years registered as holders of debt obligations of the Corporation and the address including the street and number, if any, of every such person while a holder, and time class or series and principal amount of the debt obligations registered in the name of such holder, or

(3) are or have been within six years registered as holders of warrants of the Corporation, other than warrants exercisable within one year from tile date of issue and the address including the street and number, if any, of every such person while a registered holder, amid the class or series and number of warrants registered in the name of such holder; and

(B) the date and particulars of the issue of each security and warrants.

(b) In addition to the records described in subsection (a) of this section, the Corporation shall prepare and maintain adequate accounting records amid records containing minutes of meetings and resolutions of time directors amid any committee. The records described in this subsection shall be kept at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other place in Ontario as is designated by the directors and shall be open to examination by any director during normal business hours of the Corporation.

(c) The Corporation shall also cause to he kept a register of transfers in which all transfers of securities issued by the Corporation in registered form and the date and other particulars of each transfer shall beset out.

14.02 Access to Corporate Records

Shareholders and creditors of the Corporation and their agents and legal representatives may examine the records referred to in subsection 14.01(a) of this by-law during the usual business hours of the Corporation and may take extracts therefrom, free of charge. If tile Corporation is an offering corporation, any other person may examine such records during the usual business hours of the Corporation and may take extracts therefrom upon payment of a reasonable fee.


14.03 Copies of Certain Corporate Records

A shareholder is entitled upon request and without charge to one copy of the articles and by-laws.

14.04 Report to Shareholders

A copy of the financial statements of the Corporation, a copy of the auditor's report, if any, to the shareholders and a copy of any further information respecting the financial position of the Corporation and the results of its operations required by the articles or the by-laws which are to he placed before an annual meeting of shareholders pursuant to the Act shall be sent to each shareholder not less than twenty-one (21) days or before the signing of a resolution in accordance with the Act in lieu of such annual meeting, except to a shareholder who has informed the Corporation in writing that he does not wish to receive a copy of those documents,

14.05 No Discovery of Information

Except as specifically provided for in this Article, and subject to all applicable law, no shareholders shall be entitled to or to require discovery of any information respecting any details or conduct of the Corporation's business which in the opinion of the directors would be inexpedient or inadvisable in the interests of the Corporation to communicate to the public.

14.06 Conditions for Inspection

The board may from time to time by resolution determine whether and to what extent and at what times and place and under what conditions or regulations the accounts amid books of the Corporation or any of them shall he open to the inspection of shareholders and no shareholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation. except as specifically provided for in this Article or as otherwise provided for by statute or as authorized by resolution of time board.

ARTICLE FIFTEEN

NOTICES

15.01 Method of Giving

Any notice, communication or other document to be sent or give by the Corporation to a shareholder, director, officer, or auditor of the Corporation under any provision of the Act, the articles or by-laws shall be sufficiently and given if delivered personally to tile person to whom it is to he given or if delivered to his last address as shown in the records of the Corporation or its transfer agents or if mailed by prepaid ordinary mail or air mail in a sealed envelope addressed to him at his last address as shown on the records of the Corporation or its transfer agents or if sent by any means of wire or wireless or any other form of transmitted or recorded communication. The Secretary may change the address on the records of the Corporation of any shareholder in accordance with any information believed by him to be reliable. A notice, communication or document so delivered shall he deemed to have been sent and given when it is delivered personally or delivered at the address aforesaid. A notice, communication or document so mailed shall be deemed to have been sent and given on the day it is deposited in a post office or public letter box and shall be deemed to he received by the addressee on the fifth day after such mailing. A notice sent by any means of wire or wireless or any other form of transmitted or recorded communication shall be deemed to have been given when delivered to the appropriate communication corporation or agency or its representative for dispatch.


15.02 Shares Registered in More Than One Name

All notices or other documents with respect to any shares of the Corporation registered in the names of two or more persons as joint shareholders shall he addressed to all of such persons and sent to the address or addresses for such persons as shown in the records of the Corporation or its transfer agent but notice to one of such persons shall he sufficient notice to all of them,

15.03 Persons Becoming Entitled by Operation of Law

Subject to the provisions of the Act every person who by operation of law, transfer or by any other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share or shares of the Corporation shall he hound by every notice or other document in respect of such share or shares which previous to his name and address being entered on the records of the Corporation shall be duly given to the person or persons from whom he derives his title to such share or shares.

15.04 Deceased Shareholder

Any notice or document delivered or sent by mail or left at the address of any shareholder as such address appears on the records of the Corporation shall notwithstanding that such shareholder is then deceased and whether or not the Corporation has notice of his death he deemed to have been duly given or served in respect of the shares whether held solely or jointly with other persons by such shareholder until some other person is entered in his stead on the records of the Corporation as the holder or one of the joint holders thereof amid such service of such notice shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on his heirs, executors or administrators and on all persons, if any, interested with him in such shares,

15.05 Signature to Notice

The signature, if any, to any notice to he given by the Corporation may be written, stamped, typewritten., printed or otherwise mechanically reproduced in whole or in part.

15.06 Proof of Service

A certificate of the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice-President, the Secretary or the Treasurer or of any other officer in office at the time of the making of the certificate or of a transfer officer of any transfer agent or branch transfer agent of shares of army class of the Corporation as to facts in relation to the delivery or mailing or service of any notice or other document to any shareholder, director, officer or auditor or publication of any notice or other document shall, in the absence of evidence to the contrary be proof thereof

15.07 Computation of Time

Where a given number of days' notice or notice extending over any period is required to he given, the number of days or period shall be computed in accordance with the definition of "day" contained in section 1.01 of this by-law.

15.08 Waiver of Notice

Any shareholder (or his duly appointed proxy holder), director, officer, auditor or member of a committee may at any time waive any notice, or waive or abridge the time for any notice required to be given to him under any provisions of the Act, the articles, the by-laws or otherwise and such waiver or abridgement shall cure any default in the giving or in the time of such notice, as the case may be. Any such waiver or abridgement shall he in writing, except a waiver of notice of a meeting of shareholders or of the board which maybe given in any manner.


ARTICLE SIXTEEN

REPEAL OF BY-LAW NO. I

16.01 Repeal

Without affecting the validity of any actor or thing done thereunder, By-law No. I of time Corporation is hereby repealed.

PASSED AND MADE this day of 1998.


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

STATUS MODIFICATION

1. The name of the corporation is: Alpha Communications Corp.

2. The name of the corporation is changed to: Lingo Media, Inc.

3. Date of incorporation: April 22, 1996

4. The articles of the corporation are amended as follows: to change the name of the corporation to Lingo Media, Inc.

5. The amendment has been duly authorized as required by Sections 168 & 170 of the Business Corporation Act.

6. The resolution authorizing the amendment was approved by the shareholders / directors of the corporation on July 4, 2000.

The articles are signed in duplicate

ALPHA COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

/s/ Michael Kraft
------------------------------------
Michael Kraft


VANDERKAM & SANDERS

440 LOUISIANA, #475
HOUSTON, TX 77002
713-547-8900 PHONE
713-547-8910 FACSIMILE

August 16, 2002

Lingo Media Inc.
151 Bloor Street West
Suite 890
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 1S4

Re: Form F-1 Registration Statement

Gentlemen:

You have requested that we furnished you our legal opinion with respect to the legality of the following described securities of Lingo Media Inc. (the "Company") covered by a Form F-1 Registration Statement, (the "Registration Statement"), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering such securities under the Securities Act of 1933:

1. 4,700,000 shares of common stock, no par value (the "Shares") to be registered by the Company for resale; and

2. 3,250,000 shares of common stock, no par value underlying warrants to be registered by the Company for resale.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined the corporate records of the Company, including the Company's Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, and the Minutes of its Board of Directors and Shareholders meetings, the Registration Statement, and such other documents and records as we deemed relevant in order to render this opinion.

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, after the Registration Statement becomes effective and the Shares and shares underlying the warrants have been registered and delivered as described therein, the Shares and the shares underlying the warrants will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to statements made therein regarding our firm and use of our name under the heading "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus constituting a part of such Registration Statement.

Sincerely,
VANDERKAM & SANDERS

/s/ Vanderkam & Sanders


ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made on and as of the 1st day of March, 1997

AMONG:

ALPHA VENTURES INC., a corporation existing under the laws of the Province of Alberta

("Alpha Ventures")

-and

MICHAEL P. KRAFT, Richard A. Sherman, 1077431 Ontario Limited, Kraft Investments Corp., Michael P. Kraft, as beneficiary for First Marathon Securities Limited RRSP Account 4009516S and Richard Sherman, as beneficiary for Nesbitt Bums Inc. RRSP Account #371050025-13

(collectively the "Shareholders")

WHEREAS Alpha Ventures has made an offer to purchase dated April 9, 1997 (the "Offer") to the holders of common shares ("AC Shares") of Alpha Corporation ("AC") to purchase all of the issued and outstanding AC Shares, for the consideration of 1.38 common shares of Alpha Ventures for each AC Share to a total of 6,978,828 shares of Alpha Ventures.

IN CONSIDERATION of $1.00 and the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Covenants of the Shareholders pertaining to AC

On behalf of AC and to the best of each of the Shareholders' knowledge, the Shareholders represent, covenant and agree with Alpha Ventures as follows:

(a) Operation of Business. During the period commencing on the date hereof and continuing until the completion or termination of the Offer, the Shareholders agree (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or to the extent that Alpha Ventures shall otherwise consent) that they will use their best efforts to cause:

(i) AC to carry on its business in the regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted;

(ii) AC not to declare or pay any dividends on or make other distributions or payments (whether in cash, shares or property or any combination thereof) in respect of the AC Shares or take or authorize any act to implement any of the foregoing;

(iii)AC not to amend or authorize or authorize any amendment to its articles or by-laws;

(iv) AC not to issue, authorize or propose or commit to the issuance of, or, directly or indirectly, purchase or propose the purchase of any securities of AC (other than the issuance of AC Shares pursuant to the exercise of options outstanding on the date hereof);

(v) AC not to acquire or agree to acquire by amalgamating, merging,consolidating or entering into a business combination with, or by purchasing or leasing substantially all the assets of, any business or undertaking or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof;


(vi) AC not to sell, lease, transfer mortgage or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of its properties or assets;

(vii)AC not to incur indebtedness for money borrowed, or assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise become liable or responsible for the obligations of any person or issue or sell any debt securities other than borrowings in the ordinary course of business consistent with prior practice;

(viii) AC not to grant to any officer or employee of AC any increase in compensation or in severance or termination pay, or enter into any employment agreement with any officer or employee of AC;

(ix) except in the ordinary course of business, AC not to enter into or amend existing agreements, commitments or contracts which, individually or in the aggregate, are material to AC; and

(x) AC to promptly advise Alpha Ventures in writing of any material change in the financial condition or operations of AC that is likely to be materially adverse to AC.

(c) Non-Solicitation During the period commencing on the date hereof and continuing until the completion or termination of the Offer, the Shareholders will not cause AC to solicit, initiate or knowingly encourage submission of proposals or offers from any other person, entity or group relating to the acquisition or disposition of its issued and outstanding AC Shares, any amalgamation, merger, or other form of business combination involving AC, any sale, lease, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, or any take-over bid, reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation or winding up of, or other business combination or similar transaction involving AC and any other party other than Alpha Ventures (collectively, the "Proposed Transactions"); provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the board of directors of AC from responding as required by law to any submission or proposal regarding a Proposed Transaction or from making such disclosure to AC's security holders which in the judgement of the board of directors of AC upon the advice of counsel is required under applicable law. The Shareholders agree to forthwith advise Alpha Ventures of any Proposed Transaction communicated or submitted after the date hereof and the terms hereof.

(d) Access to Information The Shareholders will their best efforts to cause AC to give Alpha Ventures and its solicitors, accountants, engineers and other agents full access during reasonable business hours throughout the period from the date hereof to the time of the expiry of the Offer to information concerning the business, assets and liabilities of AC.

2. Covenants of the Shareholders

Each of the Shareholders severally covenants and agrees with Alpha Ventures as follows:

(a) Deposit AC Shares Each of the Shareholders shall deposit under the Offer all AC Shares beneficially owned by such Shareholder before the time fixed for the expiry of the Offer and thereafter shall not withdraw such deposited AC Shares under any circumstances, notwithstanding any statutory or other right of withdrawal he or it may otherwise have provided that each of the following has occurred:

(i) The shareholders of Alpha Ventures have:

(A) approved the acquisition of the AC Shares as Alpha Ventures' Major Transaction as set out and in accordance with the provisions of Policy
4.11 ("Policy 4.11") of the Alberta Securities Commission and the rules of The Alberta Stock Exchange;

(B) approved the granting of further options to purchase up to 700,000 common shares of Alpha Ventures at $0.20 each in accordance with the provisions of Alpha Ventures' Stock Option Plan;

(C) approved the continuance of Alpha Ventures to the jurisdiction of Canada;


(D) approved the amendment of the Articles to permit the directors to appoint additional directors to the board of Alpha Ventures between annual meeting of shareholders;

(ii) the Offer is not withdrawn and all of the AC Shares tendered prior to the expiry of the Offer have been taken up and paid for immediately after the expiry of the Offer;

(b)NoTransfer From the date hereof until the time of the expiry of the Offer, the Shareholders shall not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any AC Shares beneficially owned by the Shareholders on the date hereof (except by depositing AC Shares under the Offer).

3. Representations and Warranties of the Shareholders.

Each of the Shareholders severally represents and warrants to Alpha Ventures (and acknowledges that Alpha Ventures is relying upon such representations and warranties in connection with the entering into of this Agreement) that, as of the date hereof, the Shareholder is the registered beneficial owner of the number of AC Shares set opposite the Shareholder's name below, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances, security interests and other rights of others whatsoever and has good and sufficient power, authority and right to transfer or cause to be transferred the registered and beneficial title to such AC Shares to Alpha Ventures with good and marketable title thereto:

Name                                                        AC Shares
Michael Kraft1                                                 94,610
Richard Sherman2                                               35,000
1077431 Ontario Limited 3                                   1,527,550
Kraft Investments Corp.4                                    1,435,940

1. Held by First Marathon Securities Limited RRSP Account #009516S beneficially for Michael Kraft.
2. Held by Nesbitt Bums Inc. RRSP Account # 371050 25-13 beneficially for Richard Sherman.
3. 1077431 Ontario Limited is controlled by Richard Sherman.
4. Kraft Investments Corp. is controlled by Michael Kraft.

3. Counterpart and Facsimile

This Agreement and any document or instrument to be executed and delivered by the parties hereto or in connection with this Agreement may be executed and delivered in separate counterparts and delivered by one party to the other by facsimile, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement, and production of an originally executed or a copy of a transmittal facsimile of each counterpart execution page hereof shall be sufficient for purposes of proof of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or such document or instrument.

4. Further Assurances

The parties shall from time to time execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do all acts and things as the other party may reasonably require to effectively carry out or better evidence or perfect the full intent and meaning of this Agreement.


5. Successors and Assigns

This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives, successors and assigns.

6. Notices

Any demand, notice or other communication to be given in connection with this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be given by personal delivery or by facsimile transmission addressed to the recipient as follows:

To Alpha Ventures:

#500, 530 - 4th Ave. S.W. Calgary, Alberta T2P OJ9 Phone No.: (403) 266-5035 Facsimile No.: (403) 265-6368

To the Shareholders:

c/o Suite 890, 151 Bloor St. W. Toronto, Ontario M5S IS4 Phone No.: (416) 927-7000 Facsimile No.: (416) 927-1222

or to such other address or person as may be designated by notice given by one party to the other. Any such communication given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by facsimile transmission, on the date of transmission thereof.

7. Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein and the parties hereto attorn to the jurisdiction of the courts of Ontario.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

ALPHA VENTURES, INC.

                                     PER: /s/ Michael Kraft
                                         ------------------------------
                                     Name: Michael Kraft
                                     Title: President & C.E.O.
                                     An authorized signing officer

/s/                                  /s/ Michael Kraft
----------------------               ----------------------------------
Witness                              Michael Kraft


/s/                                  /s/ Richard A. Sherman
----------------------               -----------------------------------
Witness                              Richard A. Sherman


1077431 ONTARIO LIMITED              KRAFT INVESTMENTS CORP.


Per: /s/ Richard Sherman             Per: /s/ Michael Kraft
    ---------------------                -----------------------------
Name: Richard Sherman                Name: Michael Kraft
Title:                               Title:
An authorized signing officer        An authorized signing officer


/s/                                  /s/ Michael Kraft
------------------------             ---------------------------------
Witness                              Michael Kraft, as beneficiary for
                                     First Marathon Securities Limited RRSP
                                     Account #009516S


/s/                                  /s/ Richard Sherman
------------------------             -------------------------------
Witness                              Richard Sherman, as beneficiary for Nesbitt
                                     Burns, Inc. RRSP Account #37105025-13


SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the 30th day of December, 1997

BETWEEN:

INTERNATIONAL ALPHA MEDIA, INC,

(the "Purchaser)

- and -

ALPHA VENTURES INC.

("Alpha")

- and -

JOY ABERBACK and CALIBURN ENTERPRISES INC.

(collectively, the "Vendor")

WHEREAS the Vendor wishes to sell and the Purchaser wishes to purchase the Purchased Shares (as defined herein) on the terms set out herein;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that, in consideration of the covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
GENERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS

1.1 Definitions. Whenever used in this agreement, unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith, the following words and terms shall have the following meanings, respectively:

"Assets" means, with respect to any Person, all the undertaking, property and assets of the Person, whether owned, licensed or leased, of every kind and description wheresoever situated;

"Balance Sheet Date" means November 15, 1997;

"Business" means the business carried on by the Company at the date hereof, consisting of the ownership, development and distribution of the EPP;

"Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on which the principal commercial banks located at Toronto, Ontario are not open for business during normal banking hours;

"Closing" means the completion of the sale to and purchase by the Purchaser of the Purchased Shares contemplated herein;


"Closing Date" means the fifth business day after all regulatory approvals are obtained, or such earlier or later date as may be mutually acceptable to the Parties;

"Company" means Consolidated Sino Ventures Limited;

"Contingent Liability" means any liability which, under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, would be considered a contingent liability of a Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, includes any potential claim or liability under litigation or regulatory proceedings or in respect of any uninsured claim or in respect of any insured claim (such as co-insurance, a deductible or a policy limit);

"Contractual or Other Right or Obligation" means any form of written or oral agreement, contract, instrument, license, permit, registration, judgment, order, decree, indenture, lease, engagement, commitment, franchise, obligation, qualification, restriction or understanding;

"Debt" with respect to any Person means (i) any indebtedness, liability or obligation of such Person which, under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, would be considered a liability for the purpose of balance sheet presentation,
(ii) all indebtedness, liability or obligation of such Person secured by any Encumbrance, whether or not the same is shared by any other Person, and (iii) all indebtedness, liability or obligation of another Person which that Person has, directly or indirectly, guaranteed, acted as surety or indemnitee, endorsed, assumed, accepted, factored with recourse, agreed to purchase or repurchase, or in respect of which such Person has agreed to provide any other form of financial assistance (including, without limitation, supplying or advancing funds, or maintaining solvency or working capital or equity or "take-or-pay" agreements or "keep-well" agreements) under which that Person is or may become liable;

"Effective Date" means the date of this agreement;

"Encumbrance" means any form of agreement, option, understanding, commitment equity, covenant, mortgage, charge, security interest, lien, adverse claim, pledge, demand, action, restriction, order, judgment, decree, encumbrance or right or privilege affecting or capable of affecting the title or right of ownership or ability to transfer or convey any property or asset;

"EPP" means Educational Publishing Products consisting of an interactive EFL Program and Stories Lost and Found: The Universe of Folklore ("Stories"), all as more particularly described in Schedule 2 hereof,

"Financial Statements" means the balance sheet of the Company as at November 15, 1997 and the accompanying statements of retained earnings and operations (loss) and changes in financial position and the notes thereto for the period then ended which balance sheet and accompanying statements are annexed hereto as Schedule 1;

"Interim Period" means the period between the close of business on the Effective Date and the Time of Closing on the Closing Date;

"Parties" means, collectively, the parties to this Agreement and "Party" means any of them;

"Permitted Encumbrances" means:

liens for taxes, assessments, government charges or levies which are not at the time due and delinquent or the validity of which is being contested in good faith provided that such contestation involves no loss or forfeiture of any of the Purchased Shares, and


undetermined or inchoate liens or charges which have not at the time been filed pursuant to law against the applicable Person or which relate to obligations not then due or delinquent;

"Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated syndicate, unincorporated organization, trust, trustee, executor, administrator, or other legal representative, government or governmental agency, department or instrumentality, or any group or combination thereof,

"Purchase Price" has the meaning set out in section 2.2;

"Purchased Shares" means all of the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the Company and

"Taxes" means any and all income, profits, use, occupancy, transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, corporate, capital, stamp, business, realty, sales, fuel, excise or other taxes, duties, fees, surtaxes, assessments, levies, imposts or charges payable to or exigible by any governmental agency, authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign.

1.2 Gender and Number. Any reference in this Agreement to gender shall include all genders and words used herein importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa.

1.3 Headings, Etc. The division of this agreement into articles, sections, subsections and other subdivisions and the *insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in the construction or interpretation hereof

1.4 Currency. All references in this agreement to dollars, unless otherwise specifically indicated, are expressed in Canadian currency.

1.5 Governing Law. This agreement shall be construed, interpreted and the rights of the Parties determined in accordance with the laws, other than the conflicts of laws rules, of Barbados applicable therein and shall be treated in all respects as a Barbadian contract. The Parties hereby irrevocably attorn on a non-exclusive basis to the jurisdiction of the courts of Barbados.

1.6 Schedules. The following are the schedules attached to and incorporated in this Agreement by reference and deemed to be a part hereof.

Schedule                                     Documentation

1                                            Financial Statements
2                                            EPP Description
3                                            Contracts

1.7 Knowledge. Where any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement is expressly qualified by reference to the knowledge of a Party, the Party shall make due and diligent inquiry of such Persons (including without limitation appropriate officers of the Party) as would be reasonable in the circumstances as to the matters that are the subject of such representations and warranties.

1.8 Further Assurances. Upon the request of the other, each of the Parties shall do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged or delivered all such further acts, deeds, documents, assignments, transfers, conveyances, and assurances as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to effect complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


1.9 Time Time shall be of the essence hereof

1.10 Notices. Any notice, document or other communication required or permitted by this agreement to be given by a Party shall be in writing and is sufficiently given if delivered personally or transmitted by fax to such party addressed as follows:

(a) in the case of the Vendor to them at

Consolidated Sino Ventures Limited
"Sunstead", 9 Farringdon Close
Paradise Heights, St. James

Barbados, West Indies
Attention:                           Joy Aberback
Fax:                                 (246) 424-2076

(b) in the case of the Purchaser to it at:

International Alpha Media~ Inc.
Chancery Chambers, High Street
Bridgetown, Barbados, West Indies
Attention:                           Vivian Boyce
Fax:                                 (246) 431-0076

(c)  in the case of Alpha to it at:

151 Bloor Street West, Suite 890
Toronto, Ontario, M5S IS4
with a copy to,

Aird & Berlis
Barristers & Solicitors
BCE Place, Suite 1800
181 Bay Street, Box 754
Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2T9
Attention:                            Sandra S. Cowan
Fax:                                  (416) 863-1515

Notice transmitted by fax or delivered personally shall be deemed received on the day of transmission or personal delivery, as the case may be if transmitted or delivered before 5:01 p.m. on a Business Day or on the next Business Day if transmitted or delivered after such. time, --Any Party may from time to time notify the others in the manner provided herein of any change of address which thereafter, until changed by like notice, shall be the address of such party for all purposes hereof.


Amendments. No supplement, modification, waiver or termination of this agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party to be bound thereby.

1.12 Waiver. No delay or failure of any party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder and no partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of such right or remedy or any other rights or remedies of such party hereunder. No waiver of any of the provisions of this agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided. Any consent by a party to or any waiver by a Party of any breach of any provision of this agreement shall not constitute a consent to or waiver of any subsequent, further or other breach of the provisions of this agreement.

1.13 Severability Each of the provisions of this agreement (and each part of each such provision) is severable from every other provision hereof (and every other part thereof). In the event that any provision (or part thereof) contained in this agreement or the application thereof to any circumstance shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, in any jurisdiction and to any extent:

a) the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision (or such part thereof) in any other jurisdiction and of the remaining provisions contained in this agreement (or the remaining parts of such provision, as the case may be) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby;

b) the application of such provision (or such pail thereof) to circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby;

c) such provision (or such part thereof) shall be severed from this agreement and ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in such jurisdiction and in such circumstances; and

d) the remaining provisions of this Agreement (or the remaining parts of such provision. as the case may be) shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

1.14 Publicity Save as required by law or by any stock exchange, none of the Parties shall issue any press release or make any other public statement or announcement relating to or connected with or arising out of this Agreement or the matters contained herein, without obtaining the prior written approval of the other Parties to the contents and the manner of presentation and publication thereof. If disclosure is required by law or by any stock exchange, the disclosing Party shall consult in advance with the other Parties and attempt in good faith to reflect such other Parties' concerns in the required disclosure.

1.15 Successors in Interest This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall enure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, executors, personal legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

1.16 Expenses. All costs and expenses (including without limitation, the fees and disbursements of legal counsel investment advisers and auditors) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Party incurring such expenses.

1.17 Execution in Counterparts Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and each of which shall be deemed an original.


1.18 Joint and Several- All covenants, representations and wan-antics of Joy Aberback and Caliburn Enterprises Inc. contained herein are made on a joint and several basis.

ARTICLE 2

PURCHASE AND SALE OF PURCHASED SHARES

2.1 Purchased Shares Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, on Closing the Vendor shall sell, assign and transfer to the Purchaser the Purchased Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances and the Purchaser shall purchase from the Vendor the Purchased Shares.

2.2 Purchase Price- The Purchase Price (the"Purchase Price" payable by the Purchaser to the Vendor for the Purchased Shares shall be equal to $480,000 which should be paid and satisfied by the issue of 960,000 common shares of Alpha at a deemed issuance price of $0.50 per share to be allocated between Joy Aberback and Caliburn Enterprises Inc. as follows:

Joy Aberback 876,700 common shares Calibum Enterprises Inc 83,300 common shares

2.3 Effective Date. Notwithstanding the actual date of closing of the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares, the effective date of the purchase and sale transaction shall be the Effective Date. The ownership of the Purchased Shares and all rights and attributes of ownership shall pass to the Purchaser as of the Effective Date.

ARTICLE 3
PRE-CLOSING MATTERS

3.1 Conditions Precedent. The obligation of the Purchaser to complete the purchase of the Purchased Shares is subject to the satisfaction of, or compliance of the following condition precedent is provided for the exclusive benefit of the Purchaser and may be waived by the Purchaser at or before the Time of Closing all corporate, legal and regulatory proceedings, approvals and consents (including without limitation, the consent of the Alberta Stock Exchange) as are reasonably considered necessary by the Purchaser's solicitors shall have been taken or obtained to permit the consummation of the transaction contemplated herein and all representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct at the time of closing.

3.2 Non-Fulfilment. If the condition set forth in section 3.1 is not satisfied or complied with, the Purchaser may:

a) refuse to complete the transaction contemplated herein by notice to the Vendor, and in such event, the Deposit shall be returned to the Purchaser without deduction but with all accrued interest and the Purchaser shall be released from all its obligations hereunder, it being expressly understood and agreed that the Purchaser may thereafter pursue any rights or remedies which it may have at law or in equity arising from the breach or default of the Vendor, including any claim for breach of representation, warranty or covenant hereunder, or


b) complete the transaction contemplated herein, it being expressly understood and agreed that the Purchaser may rely, notwithstanding such completion, upon any representations, warranties or covenants and conditions contained in this agreement;

provided that any of such condition may be waived in whole or in part, any such waiver to be binding on the Purchaser only if the same is in writing. No waiver by the Purchaser of such condition, in whole or in part, shall operate as a waiver of any other condition or part of a condition.

3.3 Interim Period. During the Interim Period, the Vendor shall cause the Company to conduct the Business in, and only in, the ordinary and normal course thereof in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and to preserve intact the Company's Assets and the Business, and not to:

a) enter into any transaction, undertake any action or refrain from taking any action which, if had been effected or had occurred before the date of this agreement, would constitute a breach of the representations, warranties, or agreements of the Vendor contained herein;
b) permit any of the Assets of the Company to be sold, assigned or subjected to any Encumbrance, make
c) any capital expenditure or commitment therefore;
d) knowingly take or cause to be taken any steps, directly or indirectly which may in any way adversely affect the completion of the transaction contemplated herein;
e) amend its constating documents or by-laws;
f) issue, authorize or propose the issuance of, or purchase or propose the purchase of,any shares or securities;
g) acquire or agree to acquire by amalgamating, merging or consolidating with, purchasing substantially all of the assets of or otherwise, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof; and enter into any material or any transaction out of the ordinary course of Business.

ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Vendor represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows and acknowledges that the Purchaser is relying upon each of such representations and warranties in connection with the entering into of this agreement and the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby:

4.1 Due Incorporation and Subsistence. The Company: (a) is a corporation duly incorporated, organized and validly subsisting and in good standing under the laws of Barbados; (b) has all necessary corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and assets and to carry on the business as now being conducted by it; (c) is duly qualified, licensed or registered to carry on the business as now being conducted; and (d) is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the property owned by it makes such qualification, licensing or registration necessary.

4.2 Authorized Capital. The authorized and issued capital of the Company. No Person has any agreement or option or any right or privilege (whether by law, pre-emptive or contractual) capable of becoming an agreement or option, including convertible securities,. warrants or convertible obligations of any nature for the purchase, subscription, allotment or issuance of any of the issued or unissued shares or securities convertible into unissued shares in the capital of the Company.


4.3 Validity of Agreement.

(a) The Vendor has all necessary right, power and authority to enter into, execute and deliver this agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

(b) The entry into, execution and delivery of this agreement and all other agreements and documents required to be delivered by the Vendor hereunder, the performance by the Vendor of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby: (i) have been and will be duly authorized by all necessary action, and (ii) do not or will not conflict with or constitute a breach of or a default under or create any Encumbrance under (or would not with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of or a default under or create any Encumbrance under) any of the terms or provisions of the consisting documents, by-laws or resolutions of the Vendor or the Company or of any Contractual or Other Right or Obligation to which the Vendor or the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(c) Each of this agreement and all other a ements and documents required to be delivered by the Vendor hereunder constitutes, or on delivery will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Vendor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject however to limitations with respect to enforcement imposed by law in connection with bankruptcy, insolvency and creditors' rights generally and to gener-al principles of equity, including the availability of equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunctive relief which are in the discretion of the court from which they are sought.

4.4 Changes since Balance Sheet Date. Since the Balance Sheet Date:

a) there has been no material adverse change in the financial position of the Company,nor has there been any material adverse change in the affairs, liabilities, Assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or arising as a result of any legislative or regulatory change, revocation of any license or right to do business, fire, explosion, accident, casualty, labour trouble, flood, drought, riot, storm condemnation, act of God or otherwise;

b) the Company has not entered into, agreed to enter into or authorized any agreement,commitment or transaction to make capital expenditures;

c) the Company has not created, assumed, incurred or paid any Debt or ContingentLiability;

d) the Company has not, directly or indirectly, declared or paid* any dividends or declared or made any other distribution on any of its shares of any class and have not, directly or indirectly, redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired any of its shares of any class or agreed to do so;

e) the Business has been carried on in the ordinary course; and

f) no payments have been made or authorized by the Company to and no benefits have been conferred or authorized to be conferred upon and no transactions have been entered into with or have otherwise involved the Company current or former officers, directors, shareholders or employees or any Person not dealing at "arm's length" (as such term is defined under the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with the Company or any of the foregoing or any Person who would be considered a "related party" of the Company under generally accepted accounting principles, except, in the case of employment-related items, in the ordinary course of business and at the regular rates payable to them as salary, pension, bonuses or other remuneration or reimbursement of any nature.

4.5 Title to Purchased Shares. The Vendor is the registered and beneficial owner of the Purchased Shares and has good and marketable title to the Purchased Shares, free and clear of any and all Encumbrances. The delivery to the Purchaser of the share certificates representing the Purchased Shares shall result in the Purchaser obtaining good and marketable title to the Purchased Shares, free and clear of any and all Encumbrances. No Person, other than the Vendor, has any interest, direct or indirect, beneficial or otherwise, in the Purchased Shares.


4.6 Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding, at law or in equity, claim or demand by any Person or entity, or any investigation, arbitration or any administrative or other proceeding by or before any court, governmental or other instrumentality or agency, pending, or, threatened against or affecting the Vendor, the Assets of the Company, the Purchased Shares or the Company or which questions the validity of any action taken by the Company, and the Vendor does not know of any valid basis therefor. The Vendor and the Company are not subject to any judgment, order or decree entered in any law suit or proceeding.

4.7 Financial Statements. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and present fairly:

a) the assets and liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) of and all claims against the Company as at the respective dates of the statements;
b) the financial position and condition of the Company as at the respective dates of the statements; and
c) the revenues, earnings and results of operations of the Company f8-r -the periods ended at the respective dates of the statements.

The financial position of the Company is now and will at the Time of Closing be at least as good as that shown by or reflected in the Financial Statements.

4.8 Books and Records. All accounts, books, ledgers and other financial and accounting records of the Company have been fully, properly and accurately kept and completed and are up-to-date and there are no material inaccuracies or discrepancies of any kind contained or reflected therein. Each Company does not have any of its records, systems, controls, data or information recorded, stored, maintained, operated or otherwise wholly or partly dependent upon or held by any means (including any electronic, mechanical or photographic process, whether computerized or not) which (including all means of access thereto and therefrom) are not under the exclusive ownership and direct control of the Company. The books and records of each Company fairly and correctly set out and disclose in all material respects, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and all applicable laws and regulations, the financial position of such Company as at the date hereof and all material financial transactions relating to the business of such Company have been accurately recorded in such books and records.

4.9 Assets. The Company has good and marketable title to all its Assets (real and personal, tangible and intangible, including leasehold interests), including, without limitation, all the properties and assets reflected in the balance sheet forming part of the Financial Statements and, without limiting the foregoing, owns all copyright ownership and distribution rights to the EPP. The Company does not own or have an interest in a material Asset which is not reflected on the Financial Statements.

4.10 Leases. The Company is not party to any lease, sublease, conditional sales contracts, franchises, licenses or other agreements.

4.11 Contracts. Schedule 3 sets out all of the contracts, agreements, engagements or commitments to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. Except as set forth in Schedule 3 the Company is not A party to, or bound by:


(a) any employment, service or management agreement (written or oral), bonus, deferred compensation, pension, profit sharing, stock option, employee stock purchase, retirement or other employee benefit plan, or any collective agreements or any agreement (oral or written) providing for compensation to be paid to any employee;

(b) any contractual or other right or obligation;

(c) any loan or advance to, or investment in, any other Person or any Contractual or

Other Right or Obligation relating to the making of any such loan, advance or investment; or

(d) any bonds, debentures, mortgages, notes or other Debt whatsoever or any agreement to create or issue any bonds, debentures, mortgages, notes or other Debt.

4.12 No Breach of Contracts. Each contract or agreement set forth in schedule 3 is in full force and effect and unamended, each Company is entitled to all rights and benefits thereunder and there exists no default or event of default or event, occurrence, condition or act (including the purchase of the Purchased Shares hereunder) which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any other event or condition, would become a default or event of default thereunder and the terms and conditions of such contracts and agreements will not be affected by the completion of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

4.13 Taxes. Each Company has duly filed within the times and within the manner prescribed by law, all federal, provincial, local and foreign tax returns and tax reports which are required to be filed by or with respect to the Company. The information contained in such returns and reports is true and correct and reflects accurately, in all respects, all liability for Taxes of the Company for the periods covered thereby. All Taxes, assessments and reassessments (including charges, interest, dues, fines, and penalties) payable by, or due from, each Company on or before the date hereof have been fully paid or adequately disclosed and fully provided for in the books and financial statements of each Company. No examination of any tax return of each Company is currently in progress, there are no outstanding agreements or waivers extending the statutory period providing for an extension of time with respect to the assessment or re-assessment of any Taxes or the filing of any tax return by, or any payment of any Taxes by, or levying of any governmental charge against, the Company, and there are no actions, audits, assessments, re-assessments, suits, proceedings, investigations or claims now threatened or pending against each Company in respect of Taxes or governmental charges or any matters under discussion with any governmental authority relating to Taxes or governmental charges asserted by any such authority nor is the Vendor aware of any grounds therefor. Each Company has withheld from each payment made by it the amount of all Taxes and other deductions required to be withheld therefrom and has paid the same to the proper taxing or other authority within the time prescribed under any applicable legislation or regulation.

4.14 Employment The Company does not have any employees

4.15 Debts. There are no Debts of any kind whatsoever (accrued, absolute, Contingent or otherwise) in respect of which the Company is liable at the date hereof or may become liable on or after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this agreement other than:

(a) Debts disclosed on, reflected in or provided for in the Financial Statements,
(b) Debts disclosed or referred to in this agreement or in the schedules attached hereto,


and

(c) Debts incurred in the ordinary course of business and attributable to the period since the Balance Sheet Date, none of which has been materially adverse to the nature of the business, results of operations, Assets, financial condition or manner of conducting the business of the Company and which, in the aggregate, do not exceed $5,000.

4.16 Full Disclosure. This Agreement, all schedules hereto and all certificates delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and any document or statement in writing which has been or is to be supplied in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit any statement of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no fact known to the Vendor which materially and adversely affects the business, prospects or financial condition of the Company, the Business or the Company's Assets, or which might reasonably be expected to deter the Purchaser from completing the transaction contemplated.

4.17 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made herein or in any agreement, certificate or other document delivered or given pursuant to this agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this agreement and the completion of the transaction contemplated by this agreement and, notwithstanding such completion or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Party to whom or in whose favour such covenants, representations and warranties were made, shall continue in full force and effect, for a period of two years following the Closing Date, after which period the respective Parties shall be released from their respective obligations and liabilities hereunder, except in respect of claims made in writing prior to expiry of such period, provided that:

(a) all covenants, representations and warranties relating to Taxes, tax liability or other tax matters for any period ending prior to or on the Closing Date shall survive the Closing for any period during which any taxing authority may make any claim or assessment based on any return filed or failed to be filed plus a period of six months, after which period the Purchaser and Vendor shall be released from their respective obligations and liabilities hereunder, except in respect, of claims made in writing prior to the expiry of such period,

(b) any claim based on or with respect to the inaccuracy or non-performance or non fulfillment or breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of a Party respecting Taxes, tax liability or other tax matters set out herein may be brought by the Purchaser or Vendor, as the case may be, at any time, if such claim is based upon any failure or omission to file a return or any misrepresentation made or fraud committed in filing a return or in supplying information under any legislation pursuant to which a Tax is imposed,

(c) any claim based upon any misrepresentation, or breach or inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties of a Party set out herein may be brought against such Party at any time if such Party knew of such misrepresentation, breach or inaccuracy at the time such representation or warranty was made by such Party, and

(d) any claim based upon a defect in title of or the inability of the Vendor to sell the purchased Shares may be brought by the Purchaser at any time.

(e) 4.18 Indemnification. The Vendor shall indemnify and save the Purchaser and its shareholders, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives (and the Purchaser shall be deemed to be a trustee and agent with respect thereto) harmless of and from any liability, obligation, cost, expenses, damage or loss whatsoever arising out of, under, or pursuant to:


(a) any incorrectness in, or breach of, or default under, any representation or warranty or covenant of the Vendor hereunder or in any certificate or other document delivered by the Vendor pursuant hereto;

(b) any assessment for Taxes, interest and/or penalties of or relating to the Company;

all claims, demands, suits, causes of action, proceedings, judgments, costs and expenses or other liabilities of any kind whatsoever in respect of the foregoing, including reasonable legal fees and disbursements in connection with the foregoing; and

the nonfulfillment of any condition contained herein for which it is solely responsible.

ARTICLE 5
CLOSING

5.1 Closing. The Closing of the purchase and sale of the Purchased Shares shall takeplace at the Time of Closing on the Closing Date at the Offices of Messrs. Aird & Berlis, Toronto, or at such other place and/or time as the Parties may mutually agree upon.

5.2 Closing Deliveries. At the Time of Closing, the Vendor shall deliver to the Purchaser:

a) share certificates representing the Purchased Shares duly endorsed in blank for transfer;
b) a certificate of the Vendor confirming the truth and accuracy of its representations and warranties;
c) the resignation of the officers and directors of the Company;
d) a release in favour of each Company from each of the directors and officers of the Company; and
e) all other assurances, transfers, assignments, consents, legal opinions and other documents as the Purchaser's solicitors consider reasonably necessary or-desirable to validly and effectively complete the transactions contemplated hereby.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

INTERNATIONAL ALPHA MEDIA, INC.

/s/
-------------------------------

ALPHA VENTURES, INC.

                                                Per: /s/
                                                    ---------------------------


SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED     )
In the presence of:             )
                                )
/s/                             )       /s/ Joy Aberback
----------------                )       -----------------
Witness                         )


                                                CALIBURN ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                                Per: /s/
                                                    ---------------------------


THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 1" day of May, 1998

BETWEEN:

ALPHA CORPORATION,

a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario

(hereinafter called the "Corporation")

OF THE FIRST PART

and MICHAEL P. KRAFT & ASSOCIATES INC.
a corporation incorporated under the
laws of the Province of Ontario
(hereinafter called the "Consultant")

OF THE SECOND PART

RECITALS

WHEREAS:

(a) The Corporation carries on the business of pre-selling or licensing book, video andother complementary products and any other business or businesses that may be from time to time approved by the board of directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the "Business");

(b) The Corporation wishes to engage the services of Consultant to provide administration management services and marketing consulting to the Corporation;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH that in consideration of other good and valuable consideration and the covenants, agreements and payments herein set forth and provided for, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1 INTERPRETATION

1.01 For the purposes of this Agreement, including the recitals and any amendment hereto, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

(a) "Agreement" means this agreement and schedules hereto-,

(b) "Business" has the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph (a) of the recitals to this

Agreement;

(c) "Consulting Fee" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.01 (a);

(d) "Sales Commissions" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.02.

1.02 For the purpose of this Agreement, all references to "Dollars" or "$" shall mean Canadian funds, unless otherwise specified.


ENGAGEMENT AND DUTIES OF CONSULTANT

Representations of Consultant

2.01 Consultant represents and warrants to the Corporation that he has the required skills and expertise to perform the services as set forth and described in this Agreement. In particular, Consultant represents that he will be able to undertake the administration management and sales &marketing for the products of the Business.

Engagement of Consultant

2.02 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Corporation hereby engages Consultant as an independent contractor and Consultant hereby accepts the engagement during the term of this Agreement to provide the services which may be required by the Corporation with respect to the administration management and sales & marketing for the products of the Business.

Term of Engagement

2.03 The engagement of Consultant hereunder shall be for an initial period of eight (8) months, commencing from the 1st day of May 1998 and ending on the last day of December 1998 and, unless such engagement shall be terminated as hereinafter provided, thereafter from year to year unless and until terminated as hereinafter provided.

Covenants of Consultant

2.04 Consultant hereby covenants and agrees that:

(a) Consultant shall carry out his obligations to the Corporation hereunder;

(b) Consultant shall devote such time and attention to the performance of his duties hereunder in order to carry out the obligations on the part of Consultant to be observed and performed hereunder. The Corporation acknowledges that Consultant is not limited or affected, notwithstanding any provision hereof, in his ability to carry on other consulting services for his other clients, and consequently, Consultant will devote only so much of his time to the Corporation as in his judgment is reasonably required.

(c) Consultant shall use his best efforts to promote the Business; and

(d) Consultant will, at his sole discretion, during the continuance of this Agreement so long as the board of directors of the Corporation may so desire, serve as an officer of the Corporation without additional remuneration.

Diligent Performance of Duties

2.05 Consultant shall duly and diligently perform all the reasonable duties to be performed pursuant to this Agreement during the term of this Agreement and any renewal hereof as it relates to the consulting services to be provided by Consultant hereunder.

Review and Control of Consulting Services

2.06 The Consultant shall meet with the board of directors of the Corporation on a regular basis and at least quarterly to discuss and review all consulting services to be conducted by the Consultant pursuant to this agreement and the Corporation agrees that the Consultant will have complete control over the services to be rendered under this Agreement .


3.0 COMPENSATION OF CONSULTANT

Fixed Annual Remuneration

3.01 The Corporation shall pay Consultant shall at the monthly rate of $3,000.00 plus GST(if applicable) payable, in arrears, in two equal installments on the 15th and last day of each month, commencing the 15' day of May, 1998 and allocated on the account of:

(a) A fixed non-recoverable fee (the "Consulting Fee") of $3000.00 per month (payable on The 15 th and last day of each month) for management services. Additionally, Michael Kraft would be entitled to the full 50% Sales Commission less Administration & Operating Fee and Monthly Expenses (see Schedule B). Further, Michael Kraft and Stan Starkman would be entitled to share the 50% Sales Commission for all International Sales less Administration & Operating Fee and Monthly Expenses (see Schedule B).

3.02 In addition to the Consulting Fees provided hereunder, Consultant shall be entitled during the continuation of this Agreement and commencing with the period beginning May 1st 1998 to receive a sales commission ("Sales Commission") plus GST (if applicable) according to Schedule "B" annexed hereto, for confirmed purchase orders accepted by the Corporation from and after May 1st 1998.

Payment on Termination

3.03 The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that upon the expiration of this Agreement or its earlier termination pursuant to the terms hereof Consultant shall be entitled to receive the fixed remuneration and Sales Commission owing to him to the effective date of termination. Such fixed remuneration and Sales Commission shall paid by the Corporation to Consultant within 30 days from the effective date of termination.

Reimbursement of Certain Expenses

3.04 Consultant shall be reimbursed by the Corporation for all travel & entertainment and other expenses actually and properly incurred in connection with the Corporation. The Corporation must pre-authorize travel and hotel costs (which will be booked by the Corporation). For all such expenses, Consultant shall furnish to the Corporation monthly expense statements and vouchers by no later than the 1 5th day of the following month and the Corporation shall reimburse such expenses within seven (7) business days from receipt.

Automobile

3.05 The Corporation agrees that it will provide Consultant with a reasonable automobile allowance to commensurate with Consultant's position with the Corporation.

Success Fees

3.06 Consultant shall receive a success fee from 2%-2.5% of the aggregate amount arranged for project debt and equity financing upon completion of such financing and payable within 5 business days from receipt of such funds by the Corporation.


4.00 NON -DISCLOSURE AND NON-COMPETITION

Confidential Information

4.01 Consultant shall not, either during the continuance of this Agreement or at any time thereafter use for its own benefit or in any manner adverse to the interest of the Corporation or its subsidiaries or disclose or make available to others for any reason or purpose whatsoever any Confidential or disclose or make available to others for any reason or purpose whatsoever any Confidential Information (as defined below).

"Confidential Information" is defined to be information disclosed to the Vendor or know by him as a consequence of or through its relationship with the Corporation or any subsidiary or division thereof, not generally known in the Corporation's industry, about the Corporation's customers, advertising methods, public relations methods, business methods, organization, procedures or finance, including without limitation information of or relating to advertising programs, designs, contracts, arrangements, research, trade secrets, information regarding trade marks or other intellectual property rights, customer lists, product and service lines, marketing data and any related or technical, corporate or trade information; Confidential Information shall be deemed not to include any information known publicly or readily available to the public, or any information which the Corporation or Consultant is required to disclose by law.

Non-Competition

4.02 (1) Consultant shall not, either during the continuance of this Agreement or for a period of:

(a) 2 years, or
(b) 1 year,

following the date of termination of this Agreement, either individually or in partnership or jointly or in conjunction with any person as principal, agent, employee, shareholder (other than a holding of shares listed on a Canadian or United States stock exchange that does not exceed 10% of the outstanding shares so listed) or in any other manner whatsoever carry on or be engaged in or be concerned with or interested in or advise, lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit his name or any part thereof to be used or employed by any person engaged in or concerned with or interested in any business activity competitive with those aspects of the Business described in Schedule "B" annexed hereto within:

(i) North America;
(ii) Canada;

Sub-Sections 4.02 (1)(a) and (b) and Sub-Sections 4.02(l)(i),and Sub-Sections
(iii) are each separate and distinct covenants, severable one from the other and the greatest of Sub-Sections 4.02 (1)(a) and (b) and Sub-Sections 4.02(l)(i) and
(ii) shall apply unless such covenant is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in which event the next greatest shall apply, and so on.

Proprietary Properties

4.03 (a) All inventions, innovations, improvements, copyright or trade mark rights created or developed by Consultant in the course of providing his services hereunder or in any way relating to the business of the Corporation, whether patented, trade marked or not shall be the exclusive property of the Corporation and the Corporation shall have the exclusive right to file any patent applications, trade mark applications, copyright or other protection, in the name of the Corporation


in connection therewith and Consultant shall co-operate with the Corporation and its nominee and provide all necessary assistance in the filing and prosecution of such applications or protection at the expense of the Corporation.

4.03 (b) Consultant covenants and agrees that the concepts and promotions including all copyright and trademark rights inherent in the services made available by it to the Corporation are proprietary information and property of the Corporation and shall not be used or divulged by Consultant without the Corporation's prior written-consent on such terms as may be agreed upon by the Corporation in its sole discretion.

5.00 TERMINATION

Termination by the Corporation

5.01 This Agreement and the engagement of Consultant hereunder may be terminated, at the option of the Corporation, in the following manner and circumstances:

- (a) if the Consultant has committed any material breach of this Agreement and such breach has not been cured within fifteen (15) days of written notice of such breach being given by the Corporation to the Consultant; or

(b) forthwith if Consultant shall become insolvent or bankrupt or makes - an assignment for the benefit of creditors or be adjudged bankrupt or if a receiver or similar officer is appointed in respect to the property or assets of the Consultant; or

(c) forthwith upon the death of Consultant.

Termination by Corporation or Consultant

5.02 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, prior to the expiration of the term or any renewal thereof, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party.

Delivery of the Corporation's Property at Termination

5.03 Upon any termination of this Agreement, Consultant shall at once deliver or cause to be delivered to the Corporation all books, documents, effects, money, securities or other property belonging to the Corporation or for which the Corporation is liable to others, which are in the possession, charge, control or custody of Consultant.

Survival of Certain Sections

5.04 Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever the provisions of Sections 4.01, 4.02 and 4.03 of this Agreement and any other provisions of this Agreement necessary to give efficacy thereto shall continue in full force and effect following such termination.

RENEWAL OF AGREEMENT

Renewal

6.01 The Corporation may offer to renew this Agreement for a period of one year and so on from year to year by giving notice in writing to Consultant by not later than the first day of the third last month of the contract year. Such notice shall include the Corporation's proposals for any changes in terms or conditions of the service engagement. Consultant shall communicate its acceptance of such offer by giving notice in writing thereof to the Corporation no later than 15 days after receipt of the said offer. Any proposed changes in remuneration or other terms and conditions of the service engagement shall be agreed upon in writing between the parties.


Non-Renewal

6.02 In the event that the Corporation gives notice of non-renewal of this Agreement in writing to Consultant by not later than the 1 st day of the third last month of the contract year or the Corporation does offer to renew this Agreement as set forth in Section 6.01 and Consultant does not accept such offer, this Agreement shall expire and the service engagement hereunder shall terminate without any notice or payment of remuneration in lieu of notice in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement on the last day of the contract year.

INDEMNITY

7.01 The Corporation shall indemnify and hold the Consultant harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, costs, damages and expenses whatsoever which the Consultant may suffer or incur, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all legal fees incurred in connection with any such losses, costs, damages and expenses as a result of any demand, claim, action, suit or proceeding made, threatened or brought against the Consultant as a result of any and all claims of patent, copyright and /or trade mark infringement relating to the Corporation's patents, copyrights and/or trademarks arising out of the exercise by the Consultant of the rights granted to it by the Agreement.

7.02 The Consultant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be liable for any and all income taxes (federal and provincial), goods and services taxes, provincial sales taxes (if applicable), and any other taxes that may be payable to any regulatory authority for the services rendered to or the payments made by the Corporation to the Consultant hereunder. The Consultant shall indemnify and hold the Corporation harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, costs, damages and expenses whatsoever which the Corporation may suffer or incur, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all legal fees incurred in connection with any such losses, costs, damages and expenses as a result of any demand, claim, action, suit or proceeding made, threatened or brought against the Corporation as a result of Consultant failing to pay such taxes.

7.03 The Consultant covenants and agrees that at no time during or following termination of this Agreement will do or say anything to conduct himself in such manner as to bring Corporation into disrepute or harm or diminish its business reputation and good name. If it is determined at law by a court of competent jurisdiction that such a breach has occurred, the Corporation may immediately terminate this Agreement and in addition to any other remedy available to the Corporation, no further payments shall be required to be made to Consultant under sections 3.01,3.02, 3.03 and 3.04 of the Agreement.

8.0 GENERAL

Sections and Headings

8.01 Under no circumstances shall this Agreement be deemed to create an employment or agency relationship between the Consultant and the Corporation. The Consultant shall at all times be and remain an independent contractor.

8.02 The divisions of this Agreement into Articles and Sections and the insertion of headings are for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. The terms "this Agreement", "hereof, "hereunder" and similar expressions refer to this Agreement and not to any particular Article, Section or other portion hereof and include any agreement or instrument supplemental or ancillary hereto. Unless something in the subject matter or context is inconsistent therewith, reference herein to Articles and Sections are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.


Number

8.03 In this Agreement words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa and words importing persons shall include individuals, partnerships, associations, trusts, unincorporated organizations and corporations and vice versa.

Benefit of Agreement

8.04 This Agreement is for the personal services of Consultant and may not be assigned by Consultant without the prior written consent of the Corporation, which consent may be unreasonably and arbitrarily withheld. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall ensure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and legal personal representatives of Consultant and the successors and permitted assigns of Consultant and the Corporation respectively.

Entire Agreement

8.05 This Agreement and any schedules annexed hereto constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the parties hereto with respect thereto. There are no representations, warranties, forms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory between the parties other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

Amendments and Waivers

8.06 No amendment to this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the party purporting to give the same and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, shall be limited to the specific breach waived.

Severability

8.07 If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or part thereof and the remaining part of such provision and all other provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

Notices

8.08 Any demand, notice or other communication (hereinafter in this Section 8.08 referred to as a "Communication") to be given in connection with this Agreement shall be given in writing and may be given by personal delivery or by registered mail addressed to the recipient as follows:

To the Corporation:

Alpha Corporation
151 Bloor Street West, Suite 890
Toronto, ON
M5S 1 S4
Fax: (416) 927-1222


Aftn-. Mr. Michael Kraft

To the Consultant:
Michael P. Kraft &Associates Inc. 151 Bloor Street West Suite 890 Toronto,
ON M5S 1S4

or such other address or individual as may be designated by notice by either party to the other. Any Communication given by personal delivery shall be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if made or given by registered mail, on the fourth day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday in Ontario, following the deposit thereof in the mail. If the party giving any Communication knows or ought reasonably to know of any difficulties with the postal system which might affect the delivery of mail, any such Communication shall not be mailed but shall be given by personal delivery.

Governing Law

8.09 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

Attornment

8.10 For the purpose of all legal proceedings this Agreement shall be deemed to have been performed in the Province of Ontario and the courts of the Province of Ontario shall have jurisdiction to entertain any action arising under this Agreement. The Corporation and Consultant each hereby attorns to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario provided that nothing herein contained shall prevent the Corporation or Consultant from proceeding at its election against the other of them, as the case may be, in the courts of any other province or country.

Copy of Agreement

8.11 Consultant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement duly signed by the Corporation

8.12 Time shall be of the essence of this agreement

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED                MICHAEL P. KRAFT & ASSOCIATES INC.
in the presence of
                                 Per:
Witness                                     Michael P. Kraft

                                            ALPHA CORPORATION

                                 Per:
                                            Michael P. Kraft
                                            President & CEO

                                 Per:
                                            Richard Sherman
                                            Vice President


SCHEDULE "A"

"Custom Publishing" Services (i.e. book packaging and development services), specifically regarding developing and providing content through the creation of nonfiction books under the imprint of widely respected and recognized "authorities" that are famous names in their respective fields - companies, brands, experts or institutions (such as the Investors Group "Managing Your Money" Book Series) in Canada and the U.S. as per the specific business practices and methods utilized by the Alpha Media division of the Corporation as outlined in the Business Plan of May, 1996. The Consultant acknowledges having received a copy of such Business Plan.

Book Sales, specifically regarding the marketing, sales and distribution of promotional publishing products in Canada and the U.S. (such as the Cadbury's "Tale of the Great Bunny" Book), as per the business practices and methods utilized by the Alpha Marketing division of the Corporation.

International Book Publishing, specifically regarding the development and sales (copublishing revenue) for book product and book packages for international markets (such as the English-As-A-Foreign Language (EFL) and English-For-Special Purposes Series (ESP) published in China and Cuba), as per the business practices and methods utilized by the Alpha International division of the Corporation and International Alpha Media, Inc. an affiliated company of the Corporation as outlined in the Business Plan of March, 1997 The Consultant acknowledges having received a copy of such Business Plan.


SCHEDULE "B"

Sales Commission

Sales Commission shall be equal to 50% of the Net Profits (as herein after defined) less the aggregate amount of the Recoverable Consulting Fees paid or payable by the Corporation to the Consultant pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Agreement.

For the purposes of the Agreement, the term "Net Profits" as used herein shall mean the Gross Profit (as hereinafter defined), minus

(a) Administration & Operating Fee at 4% of gross sales calculated as hereinafter provided, and

(b) the aggregate of all payments made to the Consultant under Section 3.04 ("Reimbursement of Certain Expenses").

(iii)For the purposes of this Agreement, the term "Gross Profits" as used herein shall mean the gross sales from sales generated by the Consultant beginning May 1s. 1998 and collected by the Corporation (excluding any applicable sales taxes or value added taxes)minus cost of goods sold with respect to such sales including without limitations, any or all

(a) pre-production costs (eg. writing, art, film, molds);
(b) manufacturing costs (eg. paper, print & binding or toy/plastic

part production);

(c) duty and freight costs (if applicable);
(d) royalties or profit sharing with supplier (if applicable);
(e) financing fee (if applicable) for any Pre-Production Costs and/or

Manufacturing Costs that must be paid up front above any customer deposits will be added at the actual cost of funds to the Corporation; and

(f) discounts, rebates or return of goods (if applicable).

Ov) Sales Commission shall be calculated and payable on the last day of the month in which the Corporation receives payment in full for the sale generated by the Consultant less the aggregate amount of the Recoverable Consulting Fees. Post Termination Participation It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that Consultant shall continue to participate in and be paid in accordance with section 3.02 in respect of any and all confirmed purchase orders accepted by the Corporation through Consultant during the 90 day period following termination of this Agreement. Such Sales Commissions will be payable in full within 5 business days from receipt of final payment by the Corporation. The obligations of the Corporation to pay Consultant his Sales Commission relating to such period shall survive the termination hereof, notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary.


ADDENDUM (i)

Effective October 1st, 1997, the Consultant's monthly fee will be $3,000.00 plus
GST.

Dated at Toronto, this 26th day of May, 1997.

Accepted by
ALPHA CORPORATION                       Accepted by:


/s/ Michael P. Kraft                    /s/ Michael P. Kraft
--------------------                    ----------------------------
Michael P. Kraft,                       Michael P. Kraft
President & C.E.O.


/s/ Richard Sherman
--------------------
Richard Sherman,
Vice President


ADDENDUM (II)

Effective January 1st, 1998, this Agreement will be renewed and extended until April 30, 1998.

Dated at Toronto, this 26th day of May, 1998.

Accepted by
ALPHA CORPORATION                       Accepted by:


/s/ Michael P. Kraft                    /s/ Michael P. Kraft
--------------------                    ----------------------------
Michael P. Kraft,                       Michael P. Kraft
President & C.E.O.


/s/ Richard Sherman
--------------------
Richard Sherman,
Vice President


November 22nd, 1999

Mr. Michael Kraft
MICHAEL P. KRAFT
& ASSOCIATES, INC.
894 Avenue Road
1st Floor
Toronto, Ontario
M5P 2K6

Dear Michael:

Re: Renewal of Consulting Agreement

Pursuant to recent discussions, I am providing you with confirmation of our arrangement whereby Alpha Corporation is renewing for the calendar year 2000 your Consulting Agreement dated May 1st 1998 (which was extended on December 3rd, 1998 for the 1999 Calendar Year).

The terms and conditions of the May 1st, 1998 Agreement will continue and the only amendment will be that you will be granted a minimum of 50,000 common stock options in Alpha at the current market price in Q1 2000.

Thank you and regards,
ALPHA CORPORATION

Richard Sherman

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS
____ DAY OF ________, 1999

MICHAEL P. KRAFT & ASSOCIATES


Michael P. Kraft (A.S.O.)


Date

June 30th, 2000

Mr. Michael Kraft
MICHAEL P. KRAFT
& ASSOCIATES, INC.
107 Mossgrove Trail
Willowdale, Ontario M2L 2W4

Dear Michael:

Re: Amendment to - Renewal of Consulting Agreement of November 22, 1999

As a follow-up to our Board Meeting on June 29th, 2000, I am confirming our arrangement whereby Alpha Corporation is amending your current Consulting Agreement for the balance of the calendar year 2000 effective July 1st, 2000 as follows:

a) monthly consulting fees to be increased from $5,000.00 to $10,000.00
b) direct payment of car lease and car insurance vs. former monthly car allowance of $ 1,000.00
c) expenses to be covered directly by the Company:
- Mobile Phone - approx. $250.00/month
- Blue Cross Health Insurance - $126.12/month
- Gas and Car maintenance
- Life Insurance - Term to 10 years-$1,000,000 policy
- Parking Pass - $170/month
- Long Distance Account (Home Telephone)
- Internet Access (Home Office)

Additionally, the 50,000 stock options in the Common Shares of Alpha Communications Corp. which were to be granted to you in Q1 2000 will be granted over the next 12 months. Additionally, the Board of Directors will evaluate both your and the company's performance to determine a fair and equitable stock option compensation plan for you.

Yours truly,
ALPHA CORPORATION

Richard Sherman
Director

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS
______ DAY OF ___________, 2000

MICHAEL P. KRAFT & ASSOCIATES


Michael P. Kraft (A.S.O.)


Date

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of the 28th day of May 2001 (the "Effective Date"), by and between Lingo Media Inc. (f/k/a Alpha Communications Corp.), an Ontario corporation (the "Seller"), and 1476848 Ontario Inc. an Ontario corporation (the "Purchaser").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, AlphaCom Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), has issued and outstanding 44,400,000 shares of common stock, $ 0.0001 par value per share (the "Common Stock");

WHEREAS, the Seller is the record and beneficial holder of 44,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Shares"); and

WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to acquire from the Seller, and the Seller desires to sell to the Purchaser, the Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, any successor statute thereto and all final or temporary regulations promulgated thereunder and generally applicable published rulings entitled to precedential effect.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.

"Governmental Body" means any federal, state, local or foreign governmental authority or regulatory body, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory authority thereunder and any person directly or indirectly owned by and subject to the control of any of the foregoing, or any court, arbitrator or other judicial or quasi-judicial tribunal.

"Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest, claim, encumbrance or restriction, of any kind or nature.


"Person" means an individual, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity or a government or other department or agency thereof.

ARTICLE II
PURCHASE AND SALE

Purchase and Sale of Shares and Payment of Purchase Price. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Purchaser and the Seller hereby agree that:

The Seller hereby sells and shall, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, deliver to the Purchaser certificates for the Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers in blank, free and clear of all Liens.

The Purchaser hereby purchases from the Seller the Shares and shall, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, pay to the Seller an aggregate of One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Canadian Dollars ($150,000) (the "Purchase Price") to be paid as follows:

(i) US$14,229.75 (CDN $ 21,771.52) Promissory Note which was loaned to the Seller on April 16, 2001 to retired and applied as consideration towards the Purchase Price

(ii) CDN $ 128,338.48 to be paid in cash by wire transfer or bank draft to the Seller from the Purchaser's attorney in trust.

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

The Seller represents and warrants to the Purchaser that:

Organization; Good Standing. To the Seller's knowledge, the Corporation is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. To the Seller's knowledge, the Corporation has the power and authority to conduct all of the business and activities conducted by it and to own or lease all of the assets owned or leased by it. To the Seller's knowledge, the Corporation is duly licensed or qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business and activities conducted by it and/or the character of the assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification or license necessary (such jurisdictions being listed in Schedule 3.01 hereto).

Authority Relative to and Validity of Agreement. The Seller has full right, power, authority and legal capacity to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and to assume and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Seller of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Seller and no further action or authorization on the part of or with respect to the Seller, including, without limitation, any action or authorization by the stockholders or other equity owners thereof, is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of, and the performance of its obligations under, this Agreement. There are no contractual, statutory or other restrictions of any kind upon the power and authority of the Seller to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder and no action, waiver or consent by any Governmental Body is necessary to make this Agreement valid and binding upon the Seller in accordance with its terms. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller. This Agreement is enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and moratorium laws and other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights and
(ii) the fact that equitable remedies or relief (including, without limitation, the remedy of specific performance) are subject to the discretion of the court from which such relief may be sought.


Required Filings and Consents; No Conflict. The execution, delivery and consummation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) conflict with or violate (i) any law, regulation, judgment, order or decree binding upon the Seller or (ii) any provision of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or similar governing documents, or (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any condition or provision of, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any properties or assets of the Seller (including the Shares) pursuant to, or cause or permit the acceleration prior to maturity of any amounts owing under, any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, contract, license, franchise or other agreement or instrument to which the Seller is a party or which is or purports to be binding upon the Seller or by which any of its properties are bound.

Section 3.04 Brokers. All negotiations relative to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried on by or on behalf of the Seller in such a manner as not to give rise to any claim against the Seller or the Purchaser, for a finder's fee, brokerage commission, advisory fee or other similar payment.

Section 3.05 Shares. To the Seller's knowledge, the Shares have been duly authorized, are legally and validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable. To the Seller's knowledge, none of the Shares have been issued in violation of any applicable state or federal securities laws. The Seller owns the Shares and upon transfer thereof of the Purchaser in accordance with this Agreement, the Purchaser will acquire the Shares, free and clear of all Liens.

Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of the Purchaser's representations set forth in Article IV of this Agreement, the sale of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement is exempt from the registration requirements of any applicable state and federal securities laws. The Seller has not engaged in any general solicitation or advertising in connection with the sale of the Shares.

Section 3.06 Consents and Approvals. Except for filings required under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Securities Exchange Act"), no consent, authorization, order or approval of, or filing or registration with, any Governmental Body or other Person is required for the execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement and all other documents contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


Section 3.07 Financial Statements; SEC Filings. The Seller heretofore has delivered to the Purchaser true and complete copies of the Corporation's filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") since the filing of its Registration Statement on Form 10SB 12G, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 1999 (the "Form10SB 12G"), which consists of
(a) the registration statement, together with any amendments thereto on Form 10SB 12G, (b) Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ended (i) December 31, 2000 (the "2000 Form 10-K"), including audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2000, and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flow for the fiscal year then ended (including the related notes and schedules), and the related opinion of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants (the financial statements referred to in this subparagraph being collectively referred to hereinafter as the "2000 Statements") and (ii) December 31, 1999, including audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1999, and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and cash flow for the fiscal year then ended (including the related notes and schedules), and the related opinion of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants (the financial statements referred to in this subparagraph being collectively referred to hereinafter as the "1999 Statements") and (b) Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 1999, March 31, 2000, June 30, 2000, September 30, 2000, and March 31, 2001 (all such filings the "SEC Filings"). As of their respective dates, the SEC Filings did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The 2000 Statements, the 1999 Statements and the financial statements of the Corporation included in the SEC Filings were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, are true, complete and correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial position of the Corporation as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

Section 3.08 Tax Returns and Payments. To the Seller's knowledge, the Corporation has timely filed all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and to the Seller's knowledge all other taxes due and payable by the Corporation on or before the execution of this Agreement have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent. To the Seller's knowledge, the Corporation has not been advised (i) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the date hereof, or (ii) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its federal, state or other taxes. The Seller has no knowledge of any liability of any tax to be imposed upon the Corporation's properties or assets as of the date of this Agreement that is not adequately provided for. To the Seller's knowledge, the Corporation has not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment or calculation of any tax or governmental charge.

Section 3.09 Liabilities. To the Seller's knowledge, the Corporation has no material obligations or liabilities and knows of no material contingent obligations or liabilities not disclosed in the 2000 Statements, except current liabilities as set forth in Schedule 3.09 hereto, and obligations entered into, in the ordinary course of business subsequent to December 31, 2000, which neither have, nor are reasonably expected to have, either in any individual case or in the aggregate, a material adverse affect on the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or operations of the Company.


Section 3.10 No Material Adverse Change. To the Seller's knowledge, since December 31, 2000, there has been no material adverse change in the assets, properties, business, prospects, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Corporation and the Seller does not know of any such change that is threatened, nor has there been any damage, destruction or loss materially adversely affecting the assets, properties, business, prospects, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Corporation whether or not covered by insurance.

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Seller that:

Section 4.01 Organization and Good Standing. The Purchaser is a company duly incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada. The Purchaser has the power and authority to conduct all of the business and activities conducted by it and to own or lease all of the assets owned or leased by it. The Purchaser is duly licensed or qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the business and activities conducted by it and/or the character of the assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification or license necessary (such jurisdictions being listed in Schedule 4.01 hereto).

Section 4.02 Authority Relative to and Validity of Agreement. The Purchaser has full right, power, authority and legal capacity to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and to assume and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance by the Purchaser of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by the Board of Directors, or the equivalent thereof, of the Purchaser and no further action or authorization on the part of or with respect to the Purchaser, including, without limitation, any action or authorization by the stockholders or other equity owners thereof, is necessary to authorize the execution and delivery by it of, and the performance of its obligations under, this Agreement. There are no contractual, statutory or other restrictions of any kind upon the power and authority of the Purchaser to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder and no action, waiver or consent by any Governmental Body is necessary to make this Agreement valid and binding upon the Purchaser in accordance with its terms. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser. This Agreement is enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and moratorium laws and other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights and (ii) the fact that equitable remedies or relief (including, without limitation, the remedy of specific performance) are subject to the discretion of the court from which such relief may be sought.


Section 4.03 No Violation of Other Instruments or Obligations. The execution, delivery and consummation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) conflict with or violate (i) any law, regulation, judgment, order or decree binding upon the Purchaser or (ii) any provision of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or similar governing documents, or (b) conflict with or result in a breach of any condition or provision of, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any properties or assets of the Purchaser pursuant to, or cause or permit the acceleration prior to maturity of any amounts owing under, any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, contract, license, franchise or other agreement or instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or which is or purports to be binding upon the Purchaser or by which any of its properties are bound.

Section 4.04 Consents and Approvals. Except for filings required under the Securities Exchange Act, no consent, authorization, order or appeal of, or filing or registration with, any Governmental Body or other person is required for the execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and all other documents contemplated hereby and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions hereby contemplated.

Section 4.05 Finder's Fees. The Purchaser has not incurred any liability for finders or brokerage fees or agent's commissions in connection with this Agreement or the transactions hereby contemplated.

Section 4.06 Purchase for Investment. The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for its own account and not with a view to the resale or distribution of all or any portion of the Shares.

Section 4.07 Disclosure of Information. The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Corporation's business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of the Corporation and has had the opportunity to review the Corporation's operations and facilities and is satisfied with the results thereof. The Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Seller and the Corporation regarding the terms and conditions of the sale of the Shares and the business, properties, prospects and financial condition of the Corporation. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Seller in Article III of this Agreement or the right of the Purchaser to rely thereon.

Section 4.08 Investment Experience. The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Corporation pursuant to its purchase of the Shares contemplated hereby and can bear the economic risk of its investment.

Section 4.09 Restricted Securities. The Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and accordingly, that the Purchaser may not be able to sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares without registration thereof under the Securities Act unless an exemption from such registration is available. The Purchaser consents that (i) the certificate or certificates representing the Shares may be impressed with a legend indicating that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and reciting that the transfer thereof is restricted; and (ii) stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares may be issued to any transfer agent, transfer clerk, or other agent, at any time acting for the Corporation.


ARTICLE V
COVENANTS

Each of the Buyer and the Seller hereby severally agrees:

Section 5.01 Further Assurances. To proceed diligently to take or cause to be taken all actions and to do or cause to be done all things necessary, proper and advisable to perform the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the execution and delivery of such further documents and instruments as any party hereto may reasonably request.

Section 5.02 Compliance. To comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of any Governmental Body in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; to use all reasonable efforts to obtain in a timely manner all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and to take, or cause to be taken, all other actions and to do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable to perform and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.03 Notice. To give prompt notice to the other parties of any material failure on its part, or on the part of any of its officers, directors, employees or agents, to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder; provided, however, that the delivery of any such notice shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice.

ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS TO THE PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS

All obligations of the Purchaser under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment of each of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Purchaser in its sole discretion:

Section 6.01 Seller's Performance. The Seller shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions on its part required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or as of the Effective Date.

Section 6.02 This Agreement. The Purchaser shall have received a duly executed original of this Agreement.


Section 6.03 Purchase Price. The Purchaser shall have received payment of the Purchase Price in accordance with the terms of Section 2.01(b).

ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS TO THE SELLER'S OBLIGATIONS

All obligations of the Seller under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment of each of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Seller in its sole discretion:

Section 7.01 Purchaser's Performance. The Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions on its part required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Effective Date.

Section 7.02 This Agreement. The Seller shall have received a duly executed original of this Agreement.

Section 7.03 Shares. The Seller shall have received the certificates for the Shares in accordance with the terms of Section 2.01(a).

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.01 By the Seller. The Seller agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents (the "Purchaser Parties") against, and to reimburse the Purchaser Parties on demand with respect to, any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, suits, proceedings, demands, judgments, damages, claims, reasonable expenses and costs (including, without limitation, reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) (collectively, "Losses") which each may suffer, incur or pay by reason of (i) the breach by the Seller of any representation or warranty made in this Agreement or in any agreement, certificate or other document executed by and delivered to the Purchaser pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; or (ii) the failure of the Seller to perform any covenant or agreement required by this Agreement or any agreement executed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 8.02 By the Purchaser. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and its respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents (the "Seller Parties") against, and to reimburse the Seller Parties on demand with respect to, any and all Losses which each may suffer, incur or pay by reason of (i) the breach by the Purchaser of any representation or warranty made by it in this Agreement or in any agreement, certificate or other document executed by the Purchaser and delivered to the Seller pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; or (ii) the failure of the Purchaser to perform any covenant or agreement required by this Agreement or any agreement executed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.


Section 8.03 Indemnification Procedure. The Purchaser Parties and the Seller Parties, as the case may be, (hereinafter, the applicable party or parties being indemnified, the "Indemnified Party" and the party or parties providing indemnity, the "Indemnifying Party") agree to give the Indemnifying Party prompt written notice of the occurrence of any event which either party asserts is an indemnifiable event hereunder. The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled, at its or his sole cost and expense, to participate in and to control the contest, defense, settlement or compromise (the "Defense") of any claim if the Indemnifying Party shall agree in writing within fifteen (15) calendar days after the receipt of notice of such claim that it is required, pursuant to this Article, to indemnify the Indemnified Party for the full amount of such claim (the "Claim Acknowledgement Procedure"). If the Indemnifying Party shall assume the Defense of a claim hereunder, the Indemnified Party shall be kept informed with respect to, and shall have the right to participate in, the Defense of any such claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of a claim within a reasonable time after notice thereof or, after assumption, does not thereafter diligently pursue the Defense or does not comply with the Claim Acknowledgement Procedure, the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to control the Defense of such matter for the account and at the expense of the Indemnifying Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Indemnified Party shall have the sole right to control the Defense of any claim if such claim is not a claim solely for monetary damages.

Section 8.04 Limitations on Indemnification. Neither any Purchaser Party, on the one hand, nor any Seller Party, on the other hand, shall be entitled to be indemnified pursuant to Sections 8.01 and 8.02, as the case may be, unless and until the aggregate of all Losses incurred by the Purchaser Parties or the Seller Parties, as the case may be, shall exceed $ 75,000.00 (the "Basket") and, upon exceeding such amount, the Purchaser Parties or the Seller Parties, as the case may be, shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Damages (other than the initial $ 75,000.00 of Damages which comprised the Basket), on a dollar for dollar basis; provided, that the maximum aggregate amount of indemnification that may be received by the Purchaser Parties or the Seller Parties, as the case may be, shall not exceed Canadian $ One Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars (Canadian $150,000).

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01 Survival of Representations and Warranties. Subject to Article VIII, all statements, certifications, indemnifications, representations and warranties made herein by the parties to this Agreement, and their respective covenants, agreements and obligations to be performed pursuant to the terms hereof, shall survive the Closing notwithstanding (1) any due diligence or examination or audit by or on behalf of any party hereto, (2) any notice of a breach or of a failure to perform not waived in writing; or (3) the consummation of the transactions hereby contemplated with knowledge of such breach or failure; provided, however that all such statements, certifications, indemnifications, representations and warranties contained herein shall terminate on the third anniversary date of the Effective Date, unless written notice of a claim of indemnification hereunder shall have been furnished within such one (1) year period.

Section 9.02 Merger Provision. All prior or contemporaneous agreements, contracts, promises, representations and statements, if any, among the parties hereto as to the subject matter hereof, are merged into this Agreement. This Agreement, together with all agreements, Schedules, Exhibits, documents and other instruments to be attached hereto or delivered herewith sets forth the entire understanding between the parties, and there are no terms, conditions, representations, warranties or covenants other than those contained herein and in such agreements, Schedules, Exhibits, documents and other instruments to be attached hereto or delivered herewith.


Section 9.03 Amendment and Modification. No term or provision of this Agreement may be amended, released, discharged or modified in any respect except in writing signed by the party to be charged and only to the extent therein set forth.

Section 9.04 Waiver. No waiver shall be deemed to be made by any of the parties to any of its rights hereunder unless that waiver shall be in a writing signed by the waiving party and only to the extent therein set forth.

(b) failure of any of the parties to exercise any power given such party hereunder or to insist upon strict compliance by any other party with its obligations hereunder, and no custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms hereof shall constitute a waiver of the right of any party to demand precise compliance with the terms of the Agreement.

Section 9.05 Notices. All notices, consents, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given on (i) the day on which delivered personally or by facsimile during a business day to the appropriate location listed as the address below, (ii) three (3) business days after the posting thereof by United States registered or certified first class mail, return receipt requested with postage and fees prepaid, or (iii) one (1) business day after deposit thereof for overnight delivery. Such notices, consents, demands or other communications shall be addressed respectively:

As to the Seller       Lingo Media Inc.
                       151 Bloor Street West, Suite 890
                       Toronto, Ontario
                       Canada M5S-1S4
                       Facsimile No.:  (416) 927-1222

As to the Purchaser: 1476848 Ontario Limited 15 Glen Morris Street, Suite 4 Toronto, Ontario, Canada Attn: William A. Montgomery Facsimile No.: (416) 340-6231

or to any other address or facsimile number which such party may have subsequently communicated to the other parties in writing.

Section 9.06 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under and in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.


Section 9.07 Submission to Jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within State of New York with respect to all suits and actions arising under or out of this Agreement and each hereby waives any objection to the venue of any such court with respect to any such suit or action.

Section 9.08 Captions. The captions and the table of contents appearing in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof.

Section 9.09 Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement, the application thereof to any person, or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held void or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of the Agreement shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Section 9.10 Publicity. Any communications and notices to third parties and all other publicity concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than governmental or regulatory filings) shall be planned and coordinated by and among the parties. Unless required by applicable law, none of the parties shall disseminate or make public or cause to be disseminated or made public any information regarding the transactions contemplated hereunder without the prior written approval of the other parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Section 9.11 Binding Effect; Assignments. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be transferred or assigned (by operation of law or otherwise) by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Any transfer or assignment of any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder in violation of the terms hereof shall be void and of no force or effect.

Section 9.12 Cumulative Rights and Remedies. The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to, and shall not restrict or limit, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 9.13 Expenses of Transaction. The Buyer shall bear its own expenses, and the Seller shall bear its own expenses, in respect of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, whether or not such transactions are consummated.

Section 9.14 Third Parties. Other than the parties hereto, no person shall have any rights under or to enforce any provision of this Agreement.

Section 9.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more facsimile counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the 28th day of May 2001.

SELLER:

LINGO MEDIA INC.

By: /s/ Michael P. Kraft
   ------------------------------------------
      Name:  Michael P. Kraft
      Title: President, CEO & Director

PURCHASER:

1476848 ONTARIO INC.

By: /s/ William A. Montgomery
  -------------------------------------------
      Name: William A. Montgomery
      Title:   President & Secretary


Schedule 3.01

None


Schedule 3.09

List of Outstanding Liabilities as of May 28, 2001 to be assumed by the Purchaser:

Global Financial Press - Edgarization of SEC Filings     US $  3,435.43
Revenue Canada - GST Owed                                US $  2,911.57
Lingo Media Inc. - Loans since June 2000                 US $ 26,625.00


Schedule 4.01

None


AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

WHEREAS pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of the 2801 day of May, 2001 ("Effective Date') between Lingo Media Inc., formerly known as Alpha Communications Corp. ("Seller") and 1476848 Ontario Inc. ('Purchaser), the Seller agreed to sell and the Purchaser agreed to purchase 44,000,000 issued and outstanding shares of common stock in the capital of AlphaCom Corporation ("Corporation') for the aggregate sum of CDN$150,000 to be paid and satisfied in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS the Corporation is indebted to the Seller with respect to advances made by the Seller to the Corporation by way of loan since June 2000 In the sum of US$29,625.00 (the 'Debt"), which Debt is disclosed in Schedule 3.09 to the Stock Purchase Agreement; and

WHEREAS the Seller has agreed to forgive the Debt, subject to the Purchaser agreeing to reduce the number of the Common Stock to be purchased and sold pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement from 44,000,000 Common Stock to 43,290,000 Common Stock; and

WHEREAS the Seller and the Purchaser have agreed to amend the Stock Purchase Agreement to reflect the foregoing recital as and from the Effective Date;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENTWITNESSTH THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions

Terms referred and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

2. Amendments

Effective as of the Effective Date:

2.1 Shares

The reference to '44,000,000" In the definition of Shares in the second recital of the Stock Purchase Agreement is deleted and 43,290,000 substituted.

2.2 Liabilities

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Stock Purchase Agreement including, without limitation, Section 3.09 thereof, the Seller hereby forgives the Debt and releases and discharges the Corporation from any and all obligations to the Seller with respect to the Debt.


3. Reaffirmation of Obligations

The parties hereto each reaffirm their respective covenants, agreements, warranties and representations under the Stock Purchase Agreement, and each of the parties confirm their respective covenants, agreements, warranties and representations remain In full force and effect with respect to the Stock Purchase Agreement, as hereby amended.

4. No Waiver or Other Amendment

Except as expressly set forth herein, no waiver or other amendment of any other term, condition, covenant, agreement or any other aspect of the Stock Purchase Agreement Is hereby Intended or implied.

5. Effectiveness of Amendment

This amendment shall become effective as of the Effective Date.

6. Counterparts

This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Instrument,

IN WITNES.S WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the Effective Date.

Lingo Media Inc.

By: __________________
Michael P. Kraft
President, CEO & Director

1476848 Ontario Inc.

By: _____________________
William A. Montgomery
President & Secretary


MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT

This agreement made the_____ day of August 2000

Between Party A:

PEOPLE'S EDUCATION PRESS of 55 Sha Tan Hou Street, Beijing 100009, China.

-and- Party B:

INTERNATIONAL ALPHA MEDIA, INC.(name to be changed to LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL, INC. a subsidiary of ALPHA COMMUNICATIONS CORP. name to be changed to LINGO MEDIA INC.) of `Sunstead' 9 Farringdon Close Paradise Heights St. James, Barbados.

Whereas:

(a) The parties have an interest in Developing and Producing Product for sale in the China market;

(b) The parties agree to co-operate to Develop and Produce Products as specified in the Project Agreement that may be entered into between the parties from time to time.

The Parties agree as follows:

Article 1 Definitions

In this agreement and any Product Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

a "Agreement" means the present Agreement, as amended from time to time, as well as all Schedules and Appendices attached hereto or which the Parties may later agree to attach hereto and any Product Agreement(s) entered into between the Parties;

b "Alpha Territory" means, unless otherwise specified in the product agreements, the World market except the PEP Territory;

c "Approval" means any approval, authorization, consent, waiver, or other similar official act granted by any Government Authority and required for any matter contemplated by this Agreement;

d "Confidential Information" means all information obtained by or disclosed by one party to another that relates to that party's or its customers past, present or future research, development and business activities including the results from performance of this Agreement but not including information previously known to the other party or within the public

     domain;

e    "Cost of Goods Sold" means actual  development costs and hard manufacturing
     costs;

f    "Develop  or  Development"  means the  engagement  of  authors to write the
     content  of the  Product,  and the  giving of  editorial  direction  to the
     writing of the authors;

g    "Developing   Party"  means  that  party  which  is  responsible   for  the
     Development  of a  Product  under a  Product  Agreement,  being  Party B in
     conjunction with Party A;

h "Finished Product" means printed books, duplicated audio cassettes, duplicated videos, pressed CD-ROMs, pressed SVCDs, pressed DVDs and other manufactured published product;

i "Governmental Authority" means any ministry, department, bureau, office or other legally constituted organ of any Government;

J "Gross Profit" means gross sales less Cost of Goods sold as defined above;


k "Gross Sales" means total number of units sold multiplied by the list price of the product;

l "List Price" means price printed or marked on the Product;

m "Net Sales" means Gross Sales less any discounts as specified and agreed to in Product Agreement(s);

n "Parties" means the parties to this Agreement as well as their permitted successors and assigns;

o "PEP Territory" means, unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement(s) the People's Republic of China not including Hong Kong and Macau;

p "Produce or Production" means carrying out all matters relating to the publication of the Product and necessary to make the Product ready for shipment to the customer in its final form including but not limited to the formatting, printing, binding, cover design and supply of the paper or duplicating and packaging of the Product;

q "Producing Party" means that party which is responsible for Production under a Product Agreement;

r "Product Agreement" means an agreement entered into pursuant to Article 4 of this Agreement;

s "Publication" means publication or material in any medium as agreed in a Product Agreement;

Article 2 Co-Appointment of Publishers

In addition to the rights and obligations hereunder, Party B appoints and authorizes Party A to co-operatively publish Product(s) in the PEP Territory only.

Article 3 Co-Operative Projects

The parties agree to co-operate to Develop, Produce and sell Product in accordance with this Agreement and any Product Agreement(s) that may be entered into between the parties from time to time.

Article 4 Product Agreement

(a) When the parties wish to Develop, Produce and sell a Product, the parties shall enter into Product Agreements(s) with respect to that specific Product the terms of which shall include but not be limited to the following:

(i) the content quality standard of the Product;

(ii) the Production quality of the Product;

(iii) the responsibility and costs for distribution of the Product;

(iv) the promotion of the Product;

(v) the List Price of the Product;

(vi) the wholesale terms of sale of the Product to third parties; and

(vii) the payment of money to each party.

(b) Any Product Agreement shall form an integral part of this Agreement

Article 5 Development of the Product

The Developing Party agrees to Develop Product(s) in accordance with this Agreement and the relevant Product Agreement(s).


Article 6 Costs in Developing the Product

(a) In the case of Product the content of which is primarily in the English language, Party B shall be responsible for all developmental costs but not any payment of money to the authors appointed by Party A (if applicable) incurred up to and including final version of the Product. Any exception for a particular product will be agreed to by both parties in writing.

(b) In the case of Product the content of which is primarily in the Chinese language, Party A shall be responsible for all developmental costs (but not any payment of money to the authors appointed by Party B) incurred up to and including final version of the Product. Any exception for a particular product will be agreed to by both parties in writing.

Article 7 Consulting in Development of the Product

Party B shall regularly consult with Party A during the Development of the Product.

Article 8 Assistance with Development

Party B may, in the course of Development, request Party A to assist Party B in the Development of the Product by engaging authors to assist in the writing or editing of the Product. Party A agrees to engage authors at its own cost to assist Party B in the writing or editing of the Product. Party A shall only request Party B to assist with the English language elements of the Development and Party B shall only request Party A to assist with the Chinese language elements of the Development.

Article 9 Illustrations

The cost of producing any illustrations shall be borne by Party A and Party A shall obtain an assignment of copyright to Party A and Party B from the author of the illustrations.

Article 10 Production of the Product

Party A agrees to produce the Product in accordance with this Agreement and the relevant Product Agreement. Party A shall produce the Product within the number of days specified in each Product Agreement after supplied with the Product as Developed by Party B unless otherwise agreed between the parties in writing.

Article 11 Naming Rights

Party A undertakes to set the name of the authors (if appropriate), imprint names and logos of both parties in its customary form with equal prominence including Party B's or its subsidiary's URL/Website address on the front and back cover, title page, copyright page, and jacket (if applicable) on every copy of the Product manufactured or licensed to third parties by Party A.

Article 12 Cost of Producing the Product

Unless the parties agree otherwise in the relevant Product Agreement:

Party A shall be solely responsible for Producing and paying all Production costs if the Product is produced for distribution in the Party A Territory.

Article 13 Consultation in Production

Party A shall, in Production of the Product, consult with Party B on all matters in accordance with this Agreement and the Product Agreement(s). Party A agrees not to produce the Product without the written agreement of Party B as to the final editing, illustration and photography (if applicable), formatting, paper, binding and cover design.

Article 14 Quality of the Content of the Product

The parties hereby appoint Party B to determine the final quality of the content of the Product.


Article 15 Other Costs

Except as otherwise provided in Articles 6, 12 and 17 hereof Party A shall be responsible for all other costs incurred in the Party A Territory or in connection with the Product warehoused or sold in the Party A territory including but not limited to inventory control, establishment and operation of order departments, billing, credit and collections, warehousing and shipping to the customer(s).

Article 16 Promotional Activities

In addition to any obligations relating to promotional activities in a Product Agreement(s), Party A shall also be responsible for carrying out promotion of the Product in any and all book stores, primary and secondary schools, universities, other educational institutions and direct to consumer channels in the PEP Territory

Article 17 Promotional Expenses

As specified in the Product Agreement(s).

Article 18 Taxes

Party A shall pay all taxes of any kind, applicable to the sale of the Product imposed or assessed in the PEP Territory. Party B shall be responsible for any applicable taxes on its royalties received from Party A in the PEP Territory unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

Article 19 Sale of the Product

(a) Both Parties shall have the rights to sell a Product and Party A shall be obliged to sell a Product in the PEP Territory;

(b) Any sale of a Product to a third party shall only be carried out after written notice to the other Party as to the quantity of the Product proposed to be sold;

(c) Any sale of the Product to a third party shall be at the sale price and in accordance of the terms of sale of the Product as agreed between the parties in the relevant Product Agreement.

Article 20 Receiving of Money

Party B hereby authorizes and empowers Party A to sell Products and receive all sums for the sale of the Product in accordance with the terms of this Agreement unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

Article 21 Payment of Money

Party A agrees that any money received by Party A from the sale of a Product shall be shared between the Parties in the proportions as specified in the relevant Product Agreement.

Article 22 Statement of Sales

(a) Party A shall prepare semi-annual statements of sales detailing all sales of finished product and all sales of copyrights and/or film rights and such statements shall be delivered to Party B within 10 business days following December 31 and June 30 for each calendar year unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

(b) Upon reasonable written notice and during Party A's normal business hours, Party B or its authorized representative or appointed auditor shall have the right to examine Party A's records at that place at which they are normally kept, in so far as such records relate to the sales and receipts in respect of the Product. Such examination shall be at the cost of Party B, but in which case there is in excess of 2.5% of the amount due to Party B, the cost of such examination (including the cost of any domestic and international travel and accommodation) shall be borne by Party A. Any amount shown to be due shall be paid forthwith by Party A to Party B unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.


Article 23 Engagement and Payment of Authors

(a) Each party shall, from time to time and within its own discretion, in accordance with the terms hereof, engage its own authors to develop or to assist in the development of a Product and shall obtain an assignment of the copyright from the authors. Any exception for a particular Product will be agreed to by both parties in writing.

(b) Each party shall pay the monies due to the authors it has engaged. No party shall have financial responsibility to the authors engaged by the other party. Any exception for a particular Product will be agreed to by both parties in writing.

Article 24 Training Assistance

After completion of Production of a Product by Party A and subject to an agreement regarding costs, Party B shall, if requested and subject to written confirmation, assist Party A in the training in China of Party A's personnel in marketing and selling of the Product including the setting up and conducting of workshops in China for key educators by Party B's authors unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

Article 25 Meetings Abroad

During the Development and sale of the Product it will be necessary, from time to time, to hold meetings between personnel of Party A and Party B, authors, editors and production consultants either in Canada or China. The parties will share the expenses equally.

Article 26 Approvals

Party A agrees to obtain all Approvals from the Chinese Government necessary for the Agreement and any Product Agreement to come into effect and, to allow the sale of Product in China.

Article 27 Foreign Exchange

Party A agrees that it shall obtain all Approvals necessary for the payment to and shall pay to Party B all sums due in US dollars. When Party A receives sums of money in RMB it agrees that the portion of that sum of money payable to Party B shall, at Party A's expense, be converted to US dollars at the rate for exchange of RMB cash to US dollars cash offered by the Bank of China on the final day of the quarter in which Party B received the sum of money.

Article 28 Ownership of Copyright in the Products

Party B shall own the copyright in the works written by the authors engaged by it in the Development of the Product except for the Party A Territory, Party B and Party A will jointly own the copyright for the edition published in the PEP Territory as further defined in the Product Agreement(s).

Each party shall do all acts necessary so that the copyright is held jointly by Party A and Party B for the edition published in the PEP Territory. For all markets outside the PEP Territory, Party B shall own 100% of the copyright ownership and Party A agrees to provide a duplicate set of Product film or Masters to Party B at cost, if requested in writing unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

Article 29 Disposal of Surplus Stock

The Parties may agree between them in writing that a Product has ceased to have sufficient sales to justify stockage costs and to sell the remaining stock on hand at a discount price or to divide the remaining stock equally between them.

Article 30 Termination

(a) A party may terminate this Agreement and the Product Agreement(s) if the other party breaches a material term of this Agreement or Product Agreement(s) and the other party fails to remedy the breach with 30 days of receiving notice by the Party to remedy the breach.


(b) Party B may, after Development and Production of a Product, terminate the relevant Product Agreement if Party A is not able to sell a minimum number of copies per title of Product per calendar year as outlined in the attached Product Agreement unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

(c) Either party may terminate the Agreement if an event of force majeure exists for more than 60 days.

Article 31 Notices

All Notices given under this Agreement shall be deemed sufficiently served if sent by both facsimile and registered post to any address given herein or at any other address which such Party shall designate for the receipt of such correspondence.

Article 32 Term of this Agreement

(a) The Agreement shall commence on the signing hereof and shall be valid for 10 years and if both parties agree, it will be automatically renewed.

(b) Any Product Agreement(s) entered between the parties pursuant to this Agreement shall expire 10 years from the official publication date of each Product, which follows the experimental publishing period for each Product unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

(c) Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the party, which is Party A under a Product Agreement hereby, assigns its copyright in the Product Developed and Produced pursuant to that Product Agreement to Party B under that Product Agreement.


Article 33 Force Majeure

Neither party shall be liable for any delay or failure to perform arising from any cause such as strikes, acts of God, war and civil unrest or other unforeseen event of a similar nature.

Article 34 Independent Contractor

Each Party hereto is an independent contractor and is not an agent of the other. Neither Party shall have the power to bind the other without express written consent of the other, had and obtained in each instance. Neither Party shall misrepresent or misstate its status hereunder.

Article 35 Compliance with Laws

Each Party hereto shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, proclamations and decrees of duly constituted governmental authority.

Article 36 Assignment of the Agreement and Project Agreements

This Agreement and any Product Agreement(s) entered into pursuant hereto may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the other Party and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The consent of Party A shall not be required to the assignment by Party B of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Product Agreement(s) to a wholly owned subsidiary or affiliate of Party B.

Article 37 Confidential Information

Neither party shall disclose to any person the Confidential Information of the other party.

Article 38 Proprietary Rights

Without limiting any other representations and warranties, each party represents to the other that no copyright, trademark, trade name or other proprietary right has been or will be infringed in the Development process, Production, sale, delivery or use of the Product(s), and if such infringement is alleged or has or does occur, the Party at fault shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from all claims, judgments, penalties, damages and expenses arising from such allegations or findings of infringement.


Article 39 Entire Agreement

This Agreement and the Product Agreement(s) signed pursuant hereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and may not be changed except by an amendment in writing duly signed by the Parties.

Article 40 Choice of Laws

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the People's Republic of China.

Article 41 Dispute Resolution

(a) The Parties shall strive to settle any dispute, controversy or claim arising from the interpretation or performance of or in connection with this agreement through friendly consultations. In case no settlement can be reached within sixty (60) days of the submission of the matter by one party to the other party, then such a matter may be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with its rules.

(b) The arbitrary panel should consist of three arbitrators, one chosen by each of the parties with the third arbitrator to be selected by the arbitrators but who shall be neither of Chinese nor Canadian nationality. Arbitration shall be conducted in English. The arbitral award shall be final and binding on the parties and shall be enforceable within its terms. Filing it as a judgement in any court having jurisdiction may enforce the award and application may be made to any court for assistance in enforcing the award. The losing party shall pay arbitration expenses (including attorney fees).

(c) The parties agree that if it should become necessary for a party to enforce an arbitral award by legal action of any kind, the Party Against which such legal action is taken shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses and legal fees, including but not limited to any cost of additional litigation or arbitration incurred by the party in seeking to enforce the award.

Article 42 Representations and Warranties

The parties represent and warrant to each other that:

(a) It is a duly established and existing legal entity;

(b) It has full capacity and authority to execute and deliver the Agreement, to complete the transactions, contemplated hereby and to duly observe and perform all of its obligations herein;

(c) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Product Agreement(s) nor the completion of transactions hereunder will conflict with our result in a breach of any of the provision of the charter documents or any agreement to which it is bound, nor constitute a default under any of the foregoing or violate any law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree by which it is bound;

(d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly executed this Agreement in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives on the dates set forth below.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED in the presence of:

PEOPLE'S EDUCATION PRESS

___________________________       ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                           )
                                  )
                                    Name:    _________________________
                                  )
                                  ) Date:    _________________________



___________________________       ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                           )
                                  )
                                   Name:     _________________________
                                  )
                                  ) Date:    _________________________

INTERNATIONAL ALPHA MEDIA, INC.

___________________________       ) Per:    _________________________
Witness                           )
                                  ) Name:   _________________________
                                  )
                                  ) Date:   _________________________



___________________________       ) Per:    _________________________
Witness                           )
                                  ) Name:   _________________________
                                  )
                                  ) Date:   _________________________


PRODUCT AGREEMENT #1

Pursuant to the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT entered into between PEOPLE'S EDUCATION PRESS, ("PEP") and INTERNATIONAL ALPHA MEDIA, INC. ("Alpha") dated the _____ , day of August 2000, the parties agree to enter into this Product Agreement with respect to the Product and agree as follows:

Article 1 The Product

The parties agree to Develop and Produce a Product being works provisionally entitled:

"COMMUNICATIONS: AN INTERACTIVE EFL PROGRAM (GRADES 1 -6)" written and edited by David Booth, Jack Booth, Linda Booth and Larry Swartz and authors and editors to be appointed by PEP.

Article 2 The Market

PEP acknowledges that it has rights with the Ministry of Education to publish and sell English as a Foreign Language student textbooks, teacher guide books, audio cassettes and other related Products under the new curriculum to be implemented September 2001. These rights include the Grades 1 -12 markets in China on a nation-wide basis. PEP agrees that it will publish and sell Alpha's Products on an exclusive basis for the market defined above with the exception of the current EFL series, published by PEP and originally developed with Longmans, which is being revised.

Article 3 Development of the Product

The party responsible for the Development shall be Alpha in conjunction with PEP. The parties agree that Alpha shall produce final manuscripts/content for each specific Product within mutually agreed upon timeline in writing, which will become a schedule and part of this Product Agreement.

Article 4 Production of the Product

The party responsible for Production shall be PEP.

Article 5 Joint Ownership of Copyright in the Product

The copyright in the works of the Product shall be owned jointly by the parties in the PEP Territory only in accordance with the terms hereof and the terms of the above-mentioned agreement. In the event of copyright infringement in the Territory, each party will notify the other party in writing. The parties agree to jointly pursue appropriate action, which may or may not include legal recourse.

Article 6 The Quality of Content of the Product

The parties agree that the quality of the content of the Product shall conform to the syllabus from the Ministry of Education.

Article 7 The Quality of Production of the Product

The parties agree that the quality of production of the Product shall conform to mutually agreed upon standards in writing.

Article 8 The Sale Price of the Product

The parties agree that the List Price of the Product shall not be less than the following:

_____ RMB per unit for each student textbook.

_____ RMB per unit for each teacher guide book

_____ RMB per unit for each audio cassette

_____ RMB per unit for each ________________

_____ RMB per unit for each ________________

_____ RMB per unit for each ________________


Article 9 The Quantity of the Product

The parties agree that PEP shall sell not less than the following quantities per calendar year:

________ units of each student textbook

________ units of each teacher guide book

________ units of each audio cassette

________ units of each _______________

________ units of each _______________

________ units of each _______________

Article 10 Distribution of the Product

The parties agree that PEP shall be responsible for distribution of the Product in the PEP Territory.

Article 11 Places for Promotion of the Product

The parties agree that the Product shall be promoted primarily in the following cities and/or provinces:





Article 12 Authors Copies

The authors shall be furnished free of charge, six (6) copies of the Works as originally published and any additional copies desired by the Authors for their personal use shall be supplied at a discount of thirty-five (35%) percent from sale price.

Article 13 Remuneration of the Parties

The revenues received by the parties from the sales of the Product shall be divided between the parties as follows:

(i) for the sales of finished product by PEP, Alpha shall receive eight percent (8%) based on the Gross Sales and PEP shall retain the balance.

(ii) For the sales of copyrights and/or film rights by PEP, Alpha shall receive forty percent (40%) of the royalties received by PEP and PEP shall retain sixty percent (60%) of the royalties. The copyrights or film rights sales will not be less than a minimum three percent (3%) of the List Price printed on Finished Product(s) shipped.

Each party will be responsible for the remuneration of their authors.


Article 14 Subsidiary Rights

In accordance with the terms of the above mentioned Agreement, the parties have the joint right to exercise and dispose of all subsidiary rights in the Works, now or hereafter known, in all languages, forms and media throughout the world, including the following: rights for translations, quotations, excerpts (including illustrations), reprint editions, and sales of sheets; microfilm, microfiche, recording, filmstrip, motion picture, and broadcasting rights; rights for use in information storage, processing, transmission and retrieval systems. Any net gain received from the disposition of such subsidiary rights shall be divided between PEP and Alpha with sixty percent (60%) to PEP and forty percent (40%) to Alpha, after deducting the costs applicable thereto. Electronic rights are specifically excluded and shall be owned jointly by both parties in the PEP Territory and one hundred percent (100%) by Alpha outside the PEP Territory.

Article 15 Statement of Sales

In accordance with the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT, each party shall provide to the other party a Statement of Sales. Each party shall pay to the other party all money due to that party in US dollars within 30 days following June 30th and December 31st of each calendar year being the sales revenue from finished product sales and from copyright and/or film rights sales for the Product in that preceding period of six (6) months.

Article 16 Termination

In accordance with the terms of MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT, a Developing Party may, after Development and Production of a Product, terminate the relevant Product Agreement if PEP is not able to sell a minimum number of units per title per calendar year as indicated in Article 9.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly executed this Agreement in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives on the dates set forth below.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

in the presence of:                           INTERNATIONAL ALPHA MEDIA, INC.

___________________________      ) Per:        _________________________________
Witness                          )
                                 ) Name:       _________________________________
                                 )
                                 ) Date:       _________________________________

___________________________      ) Per:        _________________________________
Witness                          )
                                 ) Name:       _________________________________
                                 )
                                 ) Date:       _________________________________

                                               PEOPLE'S EDUCATION PRESS

___________________________      ) Per:        _________________________________
Witness                          )
                                 ) Name:       _________________________________
                                 )
                                 ) Date:       _________________________________

___________________________      ) Per:        _________________________________
Witness                          )
                                 ) Name:      __________________________________
                                 )
                                 ) Date:       _________________________________


PRODUCT AGREEMENT #2

Pursuant to the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT entered into between PEOPLE'S EDUCATION PRESS, ("PEP") and INTERNATIONAL ALPHA MEDIA, INC. ("Alpha") dated the 8th day of August 2000, the parties agree to enter into this Product Agreement with respect to the Product and agree as follows:

Article 1 The Product

The parties agree to Develop and Produce a Product being works provisionally entitled:

"JUNIOR READING TRAINING SERIES" written and edited by David Booth, Jack Booth, Linda Booth and Larry Swartz and authors and editors to be appointed by PEP.

Article 2 The Market

PEP acknowledges that it has rights with the Ministry of Education to publish and sell English as a Foreign Language supplemental books, teacher guide books, audio cassettes and other related Products. These rights include the Grades 7-12 markets in China on a nation-wide basis. PEP agrees that it will publish and sell Alpha's Products on an exclusive basis for the supplemental reading market only.

Article 3 Development of the Product

The party responsible for the Development shall be Alpha in conjunction with PEP. The parties agree that Alpha shall produce final manuscripts/content for each specific Product within mutually agreed upon timeline in writing, which will become a schedule and part of this Product Agreement.

Article 4 Production of the Product

The party responsible for Production shall be PEP.

Article 5 Joint Ownership of Copyright in the Product

The copyright in the works of the Product shall be owned jointly by the parties in the PEP Territory only in accordance with the terms hereof and the terms of the above-mentioned agreement. In the event of copyright infringement in the Territory, each party will notify the other party in writing. The parties agree to jointly pursue appropriate action, which may or may not include legal recourse.

Article 6 The Quality of Content of the Product

The parties agree that the quality of the content of the Product shall conform to the syllabus from the Ministry of Education.

Article 7 The Quality of Production of the Product

The parties agree that the quality of production of the Product shall conform to mutually agreed upon standards in writing.

Article 8 The Sale Price of the Product

The parties agree that the List Price of the Product shall not be less than the following:

_____ RMB per unit for each supplemental book.

_____ RMB per unit for each audio cassette

_____ RMB per unit for each ________________

Article 9 The Quantity of the Product

The parties agree that PEP shall sell not less than the following quantities per calendar year:

________ units of each supplemental book

________ units of each audio cassette

________ units of each _______________


Article 10 Distribution of the Product

The parties agree that PEP shall be responsible for distribution of the Product in the PEP Territory.

Article 11 Places for Promotion of the Product

The parties agree that the Product shall be promoted primarily in the following cities and/or provinces:







Article 12 Authors Copies

The authors shall be furnished free of charge, six (6) copies of the Works as originally published and any additional copies desired by the Authors for their personal use shall be supplied at a discount of thirty-five (35%) percent from sale price.

Article 13 Remuneration of the Parties

The revenues received by the parties from the sales of the Product shall be divided between the parties as follows:

(i) for the sales of finished product by PEP, Alpha shall receive eight percent (8%) based on the Gross Sales and PEP shall retain the balance.

(ii) For the sales of copyrights and/or film rights by PEP, Alpha shall receive forty percent (40%) of the royalties received by PEP and PEP shall retain sixty percent (60%) of the royalties. The copyrights or film rights sales will not be less than a minimum three percent (3%) of the List Price printed on Finished Product(s) shipped.

Each party will be responsible for the remuneration of their authors.

Article 14 Subsidiary Rights

In accordance with the terms of the above mentioned Agreement, the parties have the joint right to exercise and dispose of all subsidiary rights in the Works, now or hereafter known, in all languages, forms and media throughout the world, including the following: rights for translations, quotations, excerpts (including illustrations), reprint editions, and sales of sheets; microfilm, microfiche, recording, filmstrip, motion picture, and broadcasting rights; rights for use in information storage, processing, transmission and retrieval systems. Any net gain received from the disposition of such subsidiary rights shall be divided between PEP and Alpha with sixty percent (60%) to PEP and forty percent (40%) to Alpha, after deducting the costs applicable thereto. Electronic rights are specifically excluded and shall be owned jointly by both parties in the PEP Territory and one hundred percent (100%) by Alpha outside the PEP Territory.


Article 15 Statement of Sales

In accordance with the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT, each party shall provide to the other party a Statement of Sales. Each party shall pay to the other party all money due to that party in US dollars within 30 days following June 30th and December 31st of each calendar year being the sales revenue from finished product sales and from copyright and/or film rights sales for the Product in that preceding period of six (6) months.

Article 16 Termination

In accordance with the terms of MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT, a Developing Party may, after Development and Production of a Product, terminate the relevant Product Agreement if PEP is not able to sell a minimum number of units per title per calendar year as indicated in Article 9.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly executed this Agreement in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives on the dates set forth below.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED in the presence of:

PEOPLE'S EDUCATION PRESS

___________________________   ) Per:        ____________________________________
Witness                       )
                              ) Name:       ____________________________________
                              )
                              ) Date:       ____________________________________

___________________________   ) Per:        ____________________________________
Witness                       )
                              ) Name:       ____________________________________
                              )
                              ) Date:       ____________________________________

                                             INTERNATIONAL ALPHA MEDIA, INC.

___________________________   ) Per:       _____________________________________
Witness                       )
                              ) Name:      _____________________________________
                              )
                              ) Date:      _____________________________________

___________________________   ) Per:       _____________________________________
Witness                       )
                              ) Name:      _____________________________________
                              )
                              ) Date:      _____________________________________


PRODUCT AGREEMENT # 3

Pursuant to the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT entered into between PEOPLE'S EDUCATION PRESS, ("PEP") and LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL INC., (formerly "International Alpha Media Inc." now hereinafter called "Lingo Media) dated the___, day of January 2001, the parties agree to enter into this Product Agreement with respect to the Product and agree as follows:

Article 1 The Product

The parties agree to Develop and Produce a Product being works provisionally entitled: "Beginning English For Young Learners!" written by David Booth, Jack Booth, Larry Swartz, Linda Booth, Meng Yanjun, Zhang Lingdi and Lin Li.

Article 2 The Market

PEP acknowledges that it has rights with the Ministry of Education to publish and sell English as a Foreign Language student textbooks, teacher resource books, audio cassettes and other related Products under the new curriculum to be implemented September 2001 or earlier. These rights include the Grades 1 -2 markets in China on a nation-wide basis. PEP agrees that it will publish and sell Lingo Media's Products on an exclusive basis for the market defined above with the exception of the current EFL series, published by PEP and originally developed with Pan Pacific Publishing Co. Ltd (Singapore).

Article 3 Development of the Product

The party responsible for the Development has been Lingo Media. The parties agree that Lingo Media has produced final manuscripts/content for each specific Product and that PEP has the final approval of the manuscript.

Article 4 Production of the Product

The party responsible for Production shall be PEP.

Article 5 Copyright Ownership of the Product

The copyright in the works of the Product shall be owned jointly by the parties in the PEP Territory only, in accordance with the terms hereof. Lingo Media remains 100 percent of the copyright ownership of the Product outside the PEP Territory. In the event of copyright infringement in the PEP Territory, each party will notify the other party in writing. The parties agree to jointly pursue appropriate action, which may or may not include legal recourse.

Article 6 The Quality of Content of the Product

The parties agree that the quality of the content of the Product has conformed to the standards set by the Ministry of Education

Article 7 The Quality of Production of the Product

The parties agree that the quality of production of the Product shall conform to mutually agreed upon standards in writing.

Article 8 The Sale Price of the Product

The parties agree that the List Price of the Product shall not be less than the following:

7 RMB per unit for each student textbook..

_____ RMB per unit for each teacher resource book

7 RMB per unit for each audio cassette

_____ RMB per unit for each ________________

_____ RMB per unit for each ________________

_____ RMB per unit for each ________________


Article 9 The Quantity of the Product

The parties agree that PEP shall sell not less than the following quantities per calendar year:

250,000    units of each student textbook

2,500      units of each teacher resource book

250,000    units of each audio cassette

________ units of each _______________

________ units of each _______________

________ units of each _______________

Article 10 Distribution of the Product

The parties agree that PEP shall be responsible for distribution of the Product in the PEP Territory which includes the People's Republic of China.

Article 11 Places for Promotion of the Product

The parties agree that the Product shall be promoted throughout China on a countrywide basis

Article 12 Authors Copies

The authors shall be furnished free of charge, six (6) copies of the Works as originally published and any additional copies desired by the Authors for their personal use shall be supplied at a discount of thirty-five (35%) percent from the List Price.

Article 13 Remuneration of the Parties

The revenues received by the parties from the sales of the Product shall be divided between the parties as follows:

(i) for the sales of finished product by PEP, Lingo Media shall receive ten percent (10%) based on the Gross Sales and PEP shall retain the balance.

(ii) For the sales of copyrights and/or film rights by PEP, Lingo Media shall receive forty percent (40%) of the royalties received by PEP and PEP shall retain sixty percent (60%) of the royalties. The copyrights or film rights sales will not be less than a minimum percentage, which is regulated by the Chinese government, of the List Price printed on Finished Product(s) shipped.

Each party will be responsible for the remuneration of their authors. For Lingo Media, the authors include the Booth author team and for PEP, the authors will include Meng Yanjun, Zhang Lingdi and Lin Li.

Article 14 Subsidiary Rights

In accordance with the terms of the above mentioned Agreement, the parties have the joint right to exercise and dispose of all subsidiary rights in the works for the PEP edition, now or hereafter known, in all languages, forms and media throughout the world, including the following: rights for translations, quotations, excerpts (including illustrations), reprint editions, and sales of sheets; microfilm, microfiche, recording, filmstrip, motion picture, and broadcasting rights; rights for use in information storage, processing, transmission and retrieval systems. Any net gain received from the disposition of such subsidiary rights shall be divided between PEP and Lingo Media with sixty percent (60%) to PEP and forty percent (40%) to Lingo Media, after deducting the costs applicable thereto. Electronic rights are specifically excluded and shall be owned jointly by both parties in the PEP Territory.


Article 15 Statement of Sales

In accordance with the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT, PEP shall provide to Lingo Media a Statement of Sales. PEP shall pay to Lingo Media all money due to Lingo Media in US dollars within 30 days following the last day in each of March, June, September and December of each year being the royalty revenue from finished product sales and share of copyright and/or film rights sales revenue for the Product in that preceding period of three (3) months.

Article 16 Termination

In accordance with the terms of MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT, a Developing Party may, after Development and Production of a Product, terminate the relevant Product Agreement if PEP is not able to sell a minimum number of units per title per calendar year as indicated in Article 9.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly executed this Agreement in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives on the dates set forth below.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

in the presence of:                          LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL INC.

___________________________     ) Per:        __________________________________
Witness                         )
                                ) Name:       __________________________________
                                )
                                ) Date:       __________________________________

___________________________     ) Per:        __________________________________
Witness                         )
                                ) Name:       __________________________________
                                )
                                ) Date:       __________________________________

                                              PEOPLE'S EDUCATION PRESS

___________________________     ) Per:        __________________________________
Witness                         )
                                ) Name:       __________________________________
                                )
                                ) Date:       __________________________________

___________________________     ) Per:        __________________________________
Witness                         )
                                ) Name:       __________________________________
                                )
                                ) Date:       __________________________________


MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT

This agreement made the ___ day of October 2000

Between Party A:

CRAZY ENGLISH, an imprint and division of RENZHEN ENGLISH GROUP, of Guanglu Plaza, Building 2, 5th Floor, 38 Beigangbeilu, Guangzhou Airport, Guang Zhou, China 510405 ("Crazy English")

-And Party B:

LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL INC., a subsidiary of LINGO MEDIA INC, of
`Sunstead' 9 Farringdon Close Paradise Heights St. James, Barbados ("Lingo Media")

Whereas:

(a) The parties have an interest in developing and producing product for sale in the China market;

(b) The parties agree to co-operate to develop and produce products as specified in the product agreements that may be entered into between the parties from time to time.

The Parties agree as follows:

Article 1 Definitions

In this agreement and any Product Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

a "Agreement" means the present Agreement, as amended from time to time, as well as all Schedules and Appendices attached hereto or which the Parties may later agree to attach hereto and any product agreement(s) entered into between the Parties;

b "Approval" means any approval, authorization, consent, waiver, or other similar official act granted by any Government Authority and required for any matter contemplated by this Agreement;

c "Confidential Information" means all information obtained by or disclosed by one party to another that relates to that party's or its customers past, present or future research, development and business activities including the results from performance of this Agreement but not including information previously known to the other party or within the public domain.

d    "Cost of Goods Sold" means actual  development costs and hard manufacturing
     costs.

e    "Crazy English Territory" means,  unless otherwise specified in the product

agreement the People's Republic of China not including Hong Kong and Macao;

f "Develop or Development" means the engagement of authors to write the content of the product, and the giving of editorial direction to the writing of the authors;

g "Developing Party" means that party which is responsible for the Development of a product under a product agreement, being Lingo Media in conjunction with Crazy English;

h "Educational Market" means primary or elementary, junior, middle school and higher educational institutions, unless otherwise defined.

i "Finished Product" or "Product" means printed books, duplicated audio cassettes, duplicated videos, pressed CD-ROMs, pressed SVCD's, pressed DVD's and other manufactured published product;

j "Governmental Authority" means any ministry, department, bureau, office or other legally constituted organ of any Government;

k "Gross Profit" means gross sales less Cost of Goods sold as defined above;


l "Gross Sales" means total number of units sold multiplied by the list price of the Product;

m "Lingo Media Territory" means, unless otherwise specified in the product agreement(s), the world market except the Crazy English Territory;

n "List Price" means price printed or marked on the Product;

o "Net Sales" means Gross Sales less any discounts as specified and agreed to in product agreement;

p "Parties" means the parties to this Agreement as well as their permitted successors and assigns;

q "Produce or Production" means carrying out all matters relating to the publication of the Product and necessary to make the Product ready for shipment to the customer in its final form including but not limited to the formatting, printing, binding, cover design and supply of the paper or duplicating and packaging of the Product;

r "Producing Party" means that party which is responsible for Production under a product agreement;

s "Product Agreement" means an agreement entered into pursuant to Article 4 of this Agreement;

t "Publication" means publication or material in any medium as agreed in a Product Agreement;

u "Trade Market" means bookstores, other retailers and direct-to-consumer channels. In the Crazy English Territory, Trade Market includes 2nd channels of distribution.

Article 2 Co-Appointment of Publishers

In addition to the rights and obligations here under, Lingo Media appoints and authorizes Crazy English to co-operatively publish Product in the Crazy English Territory only.

Article 3 Co-operative Projects

The parties agree to co-operate to Develop, Produce and sell Product in accordance with this Agreement and any Product Agreement that may be entered into between the parties from time to time.

Article 4 Product Agreements

(a) When the parties wish to Develop, Produce and sell a Product, the parties shall enter into Product Agreements with respect to that specific Product, the terms of which shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(i) the content quality standard of the Product;

(ii) the Production quality of the Product;

(iii) the responsibility and costs for distribution of the Product;

(iv) the promotion of the Product;

(v) the List Price of the Product;

(vi) the wholesale terms of sale of the Product to third parties; and,

(vii) the payment of money to each party.

(b) Any Product Agreement shall form an integral part of this Agreement

Article 5 Development of the Product

The Developing Party agrees to Develop Product in accordance with this Agreement and the relevant Product Agreement.


Article 6 Costs in Developing the Product

(a) In the case of Product the content of which is primarily in the English language, Lingo Media shall be responsible for all authorial costs but not any payment of money to the authors appointed by Crazy English (if applicable) incurred up to and including final version of the Product. Any exception for a particular product will be agreed to by both parties in writing.

(b) In the case of Product the content of which is (i) primarily in the English language, Crazy English shall be responsible for all illustration, design and layout costs and (ii) primarily in the Chinese language, Crazy English shall be responsible for all developmental costs (but not any payment of money to the authors appointed by Lingo Media) incurred up to and including final version of the Product. Any exception for a particular product will be agreed to by both parties in writing.

Article 7 Consulting in Development of the Product

Lingo Media shall regularly consult with Crazy English during the Development of the Product.

Article 8 Assistance with Development

Lingo Media may, in the course of Development, request Crazy English to assist Lingo Media in the Development of the Product by engaging authors to assist in the writing or editing of the Product. Crazy English agrees to engage authors at its own cost to assist Lingo Media in the writing or editing of the Product.

Article 9 Illustrations

The cost of producing any illustrations shall be borne by Crazy English and Crazy English shall obtain an assignment of copyright to Crazy English and Lingo Media from the author of the illustrations.

Article 10 Recording

Crazy English shall produce the master tapes for audiocassettes subject to Lingo Media's approval, at Crazy English's own cost and Crazy English shall be responsible for the costs of manufacturing the copies in China for the Crazy English Territory only.

Article 11 Production of the Product

Crazy English agrees to produce the Product in accordance with this Agreement and the relevant Product Agreement. Crazy English shall produce the Product within the number of days specified in each Product Agreement after supplied with the Product as Developed by Lingo Media unless otherwise agreed between the parties in writing.

Article 12 Naming Rights

Crazy English undertakes to set the name of the authors (if appropriate), imprint names and logos of both parties in its customary form with equal prominence including Lingo Media' or its subsidiary's or affiliate's URL/Website address on the front and back cover, title page, copyright page, and jacket (if applicable) on every copy of Product manufactured or licensed to third parties by Crazy English.

Article 13 Cost of Producing the Product

Unless the parties agree otherwise in the relevant Product Agreement:
Crazy English shall be solely responsible for Producing and paying all Production costs for distribution and sale of the Product in the Crazy English Territory only.

Article 14 Consultation in Production

Crazy English shall, in Production of the Product, consult with Lingo Media on all matters in accordance with this Agreement and the Product Agreement. Crazy English agrees not to produce the Product without the written agreement and sign-off from Lingo Media as to the final editing, illustrations and photography (if applicable), formatting, paper, binding and cover design.


Article 15 Quality of the Content of the Product

The parties hereby appoint the Developing Party to determine the final quality of the content of the Product.

Article 16 Other Costs

Except as otherwise provided in Articles 6, 13 and 18 hereof Crazy English shall be responsible for all other costs incurred in the Crazy English Territory or in connection with the Product warehoused or sold in the Crazy English Territory including but not limited to inventory control, establishment and operation of order departments, billing, credit and collections, warehousing and shipping to the customer(s).

Article 17 Promotional Activities

In addition to any obligations relating to Promotion Activities in a Product Agreement, Crazy English shall also be responsible for carrying out promotion of the Product in any and all book stores, other retailers, primary and middle schools, universities, other higher educational institutions, direct to consumer channels and 2nd channels in the Crazy English Territory.

Article 18 Promotional Expenses

As specified in the Product Agreement(s).

Article 19 Taxes

Crazy English shall pay all taxes of any kind, applicable to the sale of the Product imposed or assessed in the Crazy English Territory. Lingo Media shall be responsible for any applicable taxes on its royalties received from Crazy English in the Crazy English Territory unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

Article 20 Sale of the Product

(a) Both Parties shall have the rights to sell a Product in the Crazy English Territory and Crazy English shall be obliged to sell a Product in the Crazy English Territory;

(b) Any sale of a Product to a third party in the Crazy English Territory shall only be carried out after written notice to the other party as to the quantity of the Product proposed to be sold;

(c) Any sale of the Product to a third party in the Crazy English Territory shall be at the sale price and in accordance of the terms of sale of the Product as agreed between the parties in the relevant Product Agreement.

Article 21 Receiving of Money

Lingo Media hereby authorizes and empowers Crazy English to sell Products and receive all sums for the sale of the Product in the Crazy English Territory in accordance with the terms of this Agreement unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

Article 22 Payment of Money

Crazy English agrees that any money received by Crazy English from the sale of a Product in the Crazy English Territory shall be shared between the Parties in the proportions as specified in the relevant Product Agreement.

Article 23 Statement of Sales

(a) Crazy English shall prepare quarterly statement of sales detailing all sales of Finished Product and all sales of copyrights and/or film rights (if applicable) in the Crazy English Territory and such statements shall be delivered to Lingo Media within 30 business days following the end of each calendar quarter unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

(b) Upon reasonable written notice and during Crazy English's normal business hours, Lingo Media or its authorized representative or appointed auditor shall have the right to examine Crazy English's records at that place at which they are normally kept, in so far as the such records relate to the sales and receipts in respect of the Product. Such examination shall be at the cost of Lingo Media, but in which case there is in excess of 2.5% of the amount due to Lingo Media, the cost of such examination (including the cost of any domestic and international travel and accommodation) shall be borne by Crazy English. Any amount shown to be due shall be paid forthwith by Crazy English to Lingo Media unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.


Article 24 Engagement and Payment of Authors

(a) Each party shall, from time to time and within its own discretion, in accordance with the terms hereof, engage its own authors to develop or to assist in the development of a Product and shall obtain an assignment of the copyright from the authors. Any exception for a particular Product will be agreed to by both parties in writing.

(b) Each party shall pay the monies due to the authors it has engaged. No party shall have financial responsibility to the authors engaged by the other party. Any exception for a particular Product will be agreed to by both parties in writing.

Article 25 Meetings Abroad

During the Development and sale of the Product it will be necessary, from time to time, to hold meetings between personnel of Crazy English and Lingo Media, authors and production consultants either in Canada or China. The parties will share the expenses equally.

Article 26 Approvals

Crazy English agrees to obtain all Approvals from the Chinese Government necessary for the Agreement and any Product Agreement to come into effect and to allow the sale of Product in China.

Article 27 Foreign Exchange

Crazy English agrees that it shall obtain all Approvals necessary for the payment to and shall pay to Lingo Media all sums due in US dollars. When Crazy English receives sums of money in RMB it agrees that the portion of that sum of money payable to Lingo Media shall, at Crazy English's expense, be converted to US dollars at the rate for exchange of RMB cash to US dollars cash offered by the Bank of China on the final day of the quarter in which Crazy English received the sum of money.

Article 28 Ownership of Copyright in the Products

Lingo Media shall own the copyright in the works written by the authors engaged by it in the Development of the Product except for the Crazy English Territory, where Lingo Media and Crazy English will jointly own the copyright for the edition published in the Crazy English Territory as further defined in the Product Agreement.

Each party shall do all acts necessary so that the copyright is held jointly by Crazy English and Lingo Media for the edition published in the Crazy English Territory only. For all markets outside the Crazy English Territory, Lingo Media shall own 100% of the copyright ownership and Crazy English agrees to provide a duplicate set of film for books and masters for audio cassettes to Lingo Media at actual cost, if requested in writing unless otherwise specified in the Product Agreement.

Article 29 Disposal of Surplus Stock

The Parties may agree between them in writing that a Product has ceased to have sufficient sales to justify stockage costs and to sell the remaining stock on hand at a discount price or to divide the remaining stock equally between them.

Article 30        Termination

(a)               A party may terminate this Agreement and the Product Agreement
                  if the other party breaches a material term of this Agreement
                  or a Product Agreement and the other party fails to remedy the
                  breach with 90 days of receiving notice by the Party to remedy
                  the breach.

(b)               Lingo Media may, after Development and Production of a
                  Product, terminate the relevant Product Agreement if the Crazy
                  English is not able to sell a minimum number of copies per
                  title of Product per 12 month period as outlined in the
                  attached Product Agreement, unless otherwise specified in the
                  Product Agreement.

(c)               Either party may terminate the Agreement if an event of force
                  majeure exists for more than 60 days.

Article 31        Notices

All Notices given under this Agreement shall be deemed sufficiently served if sent by both facsimile and registered post to any address given herein or at any other address which such Party shall designate for the receipt of such correspondence.

Article 32 Term of this Agreement

(a)               The Agreement shall commence on the signing hereof and shall
                  expire 50 years after the death of the authors of all Product
                  Developed and Produced hereunder unless earlier terminated
                  hereunder.

(b)               Any Product Agreement entered between the parties pursuant to
                  this Agreement shall expire on the same day as provided in
                  (a).

(c)               Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the party,
                  which is the Producing Party under a Product Agreement hereby,
                  assigns its copyright in the Product Developed and Produced
                  pursuant to that Product Agreement to the Developing Party
                  under that Product Agreement.

Article 33        Force Majeure

Neither party shall be liable for any delay or failure to perform arising from any cause such as strikes, Acts of God, war and civil unrest or other unforeseen event of a similar nature.

Article 34 Independent Contractor

Each Party hereto is an independent contractor and is not an agent of the other. Neither Party shall have the power to bind the other without express written consent of the other, had and obtained in each instance. Neither Party shall misrepresent or misstate its status hereunder.

Article 35 Compliance with Laws

Each Party hereto shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, proclamations and decrees of duly constituted governmental authority.

Article 36 Assignment of the Agreement and Project Agreements

This Agreement and any Product Agreement entered into pursuant hereto may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the other Party and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The consent of Crazy English shall not be required to the assignment by Lingo Media of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Product Agreement to a subsidiary or affiliate of Lingo Media or to the parent company, Lingo Media Inc.

Article 37 Confidential Information

Neither party shall disclose to any person the Confidential Information of the other party.

Article 38 Proprietary Rights

Without limiting any other representations and warranties, each party represents to the other that no copyright, trademark, trade name or other proprietary right has been or will be infringed in the Development process, Production, sale, delivery or use of the Product, and if such infringement is alleged or has or does occur, the party at fault shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from all claims, judgements, penalties, damages and expenses arising from such allegations or findings of infringement.


Article 39 Entire Agreement

This Agreement and the Product Agreement signed pursuant hereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all previous Agreements and understandings between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof and may not be changed except by an amendment in writing duly signed by the Parties.

Article 40 Choice of Laws

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Singapore.

Article 41        Dispute Resolution

(a)               The Parties shall strive to settle any dispute, controversy or
                  claim arising from the interpretation or performance of or in
                  connection with this agreement through friendly consultations.
                  In case no settlement can be reached within ninety (90) days
                  of the submission of the matter by one party to the other
                  party, then such a matter may be submitted to the Singapore
                  International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for
                  arbitration in accordance with its rules.


(b)               The arbitrary panel should consist of three arbitrators, one
                  chosen by each of the parties with the third arbitrator to be
                  selected by the arbitrators but who shall be neither of
                  Chinese nor Canadian nationality. Arbitration shall be
                  conducted in English. The arbitral award shall be final and
                  binding on the parties and shall be enforceable within its
                  terms. Filing it as a judgement in any court having
                  jurisdiction may enforce the award and application may be made
                  to any court for assistance in enforcing the award. The losing
                  party shall pay arbitration expenses (including attorney
                  fees).

(c)               The parties agree that if it should become necessary for a
                  party to enforce an arbitral award by legal action of any
                  kind, the party against which such legal action is taken shall
                  pay all reasonable costs and expenses and legal fees,
                  including but not limited to any cost of additional litigation
                  or arbitration incurred by the party in seeking to enforce the
                  award.

Article 42        Representations and Warranties

The parties represent and warrant to each other that:

(a) It is a duly established and existing legal entity;

(b) It has full capacity and authority to execute and deliver the Agreement, to complete the transactions, contemplated hereby and to duly observe and perform all of its obligations herein;

(c) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any Product Agreement nor the completion of transactions hereunder will conflict with our result in a breach of any of the provision of the charter documents or any agreement to which it is bound, nor constitute a default under any of the foregoing or violate any law, rule, regulation, judgement or decree by which it is bound;

(d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly executed this Agreement in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives on the dates set forth below.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED in the presence of:

CRAZY ENGLISH

___________________________       ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                           )
                                  ) Name:    _________________________
                                  )
                                  ) Date:    _________________________


___________________________       ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                           )
                                  ) Name:    _________________________
                                  )
                                  ) Date:    _________________________

LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL INC.

___________________________        ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                            )
                                   ) Name:    _________________________
                                   )
                                   ) Date:    _________________________


___________________________        ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                            )
                                   ) Name:    _________________________
                                   )
                                   ) Date:    _________________________


AMENDMENT TO:

PRODUCT AGREEMENT # 1: DEVELOPMENT, PUBLISHING, SALES AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This amendment agreement made the 19 th day of March 2001

Between Party A:

CRAZY ENGLISH of Earnest English Building, East Lane 2, Jingtaizhi Street, Guangzhou, China 510405 ("Crazy English")

-and- Party B:

LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL INC.of `Sunstead', 9 Farringdon Close Paradise Heights, St. James, Barbados ("Lingo Media)

This amendment will be an addendum to the PRODUCT AGREEMENT # 1 for ENGLISH IN BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS, pursuant to the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT and replaces Article 13 Remuneration of the Parties on page 2 as follows:

Article 14 Remuneration of the Parties

The revenues received by the parties from the sales of Finished Product in their respective territories shall be divided between the parties as follows:

For the Crazy English Territory:

Lingo Media shall receive (i) ten percent (10%) of the List Price for quantities up to and including 20,000 copies per title; (ii) eleven percent (11%) for quantities greater than 20,001 copies up to and including 30,000 copies per title; and (iii) twelve percent (12%) for quantities greater than 30,0001 copies per title based on the Gross Sales and Crazy English shall retain the balance.

Additionally, Crazy English agrees to pay a one-time non-repayable earned royalty fee as an advance on account payable to Lingo Media in the amount of US $ 43,000.00 within nine (9) months from the date of this Amendment based on Lingo Media's delivery of manuscripts for the balance of the three (3) titles including: English in Presentations, English in Insurance and English in Marketing. This payment is part of the consideration for granting the co-publishing and sales rights to Crazy English for the People's Republic of China on an exclusive basis for the English In Business Communications series and the milestone for this payment is the delivery of the final three (3) manuscripts.

Each Party will be responsible for the remuneration of their authors.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the individual Product Agreement:

For the Lingo Media Territory:

Crazy English shall receive four percent (4%) on net receipts resulting from international sales in the Lingo Media Territory. Furthermore, Lingo Media shall have the sole and exclusive right to produce, publish and sell the Products described in above indicated Product Agreement in volume and audio form in all languages and territories throughout the World, excluding the Crazy English Territory (means, the People's Republic of China excluding Hong Kong, and Macao).

Additionally, in the above-indicated Product Agreement, Subsidiary Rights will be understood to exclude the above-mentioned volume and audio form.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly executed this Agreement in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives on the dates set forth below.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED in the presence of:

CRAZY ENGLISH

___________________________      ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                          )
                                 ) Name:    _________________________
                                 )

LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL INC.

___________________________      ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                          )
                                 ) Name:    _________________________
                                 )


___________________________      ) Per:     _________________________
Witness                          )
                                 ) Name:    _________________________
                                 )


PRODUCT AGREEMENT #2

Pursuant to the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT entered into between CRAZY ENGLISH, ("Crazy English") and LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL INC. ("Lingo Media") dated the _____, day of October 2000, the parties agree to enter into this Product Agreement with respect to the Product and agree as follows:

Article 1 The Product

The parties agree that Lingo Media is developing a Product, being six (6) student books and twelve (12) audio cassettes in a series provisionally entitled:"BEGINNING ENGLISH FOR YOUNG LEARNERS" written by David Booth, Jack Booth, Linda Booth & Larry Swartz, and Meng Yanjun, Zhang Lingdi and Lin Li. The six single illustrated student books and accompanying twelve audio cassettes have been licensed to Foreign Language Press for the Beijing educational market only. This agreement is for a substantially revised, colour edition.

Article 2 The Rights, The Market and Term

Crazy English will have exclusive rights and agrees that it will publish and sell a consolidated and revised Product (student books, audiocassettes and any other related Product in the Trade Market only in the Crazy English Territory. The Trade Market is defined as retail bookstores, other retailers, direct to consumer channels and 2nd channels. Crazy English agrees that it will publish and sell the Product for the market defined above. The term of this Product Agreement will be for five (5) years commencing October ___, 2000 and expiring October ____, 2005.

Article 3 Development of the Product

The party responsible for the Development of the product to date has been Lingo Media. The series currently consists of 3 student books illustrated in black and white. The parties to be responsible for the revised edition shall be Lingo Media and Crazy English. Samples of each of the first two (2) books have been delivered to Crazy English. The third book will be delivered in October 2000, together with the first 6 master audio tapes. The party responsible for commissioning and producing new 4 colour illustrations and new book and audiocassette covers will be Crazy English. If, in the opinion of both parties, additional master audio tapes are required to be recorded for this edition of the Product, this additional expense will be the responsibility of Crazy English

Article 4 Production of the Product

The party responsible for Production shall be Crazy English. Crazy English shall produce the Product within sixty (60) days after being supplied with the Product as Developed by Lingo Media unless otherwise agreed between the parties.

Article 5 Joint Ownership of Copyright in the Product

The copyright in the works of the Project shall be owned jointly by the parties for the Crazy English Territory in accordance with the terms hereof and the terms of the above-mentioned agreement. In the event of copyright infringement in the Crazy English Territory, each party will notify the other party in writing. The parties agree to jointly pursue appropriate action, which may or may not include legal recourse.

Article 6 The Quality of Content of the Product

The parties agree that the quality of the content of the Product shall conform to

Printed Product: The revised edition of the Product shall:

a) contain new illustrations in a style approved by both parties, b) be produced in four (4) colour c) contain text and/or captions on each page coinciding with the new illustrations d) contain newly designed covers.

Audio Cassettes: The revised edition of the Product shall:

a) contain original recordings which may be edited and/or condensed

b) be packaged with newly designed j-cards.

The party responsible for final approval of the quality of the content shall be Lingo Media.


Article 7 The Quality of Production of the Product

The parties agree that the quality of Production of the printed Product shall conform to that of other first class children's educational books currently available, including cover designs, text and cover paper stock, printing quality and binding quality. The recorded Product shall be professionally reproduced on quality audio tape, be wound into quality audiocassette shells and be appropriately labeled.

The party responsible for final approval of the quality of production shall be Lingo Media.

Article 8 The List Price of the Product

The parties agree that the sales price of each component shall not be less than the following

_____ RMB per unit for each book.

_____ RMB per unit for each audiocassette

_____ RMB per unit for each ________________

Article 9 The Quantity of the Product

The parties agree that Crazy English shall, during each twelve (12) month period hereafter for five (5) years, sell not less than the following quantities:

________ units of each book

________ units of each audiocassette

________ units of each _______________

Article 10 Distribution of the Product

The parties agree that Crazy English shall be responsible for distribution of the Product in the Crazy English Territory.

Article 11 Places for Promotion of the Product

The parties agree that the Product shall be promoted primarily in the following cities and/or provinces in the Crazy English Territory:

--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------

--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------

--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------

--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------

--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------

--------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------

Article 12 Authors & Co-Publisher Copies

The authors shall be furnished free of charge, six (6) copies of the series as originally published and any additional copies desired by the Authors for their personal use shall be supplied at a discount of thirty-five (35%) percent from List Price. The Co-Publisher, Lingo Media, shall be furnished free of charge 100 (one hundred) copies of the series as originally published and any additional copies desired by Lingo Media for marketing and promotional use shall be supplied at a discount of sixty-five (65%) percent from List Price


Article 13 Remuneration of the Parties

The revenues received by the parties from the sales of Finished Product shall be divided between the parties as follows:

Lingo Media shall receive twelve percent (12%) for quantities up to and including 20,000 copies, eleven percent (11%) for quantities greater than 20,001 copies up to and including 30,000 copies, and ten percent (10%) for quantities greater than 30,0001 copies based on the Gross Sales and Crazy English shall retain the balance for each 12 month period.

Each party will be responsible for the remuneration of their authors.

Article 14 Subsidiary Rights

In accordance with the terms of the above-mentioned Agreement, the parties have the joint right to exercise and dispose of all subsidiary terrestrial rights in the Works for the Crazy English edition, now or hereafter known, in all languages, forms and media throughout the world, including the following: rights for translations, quotations, excerpts (including illustrations), reprint editions, and sales of sheets; microfilm, microfiche, recording, filmstrip, motion picture, and broadcasting rights. Any net gain received from the disposition of such subsidiary rights in the Crazy English Territory shall be divided equally between Crazy English and Lingo Media after deducting the costs applicable thereto. Non-terrestrial rights (Internet, wireless, over-the-air rights for use in information storage, processing, transmission and retrieval systems) are specifically excluded and shall be owned by Lingo Media.

Article 15 Statement of Sales

In accordance with the MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT, Crazy English shall provide to Lingo Media party a Statement of Sales. Crazy English shall pay to Lingo Media all money due to Lingo Media in US dollars within 30 days of the last day in each of March, June, September and December of each year from the sales revenue for the Product in that preceding period of three (3) months.

Article 16 Termination

In accordance with the terms of MASTER AGREEMENT TO DEVELOP, PUBLISH AND SELL PRODUCT, a Developing Party may, after Development and Production of a Product, terminate the relevant Product Agreement if Crazy English is not able to sell a minimum number of units per title as indicated in Article 9.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties have duly executed this Agreement in duplicate by their duly authorized representatives on the dates set forth below.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

in the presence of:                         CRAZY ENGLISH

___________________________   ) Per:        ____________________________________
Witness                       )
                              ) Name:       ____________________________________
                              )
                              ) Date:       ____________________________________

___________________________   ) Per:        ____________________________________
Witness                       )
                              ) Name:       ____________________________________
                              )
                              ) Date:       ____________________________________

                                            LINGO MEDIA INTERNATIONAL INC.

___________________________   ) Per:        ____________________________________
Witness                       )
                              ) Name:       ____________________________________
                              )
                              ) Date:       ____________________________________

s___________________________  ) Per:        ____________________________________
Witness                       )
                              ) Name:       ____________________________________
                              )
                              ) Date:       ____________________________________


ESCROW AGREEMENT

(Performance Escrow Agreement)

THIS AGREEMENT made effective this 7th day of May, 1997.

1077431 ONTARIO LIMITED
(herein called " 1077431")

OF THE FIRST PART

- and -

MONTREAL TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
(herein called the "Trustee")

OF THE SECOND PART

- and -

RICHARD SHERMAN
(herein called "Sherman")

OF THE THIRD PART

WHEREAS Alpha Ventures Inc. ("Ventures") has made an offer to purchase all of the shares of Alpha Corporation ("AC") dated April 9, 1997 (the "Offer"), which Offer was duly accepted by all of the shareholders of AC;

AND WHEREAS 1077431 is a shareholder of Ventures;

AND WHEREAS 1,426,082 common shares of Ventures owned by 1077431 (the "1077431 Shares") are subject to a performance based Form C Escrow Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Ventures, the Trustee and certain other shareholders of Ventures (the "Escrow Agreement ');

AND WHEREAS Sherman owns all of the issued and outstanding securities of 1077431

AND WHEREAS to comply with the requirements of The Alberta Stock Exchange, Sherman is desirous of depositing in escrow all of the issued and outstanding common shares in the capital of 1077431 (the "Escrowed Shares") which escrow shall be based on the performance of Ventures;

AND WHEREAS the Trustee has agreed to undertake and perform its duties according to the terms and conditions hereof;


NOW THEREFORE this agreement witnesses that in consideration of the sum of one dollar ($ 1.00) paid by the parties to each other, receipt of this sum being acknowledged by each of the parties to each other, Sherman covenants and agrees with 1077431 and with the Trustee, and 1077431 and the Trustee covenant and agree each with the other and with Sherman jointly and severally as follows:

I Where used in this agreement or in any amendment of supplement hereto, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and phrases shall have the following ascribed to them below:

(a) "Cash Flow" means net income derived from the business of Ventures, as shown on the audited financial statements or verified by Ventures' auditors, adjusted for the following add backs:

(1) depreciation,
(2) depletion,
(3) deferred taxes,
(4) amortization of goodwill,
(5) amortization of research and development costs,

(b) "Related Party" means promoters, officers, directors, other insiders of Ventures and any associates or affiliates of the foregoing.

2. Sherman hereby places and deposits in escrow with the Trustee the Escrowed Shares which are represented by the certificates described in Schedule "A" and the Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt of those certificates. Sherman agrees to deposit in escrow any further certificates representing securities in 1077431 which he may receive as a stock dividend on securities hereby escrowed, and to deliver to the Trustee immediately on receipt thereof the certificates for any such further securities and any replacement certificates which may at any time be issued for any escrowed securities.

3. The Parties hereby agree that, subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 herein, the Escrowed Shares and the beneficial ownership of or any interest in them and the certificate representing them (including any replacement securities or certificates) shall not be sold, assigned, hypothecated, alienated, released from escrow, transferred within escrow, or otherwise in any manner dealt with, without the written consent of The Alberta Stock Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange") given to the Trustee or except as may be required by reason of the death or bankruptcy of Sherman or the bankruptcy of 1077431, in which case the Trustee shall hold the said certificates subject to this agreement, for whatever person, or company shall be legally entitled to become the registered owner thereof.

4. Sherman directs the Trustee to retain the Escrowed Shares and the certificates (including any replacement securities or certificates) representing them and not to do or cause anything to be done to release them from escrow or to allow any transfer, hypothecation or alienation thereof, without the written consent of the Exchange. The Trustee accepts the responsibilities


placed on it by this agreement and agrees to perform them in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the written consent, orders or directions of the Exchange.

5 Sherman may apply to the Exchange for a consent for a transfer within escrow and shall, before applying, give reasonable notice in writing of his intention to 1077431 and the Trustee.

6 (a) The Exchange will consent to the release from escrow of one share for each $0.20 of Cash Flow.

(b) Any release from escrow under this paragraph 6 shall be made pursuant to a written application of behalf of 1077431 or Sherman, which application shall be accompanied by evidence of the Cash Flow received in a form satisfactory to the Exchange. Application for release may only be made once per year and may only relate to Cash Flow received in the preceding fiscal year or the fiscal years of Ventures since the last release from escrow pursuant to this agreement, whichever is greater.

(c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (b) above, the maximum number of shares to be released from escrow in any year shall be one-third of the original number of shares held in escrow.

7. A release from escrow of all or part of the Escrowed Shares shall terminate this agreement only in respect to those securities so released. For greater certainty this paragraph does not apply to securities transferred within escrow.

8. Sherman shall, if a dividend is declared by 1077431 while the Escrowed Shares or any of them continue to be held in escrow under this Agreement, renounce and release any right to receive payment of the dividend on the shares then held in escrow.

9. If 1077431 is wound up and any securities remain in escrow under this agreement at the time when a distribution of assets to holders of securities is made by the liquidator, Sherman shall assign his right to receive that part of the distribution which is attributable to the escrowed securities to the Trustee, for the benefit of, and in trust for the persons and companies who are then holders of free securities in 1077431 rateably in proportion to their holdings.

10. (a) In the event that any or all of the business of Ventures has become of little value or no value, Ventures shall declare the occurrence of that event, with full particulars thereof, to the Exchange by a resolution of its directors;

(b) Sherman agrees with 1077431 and the Trustee that in the event of such diminution of value, the securities held in escrow shall not be cancelled or released from escrow, in whole or in part, except with the consent of the Exchange.

(c) The Exchange may, in its sole discretion, having regard to the value of the property as ultimately established and such other circumstances as it may consider relevant,


determine the number of securities to be cancelled or released and shall communicate its decision in writing to the Trustee. If the Exchange determines that less than all the securities then held in escrow shall be cancelled or released shall be taken rateably from the escrowed security holding of Sherman, unless the Exchange otherwise directs Sherman, with the consent of the Exchange, otherwise agree in writing.

(d) On receipt by the Trustee of a determination to cancel, Sherman shall tender the required number of escrowed securities to 1077431 by way of gift for cancellation and, 1077431 shall thereupon take the necessary action, by way of reduction of capital or otherwise, to cancel them, and the certificates for these securities shall be delivered up for cancellation.

(e) Sherman undertakes and agrees to vote and cause to be voted his securities in a manner consistent with the terms, conditions and intent of this agreement in relation to the aforesaid giving back of securities for cancellation.

11. Notwithstanding paragraphs 6 and 10, any shares remaining in escrow on the fifth anniversary of the date of this agreement, unless otherwise exempted in writing by the Exchange, shall be cancelled by the Trustee within 6 months of the said fifth anniversary.

12. All voting rights attached to the escrowed securities shall at all times be exercised by Sherman.

13. Sherman and 1077431 hereby jointly and severally agree to and do hereby release and indemnify and save harmless the Trustee from and against all claims, suits, demands, costs, damages and expenses which may be occasioned by reason of the Trustee's compliance in good faith with the terms hereof.

14. 1077431 hereby acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement and agrees to take all reasonable steps to facilitate its performance and to pay the Trustee's proper charges for its services as trustee of this escrow.

15. If the Trustee should wish to resign, it shall give at least 6 months' notice to 107743 1 which may, with the written consent of the Exchange, by writing appoint another Trustee in its place and such appointment shall be binding on Sherman, and the new Trustee shall assume and be bound by the obligations of the Trustee hereunder.

16. The covenants of Sherman with 1077431 in this agreement are made with 1077431 both in its own right and as trustee for the holders from time to time of free securities in 1077431, and may be enforced not only by 10777431 but also by any holder of free securities.

17. This agreement may be executed in several parts of the same form and the parts as so executed shall together constitute one original agreement, and the parts, if more than one, shall be read together and construed as if all the signing parties hereto had executed one copy of this agreement.


18. Wherever the singular or masculine is used, the same shall be construed to include the plural or feminine or neuter where the context so requires.

19. This agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties to this agreement and each of their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF 1077431 and the Trustee have caused their respective corporate seals to be hereto affixed and Sherman has hereto set his hand and seal.

1077431 ONTARIO LIMITED
per: _________________________________

per: _________________________________

MONTREAL TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

per: _________________________________

per: _________________________________


Witness Richard A. Sherman


                                  SCHEDULE "A"

Name of Security Holder and                            Number of Securities   Certificate Numbers of
address                        Type of Securities      Escrowed               Escrowed Securities

Richard Sherman                 Common Shares             1,426,082                 C-6


ESCROW AGREEMENT

(Performance Escrow Agreement)

THIS AGREEMENT made effective this 7th day of May, 1997.

KRAFT INVESTMENTS CORP.
(herein called "KIC')

OF THE FIRST PART

- and -

MONTREAL TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
(herein called the "Trustee")

OF THE SECOND PART

- and -

MICHAEL P. KRAFT & ASSOCIATES INC.
(herein called "Kraft Inc.")

OF THE THIRD PART

WHEREAS Alpha Ventures Inc. ("Ventures") has made an offer to purchase all of the shares of Alpha Corporation ("AC") dated April 9, 1997 (the "Offer"), which Offer was duly accepted by all of the shareholders of AC;

AND WHEREAS KIC is a shareholder of Ventures;

AND WHEREAS 1,315,132 common shares of Ventures owned by KIC (the "KIC Shares") are subject to a performance based Form C Escrow Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Ventures, the Trustee and certain other shareholders of Ventures (the "Escrow Agreement");

AND WHEREAS Kraft Inc. owns all of the issued and outstanding securities of
KIC;

AND WHEREAS to comply with the requirements of The Alberta Stock Exchange, Kraft Inc. is desirous of depositing in escrow all of the securities in KIC owned by it (the "Escrowed Shares") which escrow shall be based on the performance of Ventures;

AND WHEREAS the Trustee has agreed to undertake and perform its duties according to the terms and conditions hereof;


NOW THEREFORE this agreement witnesses that, in consideration of the sum of one dollar ($1.00) paid by the parties to each other, receipt of this sum being acknowledged by each of the parties to each other, Kraft Inc. covenants and agrees with KIC and with the Trustee, and KIC and the Trustee covenant and agree each with the other and with Kraft Inc. jointly and severally as follows:

1 Where used in this agreement, or in any amendment of supplement hereto, unless the context otherwise requires, the following words and phrases shall have the following ascribed to them below:

(a) "Cash Flow" means net income derived from the business of Ventures, as shown on the audited financial statements or verified by Ventures' auditors, adjusted for the following add backs:

(1) depreciation,
(2) depletion,
(3) deferred taxes,
(4) amortization of goodwill,
(5) amortization of research and development costs.

(b) "Related Party" means promoters, officers, directors, other insiders of Ventures and any associates or affiliates of the foregoing.

2 Kraft Inc. hereby places and deposits in escrow with the Trustee the Escrowed Shares which are represented by the certificates described in Schedule "A" and the Trustee hereby acknowledges receipt of those certificates. Kraft Inc. agrees to deposit in escrow any further certificates representing securities in KIC which it may receive as a stock dividend on securities hereby escrowed, and to deliver to the Trustee immediately on receipt thereof the certificates for any such further securities and any replacement certificates which may at any time be issued for any escrowed securities.

3. The Parties hereby agree that, subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 herein, the Escrowed Shares and the beneficial ownership of or any interest in them and the certificate representing them (including any replacement securities or certificates) shall not be sold, assigned, hypothecated, alienated, released from escrow, transferred within escrow, or otherwise in any manner dealt with, without the written consent of The Alberta Stock Exchange (hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange") given to the Trustee or except as may be required by reason of the death or bankruptcy of Michael P. Kraft or the bankruptcy of either Kraft Inc. or KIC, in which case the Trustee shall hold the said certificates subject to this agreement, for whatever person, or company shall be legally entitled to become the registered owner thereof.

4. Kraft Inc. directs the Trustee to retain the Escrowed Shares and the certificates (including any replacement securities or certificates) representing them and not to do or cause anything to be done to release them from escrow or to allow any transfer, hypothecation or alienation


relevant, determine the number of securities to be cancelled or released and shall communicate its decision in writing to the Trustee. If the Exchange determines that less than all the securities then held in escrow shall be cancelled or released shall be taken rateably from the escrowed security holding of Kraft Inc., unless the Exchange otherwise directs Kraft Inc., with the consent of the Exchange, otherwise agree in writing.

(d) On receipt by the Trustee of a determination to cancel, Kraft Inc. shall tender the required number of escrowed securities to KIC by way of gift for cancellation and, KIC shall thereupon take the necessary action, by way of reduction of capital or otherwise, to cancel them, and the certificates for these securities shall be delivered up for cancellation.

(e) Kraft Inc. undertakes and agrees to vote and cause to be voted its securities in a manner consistent with the terms, conditions and intent of this agreement in relation to the aforesaid giffing back of securities for cancellation.

11. Notwithstanding paragraphs 6 and 10, any shares remaining in escrow on the fifth anniversary of the date of this agreement, unless otherwise exempted in writing by the Exchange, shall be cancelled by the Trustee within 6 months of the said fifth anniversary.

12 All voting rights attached to the escrowed securities shall at all times be exercised by Kraft Inc.

13. Kraft Inc. and KIC hereby jointly and severally agree to and do hereby release and indemnify and save harmless the Trustee from and against all claims, suits, demands, costs, damages and expenses which may be occasioned by reason of the Trustee's compliance in good faith with the terms hereof.

14. KIC hereby acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement and agrees to take all reasonable steps to facilitate its performance and to pay the Trustee's proper charges for its services as trustee of this escrow.

15 If the Trustee should wish to resign, it shall give at least 6 months' notice to KIC which may, with the written consent of the Exchange, by writing appoint another Trustee in its place and such appointment shall be binding on Kraft Inc., and the new Trustee shall assume and be bound by the obligations of the Trustee hereunder.

16. The convenants of Kraft Inc. with KIC in this agreement are made with KIC both in its own right and as trustee for the holders from time to time of free securities in KIC, and may be enforced not only by KIC but also by any holder of free securities.

17. This agreement may be executed in several parts of the same form and the parts as so executed shall together constitute one original agreement, and the parts, if more than one,


shall be read together and construed as if all the signing parties hereto had executed one copy of this agreement.

18. Wherever the singular or masculine is used, the same shall be construed to include the plural or feminine or neuter where the context so requires.

19. This agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties to this agreement and each of their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF KIC, Kraft Inc. and the Trustee have caused their respective corporate seals to be hereto affixed.

KRAFT INVESTMENTS CORP.

per:

MONTREAL TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

per:

per:

MICHAEL P. KRAFT & ASSOCIATES INC.

per:

per:


                                  SCHEDULE "A"


Name of Security Holder and                                  Number of Securities      Certificate Numbers of
address                              Type of Securities      Escrowed                  Escrowed Securities

Michael P. Kraft & Associates          Common Shares             1,315,132                     #7
Inc.


INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Lingo Media Inc.

We consent to use of our report included herein dated May 3, 2002 relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Lingo Media Inc. as at December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of operations and deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2001.

Our report dated May 3, 2002, contains additional comments for U.S. readers on Canada - U.S. reporting difference that states that conditions and events exist that cast substantial doubt on the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of that uncertainty.

/s/ KPMG LLP


Toronto, Canada
August 6, 2002


kpmg LLP
Chartered Accountants Telephone (416) 228-7000 Yonge Corporate Centre Telefax (416) 228-7123 4120 Yonge Street Suite 500 www.kpmg.ca North York ON M2P 2B8

auditors' report To the Shareholders

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Lingo Media Inc. as at December 31, 2001 and 2000 and the consolidated statements of operations and deficit and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and United States generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31, 2001 and 2000 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2001 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.

Chartered Accountants

Toronto, Canada
May 3, 2002

comments by auditors for u.s. readers on canada -united states reporting differences

In the United States, reporting standards for auditors require the addition of an explanatory paragraph when the financial statements are affected by conditions and events that cast doubt on the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, such as those described in note 1 to the financial statements. Our report to the shareholders dated May 3, 2002, is expressed in accordance with Canadian reporting standards which do not permit a reference to such events and conditions in the auditors' report when these are adequately disclosed in the financial statements.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Chartered Accountants

Toronto, Canada
May 3, 2002


Lingo Media Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2001 and 2000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               2001             2000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Assets

Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents                           $     7,473      $    44,207
     Short-term investments                                        -           67,099
     Accounts receivable                                     336,840          170,523
     Loan receivable (note 3)                                 34,383           62,401
     Prepaid expenses                                         52,778           86,787
     Work in progress                                        100,380           50,051
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             531,854          481,068

Capital assets, net (note 4)                                  51,388           64,235
Development costs, net (note 5)                              850,619          726,345
Acquired publishing content, net (note 6)                    335,681          353,349
Software development costs, net (note 7)                     113,835          124,184

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         $ 1,883,377      $ 1,749,181
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Current liabilities:
     Bank indebtedness                                   $         -      $   145,000
     Accounts payable                                        165,229          282,753
     Accrued liabilities                                      41,000           30,450
     Customer deposits                                             -           50,250
     Current portion of long-term debt (note 8)              411,096           50,700
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             617,325          559,153

Long-term debt (note 8)                                       54,480           47,250

Shareholders' equity:
     Capital stock (note 10)                               2,720,891        2,607,391
     Deficit                                              (1,509,319)      (1,464,613)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1,211,572        1,142,778

Future operations (note 1)
Commitments (note 17)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         $ 1,883,377      $ 1,749,181
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

Michael P. Kraft         Director
-----------------------

Richard J.G. Boxer       Director
-----------------------


Lingo Media Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Deficit

Years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              2001             2000              1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Revenue                                               $    333,691     $    527,051       $   732,127
Cost of sales                                               42,138          371,668           475,957
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           291,553          155,383           256,170

Expenses:
     General and administrative (note 12)                  406,961          661,170           505,313
     Interest on long-term debt                             48,952           12,509            44,688
     Other interest and bank charges                         4,698           44,589            36,805
     Amortization                                           84,774           87,112            89,785
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           545,385          805,380           676,591
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loss before the undernoted                                (253,832)        (649,997)         (420,421)

Gain on sale of subsidiary (note 15)                       197,719                -                 -

Gain on issue of shares by subsidiary (note 16)             48,750                -           143,962
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loss before income taxes                                    (7,363)        (649,997)         (276,459)

Income taxes (note 11)                                      37,343          125,000                 -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loss for the year                                          (44,706)        (774,997)         (276,459)

Deficit, beginning of year                              (1,464,613)        (689,616)         (413,157)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deficit, end of year                                  $ (1,509,319)    $ (1,464,613)      $  (689,616)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Loss per share - basic and diluted                    $      (0.00)    $      (0.05)      $     (0.03)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding                            16,095,471       14,567,994        10,783,827

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Lingo Media Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            2001              2000               1999
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash provided by (used in):

Operations:
     Loss for the year                                 $   (44,706)     $   (774,997)       $   (276,459)
     Items not affecting cash:
         Gain on sale of subsidiary                       (197,719)                -                   -
         Future income taxes                                     -           125,000                   -
         Amortization of capital assets                     12,847            12,612               6,869
         Amortization of development costs                  43,910            74,500              82,916
         Amortization of acquired
           publishing content                               17,668                 -                   -
         Amortization of software
           development costs                                10,349                 -                   -
     Change in non-cash operating
       working capital:
         Short-term investments                             67,099           (67,099)                  -
         Grants receivable                                       -                 -              69,387
         Accounts receivable                              (193,173)         (110,396)            110,296
         Loan receivable                                    28,018           (62,401)                  -
         Prepaid expenses                                   34,697           (68,735)             14,600
         Work in progress                                  (50,329)              129              18,041
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities          (33,087)            4,750             142,375
         Customer deposits                                 (50,250)                -             (96,916)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (354,676)         (866,637)             71,109

Financing:
     Bank indebtedness                                           -                 -             108,716
     Repayment of bank indebtedness                       (145,000)         (105,000)                  -
     Increase in long-term debt                            566,713                 -             137,762
     Repayment of long-term debt                          (199,087)         (420,362)            (50,700)
     Issuance of capital stock, net                        113,500         1,841,872                   -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           336,126         1,316,510             195,778

Investments:
     Purchase of capital assets                                  -           (46,305)             (8,501)
     Development costs                                    (168,184)         (348,689)           (144,874)
     Software development costs                                  -           (30,957)            (93,227)
     Proceeds on sale of subsidiary                        150,000                 -                   -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           (18,184)         (425,951)           (246,602)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
   equivalents                                             (36,734)           23,922              20,285

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                44,207            20,285                   -

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                 $     7,473      $     44,207        $     20,285
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Supplemental cash flow information:
     Interest paid                                     $    38,730      $     57,098        $     67,286

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


Lingo Media Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999


Lingo Media Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999


LingoMedia Inc. (the "Company") develops, publishes, licenses and distributes books, audiocassettes, multimedia and ancillary products for English language learning for the school and retail markets in China and Canada.

1. Future operations:

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business. The application of the going concern concept is dependent on the Company's ability to generate future profitable operations and/or obtain additional financing to fund future operations.

2. Significant accounting policies:

(a) Basis of presentation:

These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

(b) Revenue recognition:

Revenue from the sale of publishing and ancillary products is recognized upon delivery and as long as all vendor obligations have been satisfied. Amounts received in advance of revenue recognition are recorded as customer deposits.

(c) Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in the bank and highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase.

(d) Short-term investments:

Short-term investments consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities greater than three months but less than one year when purchased and are carried at cost plus accrued interest.


2. Significant accounting policies (continued):

(e) Work in progress:

Work in progress is recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

(f) Capital assets:

Capital assets are recorded at cost and are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a declining-balance basis at the following annual rate:


Office equipment 20%


(g) Development costs:

Development costs associated with pre-operating expenses of Alpha Media(TM), Alpha Publishing(TM) and Alpha Brand Name Books(TM) have been capitalized. In addition, the Company has capitalized pre-operating costs relating to establishing a business base in the United States and the development of business in China. Pre-operating costs are capitalized until the commencement of commercial operations and then amortized on a straight-line basis, over a maximum of five years. The carrying value is assessed on a periodic basis to determine if a write-down is required.

(h) Acquired publishing content:

The costs of obtaining the English as a Foreign Language ("EFL") program entitled "Communications: An Interactive EFL Program" and an international folktale series entitled "Stories Lost and Found: The Universe of Folktale" have been capitalized and are being amortized over a five-year period. The carrying value is assessed on a periodic basis to determine if a write-down is required.


2. Significant accounting policies (continued):

(i) Software development costs:

The Company has deferred software development costs incurred in connection with a computer software program to be used by children in reading and writing that promote and facilitate the development of communication skills in the English language. Software development costs are deferred once technological feasibility for a product is established. Software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over a maximum of three years. The carrying value is assessed on a periodic basis to determine if a write-down is required.

(j) Future income taxes:

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, future income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as for the benefit of losses available to be carried forward to future years for tax purposes. Future income tax assets and liabilities are measured using substantively enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Future income tax assets are recorded in the financial statements if realization is considered more likely than not.

(k) Foreign currency translation:

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rates prevailing at the consolidated balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into Canadian dollars at the approximate rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses are included in loss for the year.

Integrated foreign operations of subsidiaries are translated into Canadian dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the consolidated balance sheets date for monetary items and at exchange rates prevailing at the transaction dates for non-monetary items. Revenue and expenses are translated at exchange rates prevailing during the year. Exchange gains and losses are included in loss for the year.


2. Significant accounting policies (continued):

(l) Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company's deferred costs relating to pre-operating expenses and certain other intangible assets have been stated at cost less accumulated amortization on the basis that amounts will be recoverable from commercial operations. The Company supports the carrying value of these assets based on the undiscounted value of expected future operating income. Significant changes in these estimates of future operating income could result in material impairments of development costs, software development costs and acquired publishing content.

(m) Loss per share:

In fiscal 2001, the Company adopted the new provisions of CICA Handbook
Section 3500, "Earnings per Share". Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares that are outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and potential common shares outstanding during the year. Potential common shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method.

Previously, the Company calculated diluted earnings per share using the imputed earnings method. The change in accounting policy has been applied retroactively and had no impact on previously reported amounts.

(n) Stock-based compensation plan:

The Company has adopted a stock option plan for employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company. To date, all stock options issued under this plan have an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying common shares on the date of grant. The stock option plan is described in note 10(b). If stock or stock options are repurchased, the excess of the consideration paid over the carrying amount of the stock or stock option cancelled is charged to deficit.


3. Loan receivable:

The loan receivable is due on demand, bears interest at Royal Bank of Canada prime lending rate plus 1% per annum, and is secured by a personal guarantee.

4. Capital assets:

Capital assets consist of the following:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        2001                 2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Office equipment:
           Cost                                               $       96,438         $     96,438
           Less accumulated amortization                              45,050               32,203
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              $       51,388         $     64,235
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5.   Development costs:


     Development costs consist of the following:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        2001                 2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Cost                                                   $    1,135,099         $    966,915
       Less accumulated amortization                                 284,480              240,570
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              $      850,619         $    726,345
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


6.   Acquired publishing content:

     Acquired publishing content consists of the
     following:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        2001                 2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Cost                                                   $      353,349         $    353,349
       Less accumulated amortization                                  17,668                    -
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              $      335,681         $    353,349
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


7.   Software development costs:

       Software development costs consist of the following:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        2001                 2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Cost                                                     $    124,184         $    124,184
       Less accumulated amortization                                  10,349                    -

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                $    113,835         $    124,184
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.     Long-term debt:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        2001                 2000
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Bank loan, bearing interest at prime rate plus 8% per
       annum, secured by a general security agreement
         and due in full on April 1, 2002                              $ 364,621         $       -
       Bank loan, repayable in monthly instalments of $4,225
         plus interest, bearing interest at 4.75% per annum, secured
         by a general security agreement, maturing November 23, 2002.
         During the year, the bank offered to extend the terms of
         repayment by an additional four months thereby the loan
         will mature on March 23, 2003                                    59,150            97,950
       Shareholder loan, bearing interest at 12% per annum and
         due on January 31, 2003                                          36,805                 -
       Shareholder loan, bearing interest at 12% per annum and
         due on January 31, 2003                                           5,000                 -
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         465,576            97,950

       Less current portion                                              411,096            50,700

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       $  54,480         $  47,250
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. Related party balances and transactions:

During the reporting year, the Company had the following transactions with related parties that have not been disclosed elsewhere in the financial statements:

Consulting fees of $100,000 (2000 - $73,000; 1999 - $36,000) were paid to a company controlled by a director of the Company. At December 31, 2001, $10,700 (2000 - nil) is included in accounts payable. A success fee of $5,000 (2000 - $50,000; 1999 - nil) was paid to a company controlled by a director of the Company.


9. Related party balances and transactions (continued):

The shareholder loans bear interest at 12% (2000 - 10%; 1999 - 10%) per annum. Interest expense for the year was $8,963 (2000 - $7,374; 1999 - $3,112).

10. Capital stock, warrants and stock options:

(a) Authorized:
Unlimited preference shares, no par value Unlimited common shares, no par value

The following details the changes in issued and outstanding shares and warrants for the three years ended December 31, 2001:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             Common shares
                                                     Number               Amount
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

           Balance, December 31, 1998 and 1999   10,783,827       $      765,519
           Issued:
                Private placement (i)             5,000,000            1,811,872
                Options exercised                   150,000               30,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

           Balance, December 31, 2000            15,933,827            2,607,391
           Issued:
                Private placement (ii)            1,000,000               93,500
                Options exercised                   100,000               20,000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Balance, December 31, 2001            17,033,827       $    2,720,891
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(i) During March and April 2000, the Company completed a private placement of 5,000,000 common shares, 2,500,000 Class A Purchase Warrants and 2,500,000 Class B Purchase Warrants for cash proceeds, net of issue costs, of $1,811,872. The Class A Purchase Warrants entitled the holder to acquire one common share for a price of $0.50 per share for each warrant. The Class B Purchase Warrants entitled the holder to acquire one common share for a price of $1.00 per share for each warrant. The Class A Purchase Warrants expired without being exercised on December 15, 2000 and the Class B Purchase Warrants expired on September 30, 2001 without being exercised.


10. Capital stock, warrants and stock options (continued):

(ii) On November 23, 2001, the Company completed a private placement of 1,000,000 common shares and 500,000 Class C Purchase Warrants for cash proceeds, net of issue costs, of $93,500. The Class C Purchase Warrants entitle the holder to acquire one common share for a price of $0.15 per share for each warrant. The Class C Purchase Warrants expire on November 23, 2002. As at December 31, 2001, all the Class C Purchase Warrants remain outstanding.

(b) Stock option plan:

During May 2001, the Company adopted a new stock option plan (the "New Plan") to replace the previous plan. The New Plan was established for the benefit of the directors, senior officers, employees and consultants who provide services to the Company. The maximum number of common shares which may be set aside for issuance under the New Plan is 15% of the issued and outstanding common shares, provided that the Board of Directors has the right, from time to time, to increase such number subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company when required by law or regulatory authority. Under the New Plan, the exercise price of each option cannot be less than the market price of the shares at time of grant, except for a permitted discount. The exercise period of the options granted cannot exceed five years. The vesting conditions are specified by the TSX Venture Exchange whereby all options under the New Plan vest over an 18-month period with no greater than 16.67% of any options granted to an optionee vesting in any three-month period or such longer period as the Board may determine. The expiry dates for the options outstanding as at December 31, 2001 ranges from January 28, 2003 to November 1, 2006.


10. Capital stock, warrants and stock options (continued):

Changes for the stock option plans during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      2001                      2000                      1999
                            -----------------------   -----------------------   -----------------------
                                           Weighted                  Weighted                  Weighted
                                            average                   average                   average
                            Number of      exercise    Number of     exercise    Number of     exercise
                               shares         price       shares        price       shares        price
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Options outstanding,
       beginning of year    1,210,000      $   0.34      965,000     $   0.20      725,000      $  0.20
    Options granted           925,000          0.14      700,000         0.50      370,000         0.20
    Options exercised        (100,000)         0.20     (150,000)        0.20            -            -
    Options cancelled         (60,000)         0.20     (305,000)        0.20     (130,000)        0.20
    Options expired           (80,000)         0.20            -            -            -            -

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Options outstanding,
       end of year          1,895,000          0.43    1,210,000         0.34      965,000         0.20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Options exercisable,
       end of year          1,017,536      $   0.26      916,664     $   0.24      965,000      $  0.20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2001:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Options outstanding                      Options vested
                       ------------------------------------------    --------------------------
                           Weighted
                                          average        Weighted                      Weighted
     Range of                           remaining         average                       average
     exercise               Number    contractual        exercise         Number       exercise
     price             outstanding           life           price    outstanding          price
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     $0.10 - $0.12         725,000           4.55        $   0.03         87,516        $  0.12
     $0.20 - $0.22         790,000           2.52            0.21        690,020           0.20
     $0.45 - $0.50         380,000           3.65            0.49        240,000           0.49

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         1,895,000           3.53            0.43      1,017,536           0.26
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


11. Income taxes:

The provision for income taxes reflects an effective income tax rate which differs from the Canadian corporate income tax rate as follows:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          2001                2000                 1999
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Combined basic Canadian federal
         and provincial income tax rate                  42.1%               43.6%                44.6%

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Effective income tax charge on the
         income before income taxes              $      (3,000)      $    (283,000)       $    (123,000)
       Increase (decrease) resulting form:
           Change in the valuation allowance
              for future tax assets allocated to
              income tax expense                       (54,000)            318,000                    -
           Adjustment to future tax assets and
              liabilities for enacted changes in
              tax laws and rates                       230,000                   -                    -
           Effect of losses, the tax effect of
              which has not been recorded                    -                   -              123,000
           Non-taxable portion of gain on
              sale of subsidiary                       (55,000)                  -                    -
           Non-taxable portion of gain on
              issue of shares of subsidiary            (21,000)                  -                    -
           Withholding tax on sales to China            37,343                   -                    -
           Other                                       (97,000)             90,000                    -

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 $      37,343       $     125,000        $           -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The tax effect of temporary differences representing future tax assets is as follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            2001           2000          1999
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Future tax assets:
       Operating loss carryforwards    $ 650,000     $  660,000    $  517,000
       Share issue costs                  90,000        134,000        72,000
       Capital assets                          -              -        12,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         740,000        794,000       601,000

       Valuation allowance              (740,000)      (794,000)     (476,000)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net future tax assets               $       -     $        -    $  125,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


11. Income taxes (continued):

In assessing the realizability of future tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the future tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of future tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers projected future taxable income, uncertainties related to the industry in which the Company operates and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

At December 31, 2001, the Company has non-capital losses available for carryforward for Canadian income tax purposes amounting to $2,088,000. These losses expire in the following fiscal years:


       2002                                                          $   121,000
       2003                                                              271,000
       2005                                                              501,000
       2006                                                              303,000
       2007                                                              505,000
       2008                                                              387,000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     $ 2,088,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company also has non-capital losses available for carryforward for United States income tax purposes amounting to U.S $30,000 and U.S. $28,000, expiring in 2019 and 2021, respectively.

12. Government grants:

The Company received government grants of nil (2000 - $141,958; 1999 - $129,967), which were used to reduce general and administrative expenses relating to the Company's publishing projects in China.


13. Financial instruments and risk management:

(a) Currency risk:

The Company is subject to currency risk through its activities outside of Canada. Unfavourable changes in the exchange rate may affect the operating results of the Company. The Company is also exposed to foreign exchange risk as a substantial amount of its revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars and Chinese Reminibi ("RMB").

The Company does not actively use derivative instruments to reduce its exposure to foreign currency risk. There were no derivative instruments outstanding at December 31, 2001 and 2000.

(b) Fair market values:

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, loan receivable, bank indebtedness and accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to the relatively short periods to maturity. The fair value of long-term debt is not significantly different from its carrying value based on rates for similar instruments currently available to the Company and its maturity terms. The fair value of the shareholder loans is not determinable due to their related party nature and terms.

(c) Concentration of credit risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable and loan receivable. Cash and short-term investments consist of deposits with major financial institutions. With respect to accounts receivable, the Company performs periodic credit evaluations of the financial condition of its customers and typically does not require collateral from them. Management assesses the need for allowances for potential credit losses by considering the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information. The loan receivable is secured by a personal guarantee.


13. Financial instruments and risk management (continued):

A summary of sales to major customers that exceeded 10% of total sales during the year and the approximate amount due from the customer, as of December 31, 2001, are as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Accounts
                                             Sales                 receivable
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  2001        2000      1999             2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

           Customer 1              74%           -        -%    $     210,786
           Customer 2              19%          8%        -%          109,500
           Customer 3                -         54%        -%                -
           Customer 4                -         38%        -%                -
           Customer 5                -           -       52%                -
           Customer 6                -           -       19%                -
           Customer 7                -           -       11%                -
           Customer 8                -           -       10%                -

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

14. Segment information:

The Company operates as an international business and has no distinct reportable business segments.

The Company is developing books, audiocassettes, multimedia and ancillary products for English language learning to be sold or licensed to the school market, primarily in China and Canada. This service is called Educational Publishing. The Company also develops original publishing properties on a contract basis for corporate clients. This service is called Trade Publishing.

The Company's revenue by geographic region based on the region in which the customer is located is as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                2001                2000                 1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Canada          $      21,068        $    482,991         $    649,067
       China                 312,623              44,060                    -
       Other                       -                   -               83,060

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       $     333,691        $    527,051         $    732,127
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


14. Segment information (continued):

Substantially all of the Company's identifiable assets as at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are located in Canada.

The Company's revenue by type of service is as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        2001             2000              1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Educational Publishing  $     333,691     $     43,500      $          -
       Trade Publishing                    -          483,551           732,127

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               $     333,691     $    527,051      $    732,127
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15. Gain on sale of subsidiary:

On May 28, 2001, the Company sold its majority-owned subsidiary, AlphaCom Corporation.

16. Gain on issue of shares by subsidiary:

On December 27, 2001, EnglishLingo, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, issued common shares for proceeds of U.S. $32,500 to "accredited investors" in Ontario pursuant to the distribution exemption as a "closely-held issuer" within the meaning of Rule 45-501 of the Ontario Securities Commission. As a result of this offering, the Company recorded a dilution gain of $48,750.

On April 13, 1999, AlphaCom Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company, sold U.S. $100,000 of common shares to qualified investors pursuant to the offering exemptions from registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States provided by Regulation D, Rule 504 of the 1993 Securities Act. As a result of this offering, the Company recorded a dilution gain of $143,962.


17. Commitments:

Future minimum lease payments under operating leases for premises and equipment are as follows:


       2002                                                       $    20,127
       2003                                                            20,127
       2004                                                            20,127
       2005                                                             4,631

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  $    65,012
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

18.  Subsequent events:

(a) Private placement:

During March 2002, the Company completed a private placement of 3,700,000 common shares and 2,775,000 Class D Purchase Warrants for cash proceeds, net of issue costs of $349,000. The Class D Purchase Warrants entitle the holder to acquire one common share for a price of $0.10 per share for each warrant. The Class D Purchase Warrants expire March 2003.

(b) Gain on issue of shares by subsidiary:

During January 2002, EnglishLingo, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, issued common shares for proceeds of U.S. $45,000 to "accredited investors" in Ontario pursuant to the distribution exemption as a "closely-held issuer" within the meaning of Rule 45-501 of the Ontario Securities Commission. As a result of this offering, the Company recorded a dilution gain of $67,500.


19. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"):

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") as applied in Canada. In the following respects, GAAP as applied in the United States differs from that applied in Canada:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        2001               2000              1999
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Loss for the year - Canadian GAAP              $  (44,706)     $    (774,997)    $    (276,459)
   Impact of United States GAAP and adjustments:
       Development costs (a)                        (168,184)          (348,689)         (144,874)
       Amortization of development costs              43,910             74,500            82,916
       Software development costs (b)                      -            (30,957)          (93,227)
       Amortization of software
          development costs                           10,349                  -                 -
       Compensation expense (c)                      (59,983)           (22,500)          (35,500)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Loss for the year - United States GAAP         $ (218,614)     $  (1,102,643)    $    (467,144)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The cumulative effect of these adjustments on the consolidated shareholders' equity of the Company is as follows:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       2001            2000             1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Shareholders' equity based on
         Canadian GAAP                        $   1,211,572    $  1,142,778       $   75,903
       Development costs (a)                       (850,619)       (726,345)        (452,156)
       Software development costs (b)              (113,835)       (124,184)         (93,227)
       Compensation expense (c)                    (124,033)        (64,050)         (41,550)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Shareholders' equity - United States
         GAAP                                 $     123,085    $    228,199       $ (511,030)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Under United States GAAP, the amounts shown on the consolidated balance sheets for development costs and software development costs would both be nil.


19. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") (continued):

(a) Development costs:

Under Canadian GAAP, the Company defers the incremental costs relating to the development and pre-operating phases of new businesses and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over periods up to five years. Under United States GAAP, these costs are expensed as incurred.

(b) Software development costs:

Under United States GAAP, the software development costs would be expensed as incurred.

(c) Options to consultants:

Under Canadian GAAP, the Company does not recognize compensation expense when stock or stock options are issued to consultants. Any consideration paid on exercise of stock options or purchase of stock is credited to share capital. Under United States GAAP, the Company records compensation expense based on the fair value for stock or stock options granted in exchange for services from consultants.

(d) Statement of comprehensive income:

Statement No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130") establishes standards for the reporting and disclosure of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements. Components of comprehensive income or loss include net income or loss and all other changes in other non-owner changes in equity, such as the change in the cumulative translation adjustment and the unrealized gain or loss for the year on "available-for-sale" securities. For all periods presented, comprehensive loss is the same as loss for the year.

(e) Stock-based compensation disclosure:

The Company measures compensation expense relating to employee stock option plans for United States GAAP purposes using the intrinsic value method specified by APB Opinion No. 25, which in the Company's circumstances would not be materially different from compensation expense as determined under Canadian GAAP.


19. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") (continued):

Had the Company determined compensation expense based on the fair values at the grant dates of the stock options consistent with the method prescribed under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS 123"), the Company's loss would have been reported as the pro forma amounts indicated below:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        2001             2000             1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Loss in accordance with
        United States GAAP        $ (218,614)    $ (1,102,643)      $ (467,144)
     Pro forma loss                 (271,881)      (1,127,018)        (499,894)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Pro forma loss per share -
        basic and diluted         $   (0.02)     $      (0.08)      $    (0.05)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The effects on pro forma disclosure of applying SFAS 123 are not likely to be representative of the effects on pro forma disclosure in future years.

The weighted average estimated fair value at the date of grant, as defined by SFAS 123, for options granted in fiscal 2001 was $0.13 (2000 - $0.45; 1999 - $0.18).

The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes fair value option pricing model with the following assumptions:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      2001     2000     1999
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

           Risk-free interest rate                   3.65%    6.09%    5.67%
           Dividend yield                                -        -        -
           Expected volatility                        129%     519%     576%
           Expected life of the options in years      5         5        5


For the purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period on a straight-line basis.


19. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") (continued):

(f) Recent accounting pronouncements:

(i) In July 2001, the CICA and FASB issued new similar standards for Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. These standards provide new guidance on the accounting for a business combination at the date a business combination is completed. Specifically, they require use of the purchase method of accounting for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, thereby eliminating use of the pooling-of-interests method. These standards also require that goodwill and certain other intangible assets will no longer be amortized and will be tested for impairment at least annually and written down only when impaired. The Company does not believe that the adoption of these standards will have a material impact on its financial statements.

(ii) In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. This statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and for the associated asset retirement costs. SFAS No. 143 is effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2002. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 143 will have a material impact on its financial statements.

(iii)In October 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. SFAS No. 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. This statement supersedes SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of, and related literature and establishes a single accounting model, based on the framework established in SFAS No. 121, for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale. The Company is required to adopt SFAS No. 144 for its fiscal year beginning January 1, 2002. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 144 will have a material impact on its financial statements.


19. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") (continued):

(iv) In November 2001, the CICA amended Handbook Section 1650, Foreign Currency Translation and issued Accounting Guideline 13, Hedging Relationships ("AcG 13"). The revision to Section 1650 will eliminate the deferral and amortization of foreign currency translation differences resulting from the translation of long-term monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. All such translation differences will be charged directly to income, Section 1650 will be in effect as of January 1, 2002. AcG 13 establishes new criteria for hedge accounting and will apply to all hedging relationships in effect on or after January 1, 2003. On January 1, 2003, the Company will reassess all hedging relationships to determine whether the criteria are met or not and will apply the new guidance on a prospective basis. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must be appropriately documented at the inception of the hedge and there must be reasonable assurance, both at the inception and throughout the term of the hedge, that the hedging relationship will be effective. Effectiveness requires a high correlation of changes in fair values or cash flows between the hedged item and the hedge. The Company does not believe that the adoption of revised
Section 1650 and AcG 13 will have a material impact on its financial statements.

(v) Effective January 1, 2002, the Company will adopt the new Canadian accounting standard for stock-based compensation and other stock-based payments. The new standards will require additional disclosures for options granted to employees and that a compensation cost be recorded for the fair value of options granted to non-employees. The new standards for non-employees will be similar in many respects to SFAS No. 123. The Company has not determined the impact on its financial statements of adopting these standards.

20. Comparative figures:

Certain comparative figures have been reclassified to conform with the current year's financial statement presentation.


LINGO MEDIA INC.

CONSOLIDATED INTERIN BALANCE SHEETS
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

(Unaudited)

March 31,2002

                                     ASSETS
                                                      March 31, 2002         December 31, 2001

CURRENT:
   Cash and cash equivalents                               $ 460,398               $ 7,473
   Accounts receivable, net                                  545,671               336,840
   Loan receivable                                            34,716                34,383
   Prepaid expenses and other                                 57,107                52,778
   Inventory on hand                                          29,572                    -
   Work in process                                                 -               100,380
                                                      ---------------      ----------------
                                                           1,127,464               531,854

Capital assets, net                                           48,819                51,388
Development costs, net                                       817,300               850,619
Acquired publishing content, net                             318,014               335,681
Software development costs, net                              103,486               113,835
                                                      ---------------      ----------------
                                                            2,415,083             1,883,377
                                                      ---------------      ----------------
                                   LIABILITIES
CURRENT:
      Accounts payable                                     $ 309,149             $ 165,229
      Accrued liabilities                                     41,000                41,000
      Current portion of long-term debt (Note 2)             502,925               411,096
                                                      ---------------      ----------------
                                                             853,074               617,326

Long-term debt                                                     -                54,480
                                                      ---------------      ----------------
                                                             853,074               671,806
                                                      ---------------      ----------------

              SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Capital Stock
Authorized  Unlimited common shares and
            preferred shares with no par value
Issued      20,733,827 common shares (December 31,
            2001; 17,033,827)                              3,077,391             2,720,891
Deferred stock-based compensation                             (6,458)                     -
Deficit                                                   (1,508,924)           (1,509,319)
                                                      ---------------      ----------------
                                                           1,562,009             1,211,572
                                                      ---------------      ----------------
                                                          $2,415,083            $1,883,377
                                                      ---------------      ----------------

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


LINGO MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED INTERIM STATEMENT OF DEFICIT
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

(Unaudited)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2002

                                        For the three months ended
                                                  March 31
                                   -----------------------------------
                                          2002              2001

Deficit, beginning of period        (1,509,319)       (1,464,613)


Net income (loss) for the period            396         (114,482)

                                   -------------    --------------
Deficit, end of period              (1,508,924)       (1,579,095)
                                   =============    ==============

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


LINGO MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

(Unaudited)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2002

                                                            For the three months ended March 31
                                                           ---------------------------------------
                                                                    2002                     2001


Revenue
    Educational publishing revenue                             $   419,166
                                                                                             64,500
    Cost of sales                                                  285,103
                                                                                                  -
                                                        -------------------   ----------------------
                                                                   134,063
                                                                                             64,500
                                                        -------------------   ----------------------

Expenses

    Selling, general and administrative                            108,406                  139,622

    Amortization of capital assets and deferred assets              63,904                   23,032

    Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation                1,042                        -

    Interest on long term debt                                      13,266                        -

    Other interest and bank charges                                  1,415                   16,328

                                                        -------------------   ----------------------
Loss before the undernoted
                                                                  (53,970)                (114,482)

    Gain on Issue of Shares of Subsidiary
                                                                  (67,500)                        -

                                                        -------------------   ----------------------

                                                                    13,530                (114,482)
NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

Income Taxes
                                                                    13,135                        -

                                                        -------------------   ----------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD                                 $     396           $    (114,482)
                                                        ===================   ======================

                                                         -------------------   ----------------------
Net Income (Loss) Per Share - Basic and Diluted                 $     0.00           $       (0.01)
                                                         -------------------   ----------------------

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding            17,046,025               14,567,994

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


LINGO MEDIA INC.
CONSOLIDATED INTERIM STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CASH FLOWS
(Expressed in Canadian dollars)

(Unaudited)

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2002

                                                                    For the three months ended March 31
                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                              2002                 2001
                                                                             -----                -----

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
             Net income (loss) for the period                       $          396            $ (114,482)

Items not affecting Cash:
             Amortization of capital assets and deferred assets
                                                                             63,904               16,328
             Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation                                         -
                                                                              1,042
                                                                    ----------------       --------------
                                                                             65,342             (98,154)
Change in non-cash working capital items:
             Accounts payable                                                                   (60,192)
                                                                            143,920
             Accrued liabilities                                                  -
                                                                                                       -
             Accounts receivables                                                                 61,693
                                                                          (208,831)
             Loan Receivable                                                                       (966)
                                                                              (333)
             Prepaid expenses and other                                                            (967)
                                                                            (4,329)
             Inventory on hand
                                                                           (29,572)                    -
             Work in process
                                                                            100,380                    -
                                                                    ----------------       --------------
                                                                             66,576             (98,586)
                                                                    ----------------       --------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
             Issuance of capital stock, net
                                                                            349,000                    -
             Decrease in bank indebtedness
                                                                                  -            (145,000)
             Shareholder loan
                                                                                  -              195,000
             Increase in long-term debt
                                                                             37,349             (17,675)
                                                                     ----------------       --------------
                                                                            386,349               32,325
                                                                     ----------------       --------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
             Deferred expenses
                                                                                  -             (40,444)
             Increase in short-term investments
                                                                                  -               67,099
                                                                     ----------------       --------------
                                                                                  -               26,655
                                                                     ----------------       --------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
                                                                            452,925             (39,606)
Cash and cash equivalents - Beginning of period
                                                                              7,473               44,207
                                                                    ----------------       --------------
Cash and cash equivalents - End of period                                 $ 460,398              $ 4,601
                                                                    ================       ==============

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


Lingo Media Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Expressed in Canadian Dollars)

For the three months ended March 31, 2002

Lingo Media Inc. (the "Company") develops, publishes, licenses and distributes books, audiocassettes, multimedia and ancillary products for English language learning for the school and retail markets in China and Canada.

1. Future operations

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business. The application of the going concern concept is dependent on the Company's ability to generate future profitable operations and/or obtain additional financing to fund future operations.

2. Significant accounting policies:

The disclosures contained in these unaudited interim consolidated financial statements do not include all requirements of generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for annual financial statements. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2001.

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2002 and the results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2001 and 2002.

The Company experiences seasonal variation in revenue.

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements are based upon accounting principles consistent with those used and described in the annual consolidated financial statements, except the following:

(a) Business Combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets:

In September 2001, the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) issued Handbook Sections 1581 "Business combinations" and 3062 "Goodwill and other intangible assets". The new standards mandate the purchase method of accounting for business combinations and require that goodwill no longer be amortized but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. The standards also specify criteria that intangible assets must meet to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill. The standards require that the value of the shares issued in a business combination be measured using the average share price for a reasonable period before and after the date the terms of the acquisition are agreed to and announced. Previously, the consummation date was used to value the shares issued in a business combination. The new standards are substantially consistent with U.S. GAAP. Adoption of the new standards has not impacted the consolidated financial statements as the Company does not have intangible assets with an indefinite life or goodwill.


(b) Stock-based compensation and other stock-based payments:

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted the new CICA Handbook Section 3870, which requires that a fair value based method of accounting be applied to all stock-based payments to non-employees and to direct awards of stock to employees. However, the new standard permits the Company to continue its existing policy of recording no compensation cost on the grant of stock options to employees with the addition of pro forma information. The Company has applied the pro forma disclosure provisions of the new standard to awards granted on or after January 1, 2002. The pro forma effect of awards granted prior to January 1, 2002 has not been included.

The standard requires the disclosure of pro forma net earnings and earnings per share information as if the Company had accounted for employee stock options under the fair value method. The fair value of the options issued in the quarter is determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to income over the vesting period. For the three months ended March 31, 2002, the Company's pro forma net earnings is identical to reported earnings as there were no options issued to employees.

3. Long-term debt:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             March 2002     December 2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   Bank Loan, repayable in monthly instalments of $4,225 plus interest,
      bearing interest at 4.75% per annum, secured by a general security
      agreement, maturing November 23, 2002. During the period, BDC extended
      the terms of repayment by an additional four months
      thereby the loan will mature on March 23, 2003.                         $50,700         $59,150
   Shareholder loan payable due to a company controlled by a
      director of the Company, is interest bearing at 12%
      per annum and is due in full on January 31, 2003                         49,135           5,000
   Shareholder loan payable, interest bearing at 12% per annum and
      is due on January 31, 2003                                               38,469          36,805
   Bank Loan payable, interest bearing at prime rate plus 8%
      per annum and is due in full on April 1, 2002                           364,621         364,621
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              502,925         465,576

  Less current portion                                                        502,925         411,096

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             $      -      $   54,480
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Private placement:

During March 2002, the Company completed a private placement of 3,700,000 common shares and 2,775,000 Class D Purchase Warrants for cash proceeds, net of issue costs, of $349,000. The Class D Purchase Warrants entitle the holder to acquire one common share for a price of $0.10 per share for each warrant. The Class D Purchase Warrants expire in March 2003.


5. Stock options:

On March 31, 2002, the Company had 2,020,000 (March 2001 - 1,410,000) options outstanding.

6. Segment information:

The Company operates as an international business and has no distinct reportable business segments.

The Company is developing books, audiocassettes, multimedia and ancillary products for English language learning to be sold or licensed to the school market, primarily in China and Canada. This service is called Educational Publishing. The Company also develops original publishing properties on a contract basis for corporate clients. This service is called Trade Publishing.

The Company's revenue by geographic region based on the region in which the customer is located is as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             March 2002           March 2001
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Canada                              $    331,893         $          -
       China                                     87,273               64,500

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           $    419,166         $     64,500

Substantially all of the Company's identifiable assets as at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 are located in Canada.

The Company's revenue by type of service is as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            March 2002           March 2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Educational Publishing             $    419,166         $     64,500
       Trade Publishing                              -                    -

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          $    419,166         $     64,500
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Gain on issue of shares by subsidiary:

During January 2002, EnglishLingo, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, issued common share for proceeds of U.S. $45,000 (CDN $67,500). As a result of this offering, the Company recorded a dilution gain of CDN$67,500.


8. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"):

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") as applied in Canada. In the following respects, GAAP as applied in the United States differs from that applied in Canada:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              March 31, 2002
         March 31, 2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Net income (loss) for the period - Canadian GAAP  $   396   $ (114,482)
       Impact of U.S. GAAP and adjustments:
           Development costs (a)                               -      (40,444)
           Amortization of development costs              33,319       13,343
           Software development costs (b)                      -            -
           Amortization of software development costs     10,349            -
           Compensation expense (c)                      (20,117)      (9,083)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Gain (Loss) for the year - U.S. GAAP               $23,947  $ (150,666)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


8. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") (continued):

The cumulative effect of these adjustments on the consolidated shareholders' equity of the Company is as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      March 31, 2002      March 31, 2001
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

       Shareholders' equity based on Canadian GAAP    $1,562,009        $   1,211,572
       Development costs (a)                            (817,300)            (850,619)
       Software development costs (b)                   (103,486)            (113,635)
       Compensation expense (c)                         (187,650)            (124,033)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Shareholders' equity - U.S. GAAP               $  453,573        $     123,085
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Under United States GAAP, the amounts shown on the consolidated balance sheet for development costs and software development costs would both be nil.

(a)Development costs:

Under Canadian GAAP, the Company defers the incremental costs relating to the development and pre-operating phases of new businesses and amortizes these costs on a straight-line basis over periods up to three years. Under United States GAAP, these costs are expensed as incurred.


8. Reconciliation of Canadian and United States generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") (continued):

(b) Software development costs:

Under United States GAAP, the software development costs would be expensed as incurred.

(c) Options to consultants:

Prior to January 1, 2002, the Company did not recognize compensation expense under Canadian GAAP when stock or stock options were issued to consultants. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company has always recorded compensation expense based on the fair value for stock or stock options granted in exchange for services from consultants.

(d Statement of comprehensive income:

Statement No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130") establishes standards for the reporting and disclosure of comprehensive income and its components in financial statements. Components of comprehensive income or loss include net income or loss and all other changes in other non-owner changes in equity, such as the change in the cumulative translation adjustment and the unrealized gain or loss for the year on "available-for-sale" securities. For all periods presented, comprehensive income is the same as net income.